Document:

EX-4.2

 Exhibit 4.2 

Execution Version 
  

 
 MARTIN MIDSTREAM PARTNERS L.P. 

MARTIN MIDSTREAM FINANCE CORP. 

AND 
 THE GUARANTORS NAMED ON THE
SIGNATURE PAGES HEREOF 
  
  

11.50% SENIOR SECURED SECOND LIEN NOTES DUE 2025 
  

 
 INDENTURE 

Dated as of August 12, 2020 
  

 
 U.S. BANK
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, 
 As Trustee 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, 

As Collateral Trustee 
  

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

 

							
	 	 	 	  	Page	 
		
	 ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
	  	 	1	 
	 Section 1.01.
	 	Definitions	  	 	1	 
	 Section 1.02.
	 	Other Definitions	  	 	28	 
	 Section 1.03.
	 	[Reserved]	  	 	29	 
	 Section 1.04.
	 	Rules of Construction	  	 	29	 
		
	 ARTICLE 2 THE NOTES
	  	 	30	 
	 Section 2.01.
	 	Form and Dating	  	 	30	 
	 Section 2.02.
	 	Execution and Authentication	  	 	30	 
	 Section 2.03.
	 	Registrar and Paying Agent	  	 	30	 
	 Section 2.04.
	 	Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust	  	 	31	 
	 Section 2.05.
	 	Noteholder Lists	  	 	31	 
	 Section 2.06.
	 	Transfer and Exchange	  	 	31	 
	 Section 2.07.
	 	Replacement Notes	  	 	32	 
	 Section 2.08.
	 	Outstanding Notes	  	 	32	 
	 Section 2.09.
	 	Temporary Notes	  	 	32	 
	 Section 2.10.
	 	Cancellation	  	 	33	 
	 Section 2.11.
	 	Defaulted Interest	  	 	33	 
	 Section 2.12.
	 	CUSIP Numbers	  	 	33	 
	 Section 2.13.
	 	Computation of Interest	  	 	33	 
	 Section 2.14.
	 	Persons Deemed Owners	  	 	33	 
		
	 ARTICLE 3 REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT
	  	 	34	 
	 Section 3.01.
	 	Notices to Trustee	  	 	34	 
	 Section 3.02.
	 	Selection of Notes to be Redeemed	  	 	34	 
	 Section 3.03.
	 	Notice of Redemption	  	 	34	 
	 Section 3.04.
	 	Effect of Notice of Redemption	  	 	35	 
	 Section 3.05.
	 	Deposit of Redemption Price	  	 	36	 
	 Section 3.06.
	 	Notes Redeemed in Part	  	 	36	 
	 Section 3.07.
	 	Optional Redemption	  	 	36	 
	 Section 3.08.
	 	Mandatory Redemption	  	 	37	 
	 Section 3.09.
	 	Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds	  	 	37	 
		
	 ARTICLE 4 COVENANTS
	  	 	39	 
	 Section 4.01.
	 	Payment of Notes	  	 	39	 
	 Section 4.02.
	 	Maintenance of Office or Agency	  	 	40	 
	 Section 4.03.
	 	Reports	  	 	40	 
	 Section 4.04.
	 	Compliance Certificate	  	 	41	 
	 Section 4.05.
	 	Taxes	  	 	42	 
	 Section 4.06.
	 	Stay, Extension and Usury Laws	  	 	42	 
	 Section 4.07.
	 	Limitation on Restricted Payments	  	 	42	 
	 Section 4.08.
	 	Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries	  	 	46	 
	 Section 4.09.
	 	Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock	  	 	48	 

  
 ii 

							
	 Section 4.10.
	 	Limitation on Asset Sales	  	 	51	 
	 Section 4.11.
	 	Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates	  	 	53	 
	 Section 4.12.
	 	Limitation on Liens	  	 	54	 
	 Section 4.13.
	 	Additional Subsidiary Guarantees	  	 	54	 
	 Section 4.14.
	 	Corporate Existence	  	 	54	 
	 Section 4.15.
	 	Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control	  	 	55	 
	 Section 4.16.
	 	No Inducements	  	 	57	 
	 Section 4.17.
	 	Permitted Business Activities	  	 	57	 
	 Section 4.18.
	 	Sale and Leaseback Transactions	  	 	58	 
	 Section 4.19.
	 	[Reserved]	  	 	58	 
	 Section 4.20.
	 	Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries	  	 	58	 
	 Section 4.21.
	 	Offer to Repurchase Upon Excess Cash Flow	  	 	59	 
	 Section 4.22.
	 	Optional Repurchases of Existing 2021 Notes	  	 	62	 
	 Section 4.23.
	 	Participation in Industry Conferences or Conventions	  	 	62	 
		
	 ARTICLE 5 SUCCESSORS
	  	 	62	 
	 Section 5.01.
	 	Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets	  	 	62	 
	 Section 5.02.
	 	Successor Substituted	  	 	64	 
		
	 ARTICLE 6 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
	  	 	64	 
	 Section 6.01.
	 	Events of Default	  	 	64	 
	 Section 6.02.
	 	Acceleration	  	 	67	 
	 Section 6.03.
	 	Other Remedies	  	 	67	 
	 Section 6.04.
	 	Waiver of Past Defaults	  	 	67	 
	 Section 6.05.
	 	Control by Majority	  	 	68	 
	 Section 6.06.
	 	Limitation on Suits	  	 	68	 
	 Section 6.07.
	 	Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment	  	 	68	 
	 Section 6.08.
	 	Collection Suit by Trustee	  	 	69	 
	 Section 6.09.
	 	Trustee May File Proofs of Claim	  	 	69	 
	 Section 6.10.
	 	Priorities	  	 	69	 
	 Section 6.11.
	 	Undertaking for Costs	  	 	70	 
		
	 ARTICLE 7 TRUSTEE
	  	 	70	 
	 Section 7.01.
	 	Duties of Trustee	  	 	70	 
	 Section 7.02.
	 	Rights of Trustee	  	 	71	 
	 Section 7.03.
	 	Individual Rights of Trustee	  	 	72	 
	 Section 7.04.
	 	Trustee’s Disclaimer	  	 	73	 
	 Section 7.05.
	 	Notice of Defaults	  	 	73	 
	 Section 7.06.
	 	[Reserved]	  	 	73	 
	 Section 7.07.
	 	Compensation and Indemnity	  	 	73	 
	 Section 7.08.
	 	Replacement of Trustee	  	 	74	 
	 Section 7.09.
	 	Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.	  	 	75	 
	 Section 7.10.
	 	Eligibility; Disqualification	  	 	75	 
	 Section 7.11.
	 	Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuers	  	 	75	 
		
	 ARTICLE 8 LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
	  	 	75	 
	 Section 8.01.
	 	Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance	  	 	75	 
	 Section 8.02.
	 	Legal Defeasance and Discharge	  	 	76	 
	 Section 8.03.
	 	Covenant Defeasance	  	 	76	 

							
	 Section 8.04.
	 	Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance	  	 	77	 

  
 iii 

							
	 Section 8.05.
	 	Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions	  	 	78	 
	 Section 8.06.
	 	Repayment to Issuers	  	 	79	 
	 Section 8.07.
	 	Reinstatement	  	 	79	 
	 Section 8.08.
	 	Discharge	  	 	79	 
		
	 ARTICLE 9 AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
	  	 	80	 
	 Section 9.01.
	 	Without Consent of Holders of Notes	  	 	80	 
	 Section 9.02.
	 	With Consent of Holders of Notes	  	 	82	 
	 Section 9.03.
	 	Tender or Exchange Consents	  	 	83	 
	 Section 9.04.
	 	Revocation and Effect of Consents	  	 	84	 
	 Section 9.05.
	 	Notation on or Exchange of Notes	  	 	84	 
	 Section 9.06.
	 	Trustee and Collateral Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.	  	 	84	 
	 Section 9.07.
	 	Effect of Supplemental Indentures.	  	 	84	 
		
	 ARTICLE 10 GUARANTEES OF NOTES
	  	 	84	 
	 Section 10.01.
	 	Subsidiary Guarantees	  	 	84	 
	 Section 10.02.
	 	[Reserved]	  	 	86	 
	 Section 10.03.
	 	Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms	  	 	86	 
	 Section 10.04.
	 	Releases of Subsidiary Guarantees	  	 	86	 
	 Section 10.05.
	 	Execution and Delivery of Guaranty	  	 	87	 
	 Section 10.06.
	 	Limitation on Guarantor Liability	  	 	87	 
		
	 ARTICLE 11 MISCELLANEOUS
	  	 	87	 
	 Section 11.01.
	 	Trust Indenture Act Not Applicable	  	 	87	 
	 Section 11.02.
	 	Notices	  	 	87	 
	 Section 11.03.
	 	Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes	  	 	89	 
	 Section 11.04.
	 	Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent	  	 	89	 
	 Section 11.05.
	 	Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion	  	 	89	 
	 Section 11.06.
	 	Rules by Trustee and Agents	  	 	90	 
	 Section 11.07.
	 	No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Unitholders	  	 	90	 
	 Section 11.08.
	 	Governing Law	  	 	91	 
	 Section 11.09.
	 	No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements	  	 	91	 
	 Section 11.10.
	 	Successors	  	 	91	 
	 Section 11.11.
	 	Severability	  	 	91	 
	 Section 11.12.
	 	Table of Contents, Headings, etc.	  	 	91	 
	 Section 11.13.
	 	Counterparts	  	 	91	 
	 Section 11.14.
	 	Acts of Holders	  	 	91	 
	 Section 11.15.
	 	Patriot Act	  	 	93	 
	 Section 11.16.
	 	Benefits of Indenture	  	 	93	 
	 Section 11.17.
	 	Language of Notices, Etc.	  	 	94	 
	 Section 11.18.
	 	Payment Date Other Than a Business Day	  	 	94	 
	 Section 11.19.
	 	Waiver of Jury Trial	  	 	94	 
	 Section 11.20.
	 	Force Majeure	  	 	94	 

  
 iv 

							
	 ARTICLE 12 Collateral and Security
	  	 	94	 
	 Section 12.01.
	 	Security Interest Requirements	  	 	94	 
	 Section 12.02.
	 	Post-Issue Date Collateral Requirements	  	 	96	 
	 Section 12.03.
	 	Further Assurances; Liens on Additional Property	  	 	96	 
	 Section 12.04.
	 	Intercreditor Agreement	  	 	98	 
	 Section 12.05.
	 	Collateral Agency Agreement	  	 	99	 
	 Section 12.06.
	 	Release of Liens in Respect of Notes	  	 	99	 
	 Section 12.07.
	 	Release Documentation	  	 	100	 
	 Section 12.08.
	 	Collateral Trustee	  	 	100	 
	 Section 12.09.
	 	Purchaser Protected	  	 	101	 
	 Section 12.10.
	 	Authorization of Receipt of Funds by the Trustee under the Junior Lien Collateral Documents	  	 	101	 
	 Section 12.11.
	 	Powers Exercisable by Receiver or Trustee	  	 	101	 

  
 v 

 APPENDIX, SCHEDULE AND ANNEX 

 

							
	 RULE 144A/REGULATION S APPENDIX
	  	 	App. - 1	 
			
	 EXHIBIT 1
	 	Form of Note	  			
			
	 SCHEDULE I
	 	Agreements with Affiliates	  	 	S-1	 
			
	 SCHEDULE II 
	 	Post-Closing Collateral	  	 	S-2	 
			
	 ANNEX A
	 	Form of Supplemental Indenture	  	 	A-1	 

  

 This Indenture, dated as August 12, 2020, is among Martin Midstream Partners L.P., a
Delaware limited partnership (referred to herein as the “Company”), Martin Midstream Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation (referred to herein as “Finance Corp.” and, together with the Company, the “Issuers”), the
guarantors listed on the signatures page hereof (each, referred to herein as a “Guarantor” and, collectively, the “Guarantors”), U.S. Bank National Association, a national banking association, as trustee (referred to herein as
the “Trustee”), and U.S. Bank National Association, a national banking association, as collateral trustee (referred to herein as the “Collateral Trustee”). 

The Issuers, the Guarantors, Trustee and the Collateral Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable
benefit of the Holders of the Issuers’ Notes: 
 ARTICLE 1 

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION 
 BY
REFERENCE 
 Section 1.01. Definitions. 

“Acquired Debt” means, with respect to any specified Person: 

(1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person was merged with or into or became a Subsidiary of
such specified Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Subsidiary of, such specified Person, but excluding Indebtedness which is
extinguished, retired or repaid in connection with such Person merging with or into or becoming a Subsidiary of such specified Person; and 

(2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person. 

“Act of Junior Lien Debtholders” means, as to any matter at any time, a direction in writing delivered to the Collateral
Trustee by or with the written consent of the holders of Junior Lien Debt representing the Required Junior Lien Debtholders. 

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under
direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control,” as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of
the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise; provided, however, that beneficial ownership of 10% or more of the Voting Stock of a Person will be deemed to be control by the
other Person. For purposes of this definition, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with” have correlative meanings. 

“Agent” means any Registrar or Paying Agent. 

“Agent Members” has the meaning provided in the Appendix. 

 “Applicable Law,” except as the context may otherwise require, means all
applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, judgments, decrees, injunctions, writs and orders of any court or governmental or congressional agency or authority and rules, regulations, orders, licenses and permits of any United States federal,
state, municipal, regional, or other governmental body, instrumentality, agency or authority. 
 “Applicable Procedures”
means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in a Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary that apply to such transfer and exchange. 

“Asset Sale” means: 

(1) the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of any properties or assets (including by way of a sale and leaseback
transaction); provided, however, that the disposition of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole will be governed by the provisions of Section 4.15 and/or the
provisions of Section 5.01 and not by the provisions of Section 4.10; and 
 (2) the issuance of Equity Interests
in any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries or the sale of Equity Interests in any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. 

Notwithstanding the preceding, the following items will not be deemed to be Asset Sales: 

(1) any single transaction or series of related transactions that involves properties or assets having a fair market value of
less than $2.5 million; 
 (2) a transfer of properties or assets between or among any of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries; 
 (3) an issuance or sale of Equity Interests by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or to another
Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (4) the sale, lease or other disposition of equipment, inventory, accounts receivable or other
properties or assets in the ordinary course of business; 
 (5) the sale or other disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents,
Hedging Contracts or other financial instruments in the ordinary course of business; 
 (6) a Restricted Payment that is
permitted by Section 4.07 or a Permitted Investment; 
 (7) the creation or perfection of a Lien that is not prohibited
by Section 4.12; 
 (8) dispositions in connection with Permitted Liens; 

(9) surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract, tort or other claims of any
kind; 
 (10) the grant in the ordinary course of business of any non-exclusive
license of patents, trademarks, registrations therefor and other similar intellectual property; and 
 (11) an Asset Swap.

  
 2 

 “Asset Swap” means any substantially contemporaneous (and in any event
occurring within 180 days of each other) purchase and sale or exchange of any assets or properties used or useful in a Permitted Business between the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person for reasonably equivalent value;
provided that any cash received must be applied in accordance with Section 4.10 as if the Asset Swap were an Asset Sale. 

“Attributable Debt” in respect of a sale and leaseback transaction means, at the time of determination, the present value of
the obligation of the lessee for net rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such sale and leaseback transaction including any period for which such lease has been extended or may, at the option of the lessor, be extended.
Such present value shall be calculated using a discount rate equal to the rate of interest implicit in such transaction, determined in accordance with GAAP. As used in the preceding sentence, the “net rental payments” under any lease for
any such period shall mean the sum of rental and other payments required to be paid with respect to such period by the lessee thereunder, excluding any amounts required to be paid by such lessee on account of maintenance and repairs, insurance,
taxes, assessments, water rates or similar charges. In the case of any lease that is terminable by the lessee upon payment of penalty, such net rental payment shall also include the amount of such penalty, but no rent shall be considered as required
to be paid under such lease subsequent to the first date upon which it may be so terminated. 
 “Available Cash” has the
meaning assigned to such term in the Partnership Agreement, as in effect on the Issue Date. 
 “Bank Products” means each
and any of the following bank services provided to any Issuer or any Guarantor by any holder of Priority Lien Obligations or any Affiliate thereof: (a) commercial credit cards, (b) stored value cards, and (c) Treasury Management
Arrangements (including controlled disbursement, automated clearinghouse transactions, return items, overdrafts and interstate depository network services). 

“Banking Services Obligations” means any and all obligations of any Issuer and any Guarantor, whether absolute or contingent
and howsoever and whensoever created, arising, evidenced or acquired (including all renewals, extensions and modifications thereof and substitutions therefor) in connection with any Bank Product. 

“Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, United States Code, as may be amended from time to time, or any similar federal, state or
foreign law for the relief of debtors. 
 “Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used in
Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” will be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right
is currently exercisable or is exercisable only upon the occurrence of a subsequent condition. The terms “Beneficially Owns” and “Beneficially Owned” have correlative meanings. 

“Board of Directors” means: 

(1) with respect to Finance Corp., the board of directors of Finance Corp.; 

  
 3 

 (2) with respect to the Company, the Board of Directors of the General
Partner or any authorized committee thereof; and 
 (3) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such
Person serving a similar function. 
 “Board Resolution” means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an
Assistant Secretary of the applicable Person to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of such Person and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the Trustee. 

“Building” has the meaning assigned in the applicable Flood Insurance Regulations. 

“Business Day” means each day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in New York, New York
or another place of payment are authorized or required by law to close. 
 “Capital Stock” means: 

(1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock; 

(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other
equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock; 
 (3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company,
partnership interests (whether general or limited) or membership interests; and 
 (4) any other interest or participation
that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person. 

“Cash Equivalents” means: 

(1) United States dollars; 

(2) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or
instrumentality of the United States government (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support of those securities) having maturities of not more than six months from the date of acquisition; 

(3) marketable general obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision of any such
state or any public instrumentality thereof maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof and, at the time of acquisition thereof, having a credit rating of “A” or better from either S&P or Moody’s; 

(4) certificates of deposit, demand deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of
acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case, with any lender party to the Credit Agreement or with any domestic commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of
$500.0 million and a Thomson Bank Watch Rating of “B” or better; 

  
 4 

 (5) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for
underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2), (3) and (4) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above; 

(6) commercial paper having one of the two highest ratings obtainable from Moody’s or S&P and in each case maturing
within six months after the date of acquisition; and 
 (7) money market funds at least 95% of the assets of which constitute
Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (1) through (6) of this definition. 
 “Change of Control” means
the occurrence of any of the following: 
 (1) the direct or indirect sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition
(other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets (including Capital Stock of the Restricted Subsidiaries) of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries taken as a whole, to any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), excluding the Qualifying Owners; 

(2) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Company or removal of the General Partner by the
limited partners of the Company; 
 (3) the General Partner ceases to be the sole general partner of the Company; 

(4) the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or consolidation), the result of which is
that any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), excluding the Qualifying Owners, becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Voting Stock of the General Partner,
measured by voting power rather than number of shares, units or the like; or 
 (5) the consummation of any transaction
(including, without limitation, any merger or consolidation) the result of which is that any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), excluding the Qualifying Owners identified in clause (1) of the
definition of Qualifying Owners, becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Voting Stock of MRMC, measured by voting power rather than number of shares, units or the like, at a time when MRMC Beneficially Owns a
majority of the Voting Stock of the General Partner. 
 Notwithstanding the preceding, a conversion of the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries from a limited partnership, corporation, limited liability company or other form of entity to a limited liability company, corporation, limited partnership or other form of entity or an exchange of all of the outstanding Equity
Interests in one form of entity for Equity Interests in another form of entity shall not constitute a Change of Control, so long as following such conversion or exchange the “persons” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the
Exchange 

  
 5 

 
Act) who Beneficially Owned the Capital Stock of the Company immediately prior to such transactions continue to Beneficially Own in the aggregate more than 50% of the Voting Stock of such entity,
or continue to Beneficially Own sufficient Equity Interests in such entity to elect a majority of its directors, managers, trustees or other persons serving in a similar capacity for such entity or its general partner, as applicable, and, in either
case no “person” Beneficially Owns more than 50% of the Voting Stock of such entity or its general partner, as applicable. 

“Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, société anonyme, or any successor securities clearing agency.

 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and any successor statute. 

“Collateral” means all property wherever located and whether now owned or at any time acquired after the Issue Date by the
Company or any Guarantor as to which a Lien is granted under the Junior Lien Collateral Documents to secure the Junior Lien Obligations. 

“Collateral Agency Agreement” means the Collateral Agency Agreement, dated as of the Issue Date, among the Company, the
grantors and Guarantors from time to time party thereto, U.S. Bank National Association, as Collateral Trustee, U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee and Junior Lien Representative for the Notes, and any other Junior Lien Representative of a
Series of Junior Lien Debt. 
 “Collateral Disposition” means an Asset Sale of property or assets that are Collateral or
Capital Stock of a Subsidiary that owns Collateral. 
 “Collateral Trustee” means the party named as such above until a
successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Collateral Agency Agreement and thereafter means the successor serving thereunder. 

“Commission” or “SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission. 

“Company” means the party named as such above until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of
this Indenture and thereafter means the successor hereunder. 
 “Consolidated Cash Flow” means, with respect to any
specified Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period plus: 
 (1) an amount equal to
any net loss realized by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale, to the extent such losses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus 

(2) provision for taxes based on income or profits of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the
extent that such provision for taxes was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus 

  
 6 

 (3) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted
Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued and whether or not capitalized (including, without limitation, amortization of debt issuance costs and original issue discount, non-cash interest payments,
the interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Finance Lease Obligations, imputed interest with respect to Attributable Debt, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges
incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings, but excluding Transaction Costs), and net of the effect of all payments made or received pursuant to interest rate Hedging Contracts, to the extent that any such expense
was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus 
 (4) depreciation and amortization (including amortization of
intangibles but excluding amortization of prepaid cash expenses that were paid in a prior period), impairment, non-cash equity based compensation expense and other
non-cash items (excluding any such non-cash item to the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenses in any future period or amortization of a
prepaid cash expense that was paid in a prior period) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period to the extent that such depreciation and amortization, impairment and other non-cash items
that were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus 
 (5) unrealized
non-cash losses resulting from foreign currency balance sheet adjustments required by GAAP to the extent such losses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus 

(6) cash receipts in respect of Hedging Contracts during such period to the extent not otherwise included in such Consolidated
Net Income; minus 
 (7) all extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring items of gain or
loss, or revenue or expense; minus 
 (8) non-cash items increasing such Consolidated
Net Income for such period, other than items that were accrued in the ordinary course of business or which represent a reversal of an accrual or reserve described above; 

in each case, on a consolidated basis and determined in accordance with GAAP. 

“Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such
Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP, provided that: 

(1) the Net Income (but not loss) of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity
method of accounting will be included, but only to the extent of (a) the amount of dividends or distributions paid in cash to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and (b) the fair market value of Hydrocarbons that are
readily convertible to cash delivered to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; 
 (2) the Net Income of any
Restricted Subsidiary will be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental
approval (that has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by operation of the terms of its charter or any judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders,
partners or members; 

  
 7 

 (3) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles will be
excluded; 
 (4) unrealized losses and gains under derivative instruments included in the determination of Consolidated Net
Income, including, without limitation those resulting from the application of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 815 will be excluded; and 

(5) any nonrecurring charges relating to any premium or penalty paid, write off of deferred finance costs or other charges in
connection with redeeming or retiring any Indebtedness prior to its Stated Maturity will be excluded. 
 “Consolidated Net Tangible
Assets” means, with respect to any Person at any date of determination, the aggregate amount of total assets included in such Person’s most recent quarterly or annual consolidated balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP less
applicable reserves reflected in such balance sheet, after deducting the following amounts: (a) all current liabilities reflected in such balance sheet, and (b) all right of use assets, goodwill, trademarks, patents, unamortized debt
discounts and expenses and other like intangibles reflected in such balance sheet. 
 “Corporate Trust Office of the
Trustee” means the office of the Trustee at which at any time its corporate trust business shall be administered, which office at the date hereof is located at 13737 Noel Rd Suite 800, Dallas, TX 75240, Attn: Corporate Trust
Administration, or such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Issuers (or such other address as a successor Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Issuers).

 “Credit Agreement” means that certain Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of March 28, 2013, as
amended, among the Operating Partnership, the Company and Royal Bank of Canada, as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent and L/C Issuer, and the other lenders party thereto, including any related notes, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments
and agreements executed in connection therewith, and in each case as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced from time to time with one or more Credit Facilities. 

“Credit Facilities” means one or more debt facilities (including, without limitation, the Credit Agreement), commercial paper
facilities, loan agreements or other financing agreements, in each case the majority of the loans or commitments under which, as of the date of the closing of such facilities or agreements, are provided by commercial banks customarily engaging in
making or providing commercial loans or other financing, and which facilities or agreements provide for revolving loans, term loans, letters of credit or similar financing arrangements, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed,
refunded, replaced or refinanced in whole or in part from time to time with facilities or agreements that satisfy the above requirements. 

“Custodian” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, sequestrator or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

  
 8 

 “Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the
giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default. 
 “Depositary” has the meaning provided in the Appendix. 

“Discharge of Junior Lien Obligations” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Intercreditor Agreement. 

“Discharge of Priority Lien Obligations” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Intercreditor Agreement. 

“Discharge of Senior Secured Lien Obligations” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Intercreditor Agreement.

 “Disqualified Stock” means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is
convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable
at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock, in each case other than in exchange for Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the date on which the Notes
mature. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders of the Capital Stock have the right to require the Company to repurchase or redeem such Capital Stock upon the
occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale will not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock provide that the Company may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such
repurchase or redemption complies with Section 4.07. 
 “DTC” means The Depository Trust Company. 

“Enforcement Action” means, with respect to any Series of Priority Lien Obligations, Series of Senior Secured Lien Debt or
Series of Junior Lien Debt, as applicable, (a) the taking of any action to enforce any Lien in respect of the Collateral, including the institution of any foreclosure proceedings, the noticing of any public or private sale or other disposition
under the Bankruptcy Law or any attempt to vacate or obtain relief from a stay or other injunction restricting any other action described in this definition, (b) the exercise of any right or remedy provided to a secured creditor on account of a
Lien under the Priority Lien Documents, Senior Secured Lien Documents, or Junior Lien Documents, as applicable (including, in each case, any delivery of any notice to seek to obtain payment directly from any account debtor of the Issuers or any
Guarantor or the taking of any action or the exercise of any right or remedy in respect of the setoff or recoupment against, collection or foreclosure on or marshalling of the Collateral or proceeds of Collateral), under applicable law, at equity,
in an Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding or otherwise, including the acceptance of Collateral in full or partial satisfaction of a Lien, (c) the sale, assignment, transfer, lease, license, or other disposition as a secured creditor on account
of a Lien of all or any portion of the Collateral, by private or public sale (judicial or non-judicial) or any other means, (d) the solicitation of bids from third parties to conduct the liquidation of
all or a portion of Collateral as a secured creditor on account of a Lien, (e) the exercise of any other enforcement right relating to the Collateral (including the exercise of any voting rights relating to any Capital Stock comprising a
portion of the Collateral) whether under the Priority Lien Documents, Senior Secured Lien Documents, or Junior Lien Documents, as applicable, under 

  
 9 

 
applicable law of any jurisdiction, in equity, in an Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding, or otherwise, or (f) the appointment of a receiver, manager or interim receiver of all or any
portion of the Collateral or the commencement of, or the joinder with any creditor in commencing, any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding against the Issuers or any Guarantor or any assets of the Issuers or any Guarantor; provided, that the
Priority Lien Agent’s exercise of its “control” (within the meaning of Articles 8 and 9 under the applicable UCC) in respect of any deposit account, securities account or commodities account during any period in which an Event of
Default does not then exist shall not constitute an Enforcement Action. 
 “Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all
warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock). 

“Equity Offering” means any public or private sale of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) made for cash on a
primary basis by the Company after the Issue Date, provided that at any time on or after a Change of Control, any sale of Capital Stock to an Affiliate of the Company shall not be deemed an Equity Offering. 

“Euroclear” means the Euroclear System or any successor securities clearing agency. 

“Excess Cash Flow” means, for any ECF Period, the following all determined on a consolidated basis for the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries: 
 (1) Consolidated Cash Flow for such ECF Period, less, without duplication 

(2) the sum of (a) capital expenditures (other than capital expenditures made with proceeds of an Asset Sale) made in cash by the Company
and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such ECF Period, (b) the amount of cash paid (excluding in respect of interest) to any Person other than the Company or any of its Affiliates for any permanent repayment of Indebtedness (other than the
Notes or the Existing 2021 Notes and, for the avoidance of doubt, Indebtedness of a revolving nature unless the commitments in respect thereof have been canceled) by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such ECF Period, which repayment
is required by the terms of any such Indebtedness and not funded with the proceeds of borrowings under the Credit Agreement (other than an amount not to exceed the aggregate amount by which borrowings under the Credit Agreement have been repaid with
cash proceeds generated from the business and operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries during such Test Period) or the proceeds of the Notes or other long-term Indebtedness, (c) the cash portion of Fixed Charges paid by the Company and
its Restricted Subsidiaries during such ECF Period, and (d) the aggregate amount (without duplication) of all income and franchise taxes paid in cash by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such ECF Period. 

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

“Existing Indebtedness” means the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries
(other than Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement, the Existing 2021 Notes or intercompany Indebtedness) in existence on the Issue Date, until such amounts are repaid. 

  
 10 

 “Existing 2021 Notes” means Issuers’ 7.25% senior notes due 2021
outstanding on the Issue Date. 
 The term “fair market value” means the value that would be paid by a willing buyer to an
unaffiliated willing seller in a transaction not involving distress or necessity of either party. 
 “Finance Corp.” means
the party named as such above until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor hereunder. 

“Finance Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a
finance lease that would at that time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet in accordance with GAAP. Notwithstanding anything contained in the Indenture, any lease (whether or not in existence on the Issue Date) that would have been
considered an operating lease under the provisions of GAAP as in effect on December 31, 2018 (and not as a capital lease or a finance lease) shall be treated as an operating lease (and not as a finance lease). 

“Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means with respect to any specified Person for any four-quarter reference period, the ratio of
the Consolidated Cash Flow of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurs, assumes, guarantees, repays, repurchases or redeems
any Indebtedness (other than ordinary working capital borrowings) or issues, repurchases or redeems preferred stock subsequent to the commencement of the applicable four-quarter reference period and on or prior to the date on which the event for
which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio will be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, repayment, repurchase or
redemption of Indebtedness, or such issuance, repurchase or redemption of preferred stock, and the use of the proceeds therefrom as if the same had occurred at the beginning of such period. 

In addition, for purposes of calculating the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio: 

(1) acquisitions that have been made by the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including through mergers,
consolidations or otherwise (including acquisitions of assets used in a Permitted Business), and including in each case any related financing transactions (including repayment of Indebtedness) during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent
to such reference period and on or prior to the Calculation Date, will be given pro forma effect as if they had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period, including any Consolidated Cash Flow and any pro forma expense and cost
reductions that have occurred; 
 (2) the Consolidated Cash Flow attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in
accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, will be excluded; 
 (3) the
Fixed Charges attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, will be excluded, but only to the extent that the obligations giving rise to such
Fixed Charges will not be obligations of the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries following the Calculation Date; and 

  
 11 

 (4) interest income reasonably anticipated by such Person to be received
during the applicable four-quarter period from cash or Cash Equivalents held by such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person, which cash or Cash Equivalents exist on the Calculation Date or will exist as a result of the transaction giving
rise to the need to calculate the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, will be included. 
 “Fixed Charges” means, with respect to
any specified Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of: 
 (1) the consolidated interest expense of such
Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued (including, without limitation, amortization of debt issuance costs and original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the
interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Finance Lease Obligations, imputed interest with respect to Attributable Debt, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred
in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings), and net of the effect of all payments made or received pursuant to interest rate Hedging Contracts; plus 

(2) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period;
plus 
 (3) any interest expense on Indebtedness of another Person that is guaranteed by such Person or one of its Restricted
Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries, whether or not such guarantee or Lien is called upon; plus 

(4) the product of (a) all dividends, whether paid or accrued and whether or not in cash, on any series of Disqualified
Stock of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than dividends on Equity Interests payable solely in Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, times
(b) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined federal, state and local statutory tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal, 

in each case, on a consolidated basis and determined in accordance with GAAP. 

“Flood Insurance Regulations” means (a) the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 as now or hereafter in effect or any
successor statute thereto, (b) the Flood Disaster protection Act of 1973 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto, (c) the National Flood Insurance Reform Act of 1994 (amending 42 USC 4001, et seq.), as the same may
be amended or recodified from time to time, (d) the Flood Insurance Reform Act of 2004, and (e) any regulations promulgated thereunder. 

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, which are in effect on the Issue Date. 

  
 12 

 “General Partner” means Martin Midstream GP LLC, a Delaware limited
liability company, and its successors and permitted assigns as general partner of the Company. 
 “Global Note” has the
meaning provided in the Appendix. 
 “Government Securities” means direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed by, the
United States of America for the payment of which guarantee or obligations the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged. 
 The
term “guarantee” means a guarantee other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner including, without limitation, by way of a pledge of assets,
acting as co-obligor or through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness. When used as a verb, “guarantee” has a correlative meaning.

 “Guarantors” means each of (a) the Subsidiaries of the Company, other than Finance Corp. and Talen’s
Marine & Fuel, LLC, executing this Indenture on the Issue Date as initial Guarantors, (b) any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that executes a supplement to this Indenture in accordance with Section 4.13, 10.01 or 10.03
hereof and (c) the respective successors and assigns of such Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case, until such time as any such Restricted Subsidiary shall be released and relieved of its obligations pursuant to Section 8.02, 8.03 or 10.04
hereof. 
 “Hedging Contracts” means, with respect to any specified Person: 

(1) interest rate swap agreements, interest rate cap agreements and interest rate collar agreements entered into with one or
more financial institutions and designed to protect the Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries entering into the agreement against fluctuations in interest rates with respect to Indebtedness incurred; 

(2) foreign exchange contracts and currency protection agreements entered into with one or more financial institutions and
designed to protect the Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries entering into the agreement against fluctuations in currency exchanges rates with respect to Indebtedness incurred; 

(3) any commodity futures contract, commodity option or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect against
fluctuations in the price of Hydrocarbons used, produced, processed or sold by that Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries at the time; and 

(4) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries against fluctuations
in interest rates, commodity prices or currency exchange rates. 
 “Holder” or “Noteholder” means a Person
in whose name a Note is registered. 
 “Hydrocarbons” means crude oil, natural gas, casinghead gas, drip gasoline, natural
gasoline, condensate, distillate, liquid hydrocarbons, gaseous hydrocarbons, sulfur, sulfur derivative products and all constituents, elements or compounds thereof and products or byproducts refined or processed therefrom. 

  
 13 

 “Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person, any
indebtedness of such Person, whether or not contingent: 
 (1) in respect of borrowed money; 

(2) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments; 

(3) in respect of all outstanding letters of credit issued for the account of such Person that support obligations that
constitute Indebtedness (provided that the amount of such letters of credit included in Indebtedness shall not exceed the amount of the Indebtedness being supported) and, without duplication, the unreimbursed amount of all drafts drawn under letters
of credit issued for the account of such Person; 
 (4) in respect of bankers’ acceptances; 

(5) representing Finance Lease Obligations; 

(6) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property, except any such balance that
constitutes an accrued expense or trade payable; or 
 (7) representing any obligations under Hedging Contracts, 

if and to the extent any of the preceding items (other than letters of credit and obligations under Hedging Contracts) would appear as a liability upon a
balance sheet of the specified Person prepared in accordance with GAAP. In addition, the term “Indebtedness” includes all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of the specified Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is
assumed by the specified Person; provided that, to the extent such Indebtedness is not assumed, the amount of such Indebtedness for purposes of this definition will be the lesser of (a) the fair market value of such asset at such date of
determination and (b) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Person) and, to the extent not otherwise included, the guarantee by the specified Person of any Indebtedness of any other Person. For the avoidance of doubt, the term
“Indebtedness” excludes any obligation arising from any agreement providing for indemnities, purchase price adjustments, holdbacks, contingency payment obligations based on the performance of the acquired or disposed assets or similar
obligations (other than guarantees of Indebtedness) incurred by the specified Person in connection with the acquisition or disposition of assets. 

The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date will be: 

(1) the accreted value of the Indebtedness, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount; 

(2) in the case of obligations under any Hedging Contracts, the net termination value of the agreement or arrangement giving
rise to such obligations that would be payable by such Person at such date; and 

  
 14 

 (3) the principal amount of the Indebtedness, in the case of any other
Indebtedness. 
 “Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time. 

“Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding” means: 

(1) any case or proceeding commenced by or against the Issuers or any Guarantor under any Bankruptcy Law, any other case or
proceeding for the reorganization, recapitalization or adjustment or marshalling of the assets or liabilities of the Issuers or any Guarantor, any receivership or assignment for the benefit of creditors relating to the Issuers or any Guarantor or
any similar case or proceeding relative to the Issuers or any Guarantor or its creditors, as such, in each case whether or not voluntary; 

(2) any liquidation, dissolution, marshalling of assets or liabilities or other winding up of or relating to the Issuers or any
Guarantor, in each case whether or not voluntary and whether or not involving bankruptcy or insolvency; or 
 (3) any other
case or proceeding of any type or nature in which substantially all claims of creditors of the Issuers or any Guarantor are determined and any payment or distribution is or may be made on account of such claims. 

“Intercreditor Agreement” means the Intercreditor Agreement among the Collateral Trustee, the Priority Lien Agent, the Senior
Secured Lien Agent, the Issuers, the Guarantors and the other parties from time to time party thereto, dated the Issue Date, as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the Collateral
Agency Agreement. 
 “Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such Person in
other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of loans (including guarantees of Indebtedness), advances or capital contributions (excluding (1) commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees made in the ordinary course of
business and (2) advances to customers in the ordinary course of business that are recorded as accounts receivable on the balance sheet of the lender), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other
securities, together with all items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP. If the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of
any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of the Company such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, the Company will be deemed to have made an Investment on the
date of any such sale or disposition in an amount equal to the fair market value of the Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary not sold or disposed of in an amount determined as provided in the final paragraph of Section 4.07. The
acquisition by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company of a Person that holds an Investment in a third Person will be deemed to be an Investment made by the Company or such Subsidiary in such third Person in an amount equal to the fair market
value of the Investment held by the acquired Person in such third Person on the date of any such acquisition in an amount determined as provided in the final paragraph of Section 4.07. 

“Issue Date” means the date on which the Notes are first issued under this Indenture. 

  
 15 

 “Issuer” means the parties named as such above until a successor replaces
it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor hereunder. 
 “Joint
Venture” means any Person that is not a direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company in which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries makes any Investment. 

“Junior Lien” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Intercreditor Agreement. 

“Junior Lien Collateral” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Intercreditor Agreement. 

“Junior Lien Collateral Documents” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Intercreditor Agreement. 

“Junior Lien Debt” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Intercreditor Agreement. 

“Junior Lien Documents” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Intercreditor Agreement. 

“Junior Lien Obligations” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Intercreditor Agreement. 

“Junior Lien Representative” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Intercreditor Agreement. 

“Junior Lien Secured Party” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Intercreditor Agreement. 

“Legal Holiday” means any calendar day other than a Business Day. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday, payment may be made
on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period. 
 “Lien”
means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under Applicable Law, including any conditional sale
or other title retention agreement, and any lease (other than any operating lease) in the nature thereof. 
 “Make Whole
Premium” means, with respect to a Note at any time, the excess, if any, of (a) the present value at such time of (i) the redemption price of such Note at August 12, 2022 pursuant to Section 3.07(a) plus (ii) any required
interest payments due on such Note through August 12, 2022 (except for currently accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate plus 50 basis points, discounted to the redemption date
on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months), over (b) the principal amount of such Note. 

“Manufactured (Mobile) Homes” has the meaning assigned in the applicable Flood Insurance Regulations. “GAAP”
means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, which are in effect on the Issue Date. 

  
 16 

 “Martin ESOP Trust” means (a) the Martin Employees’ Stock Profit
Sharing Trust and (b) the MRMC ESOP Trust, in each case established by MRMC to hold common and preferred shares of MRMC for the benefit of MRMC’s employees, as such trusts and related plans may be amended, restated, replaced, amended and
restated or otherwise modified from time to time. 
 “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any
successor to the rating agency business thereof. 
 “Mortgages” means all mortgages, deeds of trust and similar documents,
instruments and agreements (and all amendments, modifications and supplements thereof) creating, evidencing, perfecting or otherwise establishing the Junior Liens securing payment of the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees or any part thereof. 

“MRMC” means Martin Resource Management Corporation, a Texas corporation, and any successor thereto. 

“Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with
GAAP and before any reduction in respect of preferred stock dividends, excluding, however: 
 (1) any gain (but not loss),
together with any related provision for taxes on such gain (but not loss), realized in connection with: (a) any Asset Sale; or (b) the disposition of any securities by such Person or the extinguishment of any Indebtedness of such Person;
and 
 (2) any extraordinary gain (but not loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such extraordinary gain
(but not loss). 
 “Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of: 

(1) the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees,
and sales commissions, severance costs and any relocation expenses incurred as a result of the Asset Sale, 
 (2) taxes paid
or payable as a result of the Asset Sale, in each case, after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements, 

(3) amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness (other than Priority Lien Obligations, Senior Secured Lien
Debt or Junior Lien Debt) secured by a Lien on the properties or assets that were the subject of such Asset Sale, and 
 (4)
any amounts to be set aside in any reserve established in accordance with GAAP or any amount placed in escrow, in either case for adjustment in respect of the sale price of such properties or assets or for liabilities associated with such Asset Sale
and retained by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries until such time as such reserve is reversed or such escrow arrangement is terminated, in which case Net Proceeds shall include only the amount of the reserve so reversed or the amount
returned to the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries from such escrow arrangement, as the case may be. 

  
 17 

 “Non-Recourse Debt” means
Indebtedness: 
 (1) as to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) provides credit support
of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness, but excluding operating leases and commercial contracts), (b) is directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or otherwise, or (c) is the
lender; and 
 (2) no default with respect to which (including any rights that the holders of the Indebtedness may have to
take enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit upon notice, lapse of time or both any holder of any other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to declare a default on such other Indebtedness or
cause the payment of the Indebtedness to be accelerated or payable prior to its Stated Maturity. 
 For purposes of determining compliance with
Section 4.09, in the event that any Non-Recourse Debt of any of the Company’s Unrestricted Subsidiaries ceases to be Non-Recourse Debt of such Unrestricted
Subsidiary, such event will be deemed to constitute an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company. 

“Notes” has the meaning specified in the Appendix. 

“Notes Custodian” has the meaning specified in the Appendix. 

“Obligations” means any principal, premium, if any, interest (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any
petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization, whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceeding), penalties, fees, charges, expenses, indemnifications, reimbursement obligations, damages, guarantees, and other liabilities
or amounts payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness or in respect thereto. 
 “Offering Memorandum” means
the offering memorandum of the Issuers dated July 9, 2020 relating to the offering of the Notes. 
 “Officer” means,
with respect to any Person, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, the Secretary, any Assistant
Secretary or any Vice President of such Person or, with respect to the Company, of the General Partner. 
 “Officers’
Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of each of the Company and Finance Corp. by two of its Officers, one of whom, in the case of any Officers’ Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 4.04, must be the principal
executive officer, the principal financial officer, or the principal accounting officer of the Company or Finance Corp., as the case may be, that, in each case, meets the requirements of Section 11.05 hereof. 

“Operating Partnership” means Martin Operating Partnership L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and any successor thereto.

  
 18 

 “Operating Surplus” has the meaning assigned to such term in the
Partnership Agreement, as in effect on the Issue Date. 
 “Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel
who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee, Collateral Trustee or Registrar, as applicable, that meets the requirements of Section 11.05 hereof. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company or the
Trustee. 
 “Partnership Agreement” means the Second Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Company
dated as of November 25, 2009, as amended and in effect on the Issue Date and as such may be further amended, modified or supplemented from time to time. 

“Permitted Business” means either (1) gathering, transporting, compressing, treating, processing, prilling or forming,
refining, marketing, distributing, storing, terminalling or otherwise handling Hydrocarbons, or activities or services reasonably related or ancillary thereto including entering into Hedging Contracts in the ordinary course of business and not for
speculative purposes to support these businesses and the development, manufacture and sale of equipment or technology related to these activities, or (2) any other business that generates gross income that constitutes “qualifying
income” under Section 7704(d) of the Code. 
 “Permitted Investments” means: 

(1) any Investment in the Company (including, without limitation, through purchases of Notes) or in a Guarantor; 

(2) any Investment in Cash Equivalents; 

(3) any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in a Person, if as a result of such Investment:

 (a) such Person becomes a Guarantor; or 

(b) such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its
properties or assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Guarantor; 
 (4) any Investment made as a result of the
receipt of non-cash consideration from an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with Section 4.10; 

(5) any Investment in any Person solely in exchange for the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the
Company; 
 (6) any Investments received in compromise of obligations of trade creditors or customers that were incurred in
the ordinary course of business, including pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of any trade creditor or customer, or as a result of a foreclosure by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment in default; 

  
 19 

 (7) Hedging Contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business and
not for speculative purposes; 
 (8) [reserved]; 

(9) any Investments of the South Texas Properties in one or more Joint Ventures to the extent such Investment is for fair
market value, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, and is made in a Permitted Business; 
 (10) other
Investments in any Person having an aggregate fair market value (measured on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this
clause (10) that are at the time outstanding, not to exceed $15.0 million; and 
 (11) Investments in any direct or
indirect Restricted Subsidiary of the Company having an aggregate fair market value (measured on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other Investments made
pursuant to this clause (11) that are at the time outstanding, do not exceed $15.0 million. 
 “Permitted Liens”
means: 
 (1) Liens securing Priority Lien Obligations incurred under clause (1) of the definition of “Permitted
Debt”; 
 (2) Liens in favor of the Company or the Guarantors; 

(3) Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged with or into or consolidated with the Company or
any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such merger or consolidation and do not extend to any assets (other than improvements thereon, accessions thereto and proceeds
thereof, and, with respect to Liens over classes or types of assets, assets of the same class or type) other than those of the Person merged into or consolidated with the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary; 

(4) Liens on property existing at the time of acquisition of the property by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company, provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such acquisition and do not extend to any other assets of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

(5) any interest or title of a lessor to the property subject to a Finance Lease Obligation; 

(6) Liens securing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause (4) of the definition of “Permitted Debt” for the
purpose of securing the payment of all or a part of the purchase price of, or Finance Lease Obligations, purchase money obligations or other payments incurred to finance the acquisition, lease, improvement or construction of or repairs or additions
to, assets or property acquired or constructed in the ordinary course of business; provided that: 

  
 20 

 (a) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness secured by such Liens
does not exceed the cost of the assets or property so acquired or constructed; and 
 (b) such Liens are created within 180
days of the later of the acquisition, lease, completion of improvements, construction, repairs or additions or commencement of full operation of the assets or property subject to such Lien and do not encumber any other assets or property of the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary other than the proceeds thereof and such assets or property and assets affixed or appurtenant thereto; 

(7) Liens existing on the Issue Date and not described in another clause of this definition; 

(8) Liens to secure the performance of tenders, bids, statutory obligations, surety or appeal bonds, trade contracts,
government contracts, operating leases, performance bonds or other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business; 

(9) Liens on and pledges of the Equity Interests of any Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Joint Venture owned by the Company or
any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the extent securing Non-Recourse Debt or other Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary or Joint Venture; 

(10) Liens on storage facilities, pipelines, pipeline facilities or marine vessels that arise by operation of law; 

(11) Liens not securing Indebtedness for borrowed money arising under operating agreements, joint venture agreements,
partnership agreements, oil and gas leases, farmout agreements, division orders, contracts for sale, transportation or exchange of crude oil and natural gas, unitization and pooling declarations and agreements, area of mutual interest agreements and
other agreements arising in the ordinary course of business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries that are customary in the Permitted Business; 

(12) Liens upon specific items of inventory, receivables or other goods or proceeds of the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances or receivables securitizations issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory,
receivables or other goods or proceeds and permitted by Section 4.09; 
 (13) (i) Liens securing Banking Services
Obligations and (ii) Liens to secure performance of Hedging Contracts of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries entered into in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes; 

(14) Liens securing any insurance premium financing under customary terms and conditions, provided that no such Lien may extend
to or cover any assets or property other than the insurance being acquired with such financing, the proceeds thereof and any unearned or refunded insurance premiums related thereto; 

  
 21 

 (15) other Liens incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company, provided that, after giving effect to any such incurrence, the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness then outstanding and secured by any Liens incurred pursuant to this clause (15) does not exceed $10.0 million; 

(16) (a) Liens created for the benefit of (or to secure) the Senior Secured Lien Notes (or the related note guarantees),
incurred under clause (2)(a) of the definition of “Permitted Debt” and (b) Liens securing the Notes (or the related note guarantees), incurred under clause (2)(b) of the definition of “Permitted Debt” so long as such Liens
constitute Junior Liens; and 
 (17) any Lien renewing, extending, refinancing or refunding a Lien permitted by clauses
(2) through (16) above, provided that (a) the principal amount of the Indebtedness secured by such Lien is not increased except by an amount equal to a reasonable premium or other reasonable amount paid, and accrued and unpaid interest,
fees and expenses reasonably incurred, in connection therewith and by an amount equal to any existing commitments unutilized thereunder and (b) no assets encumbered by any such Lien other than the assets permitted to be encumbered immediately
prior to such renewal, extension, refinance or refund are encumbered thereby (other than improvements thereon, accessions thereto and proceeds thereof, and, with respect to renewed, extended, refinanced or refunded Liens over classes or types of
assets, assets of the same class or type). 
 “Permitted Prior Liens” means Priority Liens and Liens described in clauses
(3), (4), (5), (6), (10), (11), (14) or, to the extent the initial Lien thereunder constituted a Lien incurred pursuant to any of the foregoing clauses, (17), in each case in the definition of “Permitted Liens.” 

“Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in
exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or refund other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than intercompany Indebtedness); provided that: 

(1) the principal amount of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of the Indebtedness
being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded (plus all accrued interest on the Indebtedness and the amount of all expenses and premiums incurred in connection therewith); 

(2) such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted
Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded; 

(3) if the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded is subordinated in right of payment
to the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees on terms at least as favorable to the Noteholders as those contained in the
documentation governing the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded; and 

  
 22 

 (4) such Indebtedness is not incurred (other than by way of a guarantee) by
a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (other than Finance Corp. and Talen’s Marine & Fuel, LLC) if the Company is the issuer or other primary obligor on the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or
refunded. 
 Notwithstanding the preceding, any Indebtedness incurred under the Credit Agreement pursuant to Section 4.09 shall be subject only to the
refinancing provision in the definition of the Credit Agreement and not pursuant to the requirements set forth in this definition of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness. 

“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust,
unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or other entity. 
 “Priority Lien” shall have the
meaning assigned to such term in the Intercreditor Agreement. 
 “Priority Lien Agent” shall have the meaning assigned to
such term in the Intercreditor Agreement. 
 “Priority Lien Collateral” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the
Intercreditor Agreement. 
 “Priority Lien Collateral Documents” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the
Intercreditor Agreement. 
 “Priority Lien Documents” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Intercreditor
Agreement. 
 “Priority Lien Obligations” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Intercreditor Agreement. 

“Priority Lien Secured Parties” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Intercreditor Agreement. 

“QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act. 

“Qualifying Owners” means, collectively, (1) the Martin ESOP Trust, Ruben S. Martin, III, Robert D. Bondurant, Randall
L. Tauscher, any entities or trusts established by any of the foregoing for estate planning purposes and owned by any of the foregoing or established for the benefit of the heirs of any of the foregoing, Statehouse Investor I, L.P. and Statehouse
Investor II, L.P., and any of their respective Affiliates, including Alinda Capital Partners and (2) MRMC and its Subsidiaries. 

“Regulation S” has the meaning provided in the Appendix. 

  
 23 

 “Reporting Default” means a Default described in Section 6.01(d). 

“Required Junior Lien Debtholders” means, at any time, the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of all Junior
Lien Debt then outstanding, calculated in accordance with Section 7.2 of the Collateral Agency Agreement. For purposes of this definition, Junior Lien Debt registered in the name of, or beneficially owned by, the Company or any Affiliate of the
Company will be deemed not to be outstanding. 
 “Responsible Officer,” when used with respect to the Trustee, means any
officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant secretary, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions
similar to those performed by Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such Person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have
direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture. 
 “Restricted Global Note” has the meaning provided in the
Appendix. 
 “Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment. 

“Restricted Subsidiary” of a Person means any Subsidiary of the referent Person that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
Notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, Finance Corp. shall be a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company. 
 “Rule
144A” has the meaning provided in the Appendix. 
 “S&P” refers to S&P Global Ratings, a division of The
McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., or any successor to the rating agency business thereof. 
 “Sale and Leaseback Transaction”
means an arrangement relating to property owned by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary on the Issue Date or thereafter acquired by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary whereby the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary transfers such property to a
Person and the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary leases it from such Person. 
 “SEC” or “Commission”
means the Securities and Exchange Commission. 
 “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 

“Secured Debt Documents” means the Priority Lien Documents, the Senior Secured Lien Documents and the Junior Lien Documents.

 “Senior Debt” means 

(1) all Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding under the Credit Agreement and all
obligations under Hedging Contracts with respect thereto; 
 (2) any other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries permitted to be incurred under the terms of this Indenture, unless the instrument under which such Indebtedness is incurred expressly provides that it is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or any Subsidiary
Guarantee; and 

  
 24 

 (3) all Obligations with respect to the items listed in the preceding
clauses (1) and (2). 
 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding sentence, Senior Debt will not include: 

 

	 	(a)	 any intercompany Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to the Company or any of its
Affiliates; or 

  

	 	(b)	 any Indebtedness that is incurred in violation of this Indenture. 

For the avoidance of doubt, “Senior Debt” will not include any trade payables or taxes owed or owing by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary.

 “Senior Secured Lien” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Intercreditor Agreement. 

“Senior Secured Lien Collateral” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Intercreditor Agreement. 

“Senior Secured Lien Collateral Trustee” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Intercreditor Agreement. 

“Senior Secured Lien Debt” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Intercreditor Agreement. 

“Senior Secured Lien Documents” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Intercreditor Agreement. 

“Senior Secured Lien Notes” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Intercreditor Agreement. 

“Senior Secured Lien Obligations” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Intercreditor Agreement. 

“Series of Junior Lien Debt” means, severally, each issue or series of Junior Lien Debt for which a single transfer register
is maintained. 
 “Series of Priority Lien Obligations” means, severally, the Credit Agreement and each other issue or
series of Priority Lien Obligations for which a single transfer register is maintained. 
 “Series of Senior Secured Lien
Debt” means, severally, the Senior Secured Lien Notes and each other issue or series of Senior Secured Lien Debt for which a single transfer register is maintained. 

“Shared Collateral” means, at any time, any property and assets wherever located and whether now owned or later acquired, in
which holders of Priority Lien Obligations under at least one Priority Lien Document and the holders of Senior Secured Lien Obligations and/or the holders 

  
 25 

 
of Junior Lien Obligations hold a security interest or Lien (or are deemed to hold a Lien pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement) at such time. If, at any time, any portion of the Priority Lien
Collateral under one or more Priority Lien Documents does not constitute Senior Secured Lien Collateral in respect of one or more Series of Senior Secured Lien Debt or Junior Lien Collateral in respect of one or more Series of Junior Lien Debt, then
such portion of such Priority Lien Collateral shall constitute Shared Collateral only with respect to the Series of Senior Secured Lien Debt or Junior Lien Debt, as applicable, for which it constitutes Senior Secured Lien Collateral or Junior Lien
Collateral and shall not constitute Shared Collateral for any Series of Senior Secured Lien Debt or Junior Lien Debt which does not have a security interest in such collateral at such time. 

“Significant Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1,
Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the Issue Date. 

“South Texas Properties” means (a) approximately 96 acres of real property and related assets located in Jefferson
County, Texas, commonly known as #1 Gulf States Rd, Beaumont, Texas 77701 and (b) approximately 18 acres of real property and related assets located in Nueces County, Texas, commonly known as NE of Old State Hwy 361, Aransas Pass, Texas 78336.

 “Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the
date on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the original documentation governing such Indebtedness, and will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal
prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof. 
 “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any specified
Person: 
 (1) any corporation, association or other business entity (other than a partnership or limited liability company)
of which more than 50% of the total voting power of Voting Stock is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and 

(2) any partnership (whether general or limited) or limited liability company (a) the sole general partner or member of
which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person, or (b) if there is more than a single general partner or member, either (x) the only managing general partners or managing members of which are such Person or one or more Subsidiaries of
such Person (or any combination thereof) or (y) such Person owns or controls, directly or indirectly, a majority of the outstanding general partner interests, member interests or other Voting Stock of such partnership or limited liability
company, respectively. 
 “Subsidiary Guarantees” means the joint and several guarantees issued by all of the Guarantors
pursuant to Article 10 hereof. 
 “TIA” or “Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of
1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) and the rules and regulations thereunder, as in effect on the Issue Date. 

  
 26 

 “Total Leverage Ratio” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the
Credit Agreement in effect on the Issue Date. 
 “Treasury Management Arrangement” means any agreement or other arrangement
governing the provision of treasury or cash management services, including deposit accounts, overdraft, credit or debit card, funds transfer (including electronic funds transfer), automated clearinghouse, zero balance accounts, returned check
concentration, controlled disbursement, lockbox, account reconciliation and reporting and trade finance services and other cash management services. 

“Treasury Rate” means the yield to maturity at the time of computation of United States Treasury securities with a constant
maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 which has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the date fixed for redemption (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer
published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to August 12, 2022; provided, however, that if such period is not equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury
security for which a yield is given, the Company shall obtain the Treasury Rate by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the yields of United States Treasury securities
for which such yields are given, except that if the period from the redemption date to August 12, 2022 is less than one year, the yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be
used. The Company will (a) calculate the Treasury Rate on the second Business Day preceding the applicable redemption date and (b) prior to such redemption date file with the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the Make
Whole Premium and the Treasury Rate and showing the calculation of each in reasonable detail. 
 “Trustee” means the party
named as such above until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder. 

“Uniform Commercial Code” or “UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of New York or of any
other state the laws of which are required to be applied in connection with the perfection of security interests in any Collateral. 

“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company (other than Finance Corp. or the Operating Partnership) that is
designated by the Board of Directors of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a Board Resolution, but only to the extent that such Subsidiary: 

(1) has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt; 

(2) except as otherwise permitted by Section 4.11, is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding
with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the
time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company; 

  
 27 

 (3) is a Person with respect to which neither the Company nor any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation (a) to subscribe for additional Equity Interests or (b) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of
operating results; and 
 (4) has not guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit support for any
Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. 
 All Subsidiaries of an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall also be Unrestricted
Subsidiaries. 
 Any designation of a Subsidiary of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a
Board Resolution giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the preceding conditions and was permitted by Section 4.07. If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would
fail to meet the preceding requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it will thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary will be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company as of such date and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of such date under Section 4.09, the Company will be in default of such covenant. 

“Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled (without
regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person. 
 “Weighted Average
Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing: 

(1) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund,
serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect of the Indebtedness, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will
elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by 
 (2) the then outstanding principal amount of such
Indebtedness. 
 Section 1.02. Other Definitions. 
  

					
	 Term
	  	Defined in Section	 
	 “Act”
	  	 	11.14	 
	 “Affiliate Transaction”
	  	 	4.11	 
	 “Appendix”
	  	 	2.01	 
	 “Asset Sale Offer”
	  	 	3.09	 
	 “Change of Control Offer”
	  	 	4.15	 
	 “Change of Control Payment”
	  	 	4.15	 
	 “Change of Control Purchase Date”
	  	 	4.15	 
	 “Change of Control Settlement Date”
	  	 	4.15	 
	 “Covenant Defeasance”
	  	 	8.03	 
	 “Discharge”
	  	 	8.08	 

  
 28 

					
	 Term
	  	Defined in Section	 
	 “ECF Period”
	  	 	4.21	(a) 
	 “ECF Termination Date”
	  	 	4.21	(b) 
	 “Excess Cash Flow Offer”
	  	 	4.21	(a) 
	 “Excess Cash Flow Offer Amount”
	  	 	4.21	(a) 
	 “Excess Cash Flow Offer Payment”
	  	 	4.21	(a) 
	 “Excess Cash Flow Offer Payment Date”
	  	 	4.21	(b) 
	 “Event of Default”
	  	 	6.01	 
	 “Excess Proceeds”
	  	 	4.10	 
	 “Incremental Funds”
	  	 	4.07	 
	 “incur”
	  	 	4.09	 
	 “Legal Defeasance”
	  	 	8.02	 
	 “Note Obligations”
	  	 	12.01	(a) 
	 “Offer Amount”
	  	 	3.09	 
	 “Offer Period”
	  	 	3.09	 
	 “Paying Agent”
	  	 	2.03	 
	 “Payment Default”
	  	 	6.01	 
	 “Permitted Debt”
	  	 	4.09	 
	 “Registrar”
	  	 	2.03	 
	 “Restricted Payments”
	  	 	4.07	 
	 “Settlement Date”
	  	 	3.09	 
	 “Termination Date”
	  	 	3.09	 
	 “Unitholder Distribution”
	  	 	4.07	 

 Section 1.03. [Reserved] 

Section 1.04. Rules of Construction. 

Unless the context otherwise requires: 

(1) a term has the meaning assigned to it; 

(2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP; 

(3) “or” is not exclusive; 

(4) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular; 

(5) the meanings of the words “will” and “shall” are the same when used to express an obligation; 

(6) references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act shall be deemed to include substitute,
replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time; and 

  
 29 

 (7) “herein,” “hereof” and other words of similar import
refer to this Indenture as a whole (as amended or supplemented from time to time) and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision 

ARTICLE 2 
 THE NOTES 

Section 2.01. Form and Dating. 

Provisions relating to the Notes are set forth in the Rule 144A/Regulation S Appendix attached hereto (the “Appendix”) which
is hereby incorporated in and expressly made part of this Indenture. The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication therefor shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit 1 to the Appendix which is hereby incorporated in and
expressly made a part of this Indenture. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule, agreements to which an Issuer is subject, if any, or usage (provided that any such notation, legend or endorsement
is in a form acceptable to the Company). Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The terms of the Notes set forth in the Appendix are part of the terms of this Indenture. 

Section 2.02. Execution and Authentication. 

An Officer shall sign the Notes on behalf of each Issuer by manual or facsimile signature. 

If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid
nevertheless. 
 A Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee manually signs the certificate of authentication on
the Note. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture. 
 On the Issue Date, the
Trustee shall authenticate and deliver $291,969,885 of 11.50% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes due 2025 and, at any time and from time to time thereafter, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver Notes for original issue in an aggregate principal
amount specified in such order, in each case upon a written order of the Issuers. Such order shall specify the amount of the Notes to be authenticated, the date on which the original issue of Notes is to be authenticated and to whom the Notes shall
be registered and delivered. 
 The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent reasonably acceptable to the Issuers to authenticate the
Notes. Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An
authenticating agent has the same rights as any Registrar, Paying Agent or agent for service of notices and demands. 
 Section 2.03. Registrar and
Paying Agent. 
 The Issuers shall maintain an office or agency in the United States where Notes may be presented for registration of
transfer or for exchange (the “Registrar”) and an office or agency in New York, New York where Notes may be presented for payment (the “Paying Agent”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and
exchange. The Issuers may have one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar, and the term
“Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. 

  
 30 

 The Issuers shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Registrar or Paying
Agent not a party to this Indenture. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such agent. The Issuers shall notify the Trustee of the name and address of any such agent. If the Issuers fail to maintain a
Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation therefor pursuant to Section 7.07. The Company or any Subsidiary may act as Paying Agent or Registrar. 

The Issuers initially appoint the Trustee as Registrar and Paying Agent in connection with the Notes at the Corporate Trust Office of the
Trustee. If the Trustee is no longer the Registrar and Paying Agent, the Issuers shall provide the Trustee with access to inspect the Note register at all times and with copies of the Note register. 

Section 2.04. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. 

Prior to 11:00 a.m. New York City time, on each due date of the principal and interest on any Note, an Issuer shall deposit with the Paying
Agent a sum sufficient to pay such principal and interest when so becoming due. The Issuers shall require each Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Noteholders or the
Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of or interest on the Notes and shall notify the Trustee of any default by the Issuers in making any such payment. If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall
segregate the money held by it as Paying Agent and hold it as a separate trust fund. The Issuers at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed by the Paying Agent. Upon
complying with this Section, the Paying Agent shall have no further liability for the money delivered to the Trustee. 
 Section 2.05. Noteholder
Lists. 
 The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names
and addresses of Noteholders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuers shall furnish to the Trustee, in writing at least five Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a
list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Noteholders and the principal amounts and number of Notes. 

Section 2.06. Transfer and Exchange. 

The Notes shall be issued in registered form and shall be transferable only upon the surrender of a Note for registration of transfer. When a
Note is presented to the Registrar or a co-registrar with a request to register a transfer, the Registrar shall register the transfer as requested if the requirements of this Indenture and Section 8-401(a) of the Uniform Commercial Code are met. When Notes are presented to the Registrar with a request to exchange them for an equal principal amount of Notes of other denominations, the Registrar
shall make the exchange as requested if the same requirements are met. The Issuers may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any taxes, assessments or other governmental charges in connection with any transfer or exchange pursuant to this
Section (other than any such transfer taxes, assessments or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Section 3.06, 4.10, 4.15, 4.21 or 9.05). 

  
 31 

 Section 2.07. Replacement Notes. 

If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Registrar or if the Holder of a Note claims that the Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully
taken, the Issuers shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note if the requirements of Section 8-405 of the Uniform Commercial Code are met and the Holder satisfies any other
reasonable requirements of the Trustee. If required by the Trustee or the Issuers, such Holder shall furnish an indemnity bond sufficient in the judgment of the Issuers and the Trustee to protect the Issuers, the Trustee, the Paying Agent and the
Registrar from any loss which any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Issuers and the Trustee may charge the Holder for their expenses in replacing a Note. In the event any such Note shall have matured, instead of issuing a new Note, the
Issuers may direct the Trustee to pay the same without surrender thereof upon the Holder furnishing the Issuers and the Trustee with indemnity satisfactory to them and complying with such other reasonable regulations as the Issuers may prescribe and
paying such reasonable expenses as the Issuer and the Trustee may incur in connection therewith. 
 Every replacement Note is an additional
obligation of the Issuers. 
 Section 2.08. Outstanding Notes. 

Notes outstanding at any time are all Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for
cancellation and those described in this Section as not outstanding. Except as otherwise provided herein, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note. 

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee, any provider of an indemnity bond and the
Issuers receive proof satisfactory to them that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser. 
 If the Paying Agent segregates and
holds in trust, in accordance with this Indenture, by 11:00 a.m. New York time, on a redemption date or other maturity date money sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest payable on that date with respect to the Notes (or
portions thereof) to be redeemed or maturing, as the case may be, then on and after that date such Notes (or portions thereof) cease to be outstanding and interest on them cease to accrue. 

Section 2.09. Temporary Notes. 

Until definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuers may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes
shall be substantially in the form of definitive Notes but may have variations that the Issuers consider appropriate for temporary Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuers shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate definitive Notes and
deliver them in exchange for temporary Notes. 

  
 32 

 Section 2.10. Cancellation. 

An Issuer at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any
Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel (subject to the record retention requirements of the Exchange Act) all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange,
payment or cancellation. Upon written request, the Trustee will deliver a certificate of such cancellation to the Issuers unless the Issuers direct the Trustee to deliver canceled Notes to the Issuers instead. The Issuers may not issue new Notes to
replace Notes they have redeemed, paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. 
 Section 2.11. Defaulted Interest. 

If the Issuers default in a payment of interest on the Notes, the Issuers shall pay defaulted interest (plus interest on such defaulted
interest to the extent lawful) in any lawful manner. The Issuers may pay the defaulted interest to the Persons who are Noteholders on a subsequent special record date. The Issuers shall fix or cause to be fixed any such special record date and
payment date to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee and shall promptly send to each Noteholder a notice that states the special record date, the payment date and the amount of defaulted interest to be paid. The Trustee will have no duty
whatsoever to determine whether any defaulted interest is payable or the amount thereof. 
 Section 2.12. CUSIP Numbers. 

The Issuers in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” numbers and corresponding “ISINs” (if then generally in use) and, if so,
the Trustee shall use “CUSIP” numbers and corresponding “ISINs” in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided, however, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such
numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or
omission of such numbers. The Issuers shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in any CUSIP number. 
 Section 2.13. Computation
of Interest. 
 Interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. 
 Section 2.14. Persons Deemed Owners. 

Prior to due presentment of a Note for registration of transfer, the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat
the Person in whose name such Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on, such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note be
overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any agent of the Company or the Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 

  
 33 

 ARTICLE 3 

REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT 
 Section 3.01.
Notices to Trustee. 
 If the Issuers elect to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Section 3.07
hereof, they shall furnish to the Trustee, at least five Business Days (unless a shorter period shall be agreeable to the Trustee) before the date of giving notice of the redemption pursuant to Section 3.03, an Officers’ Certificate
setting forth (i) the clause of Section 3.07 pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (ii) the redemption date, (iii) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed, (iv) the redemption price, and (v) whether it
requests the Trustee to give notice of such redemption. Any such notice may be cancelled at any time prior to the sending of notice of such redemption to any Holder and shall thereby be void and of no effect. 

Section 3.02. Selection of Notes to be Redeemed. 

If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed among the Holders of the Notes
as follows: (1) if the Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which the Notes are listed; or (2) if the Notes are not listed on any
national securities exchange, on a pro rata basis (and, in the case of Global Notes, in accordance with the procedures of the Depositary). In the event of partial redemption other than on a pro rata basis, the particular Notes to be redeemed shall
be selected, not less than three (3) Business Days (unless a shorter period shall be agreeable to the Trustee) prior to the giving of notice of the redemption pursuant to Section 3.03, by the Trustee from the outstanding Notes not
previously called for redemption. 
 The Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuers in writing of the Notes selected for redemption and, in
the case of any Note selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. Notes and portions of Notes selected shall be in minimum denominations of $1 principal amount and integral multiples of $1 in excess thereof.
Provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption. 
 The
provisions of the two preceding paragraphs of this Section 3.02 shall not apply with respect to any redemption affecting only a Global Note, whether such Global Note is to be redeemed in whole or in part. In case of any such redemption in part,
the unredeemed portion of the principal amount of the Global Note shall be in an authorized denomination. 
 Section 3.03. Notice of Redemption.

 At least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, except that redemption notices may be sent more than 60 days prior to
a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a Legal Defeasance, Covenant Defeasance or Discharge, the Issuers shall mail or cause to be mailed, by first class mail (or otherwise sent in accordance with the applicable procedures of
the Depositary), a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address. 

  
 34 

 The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed (including “CUSIP” numbers and
corresponding “ISINs”, if applicable) and shall state: 
 (a) the redemption date; 

(b) the redemption price or, if the redemption price is not then determinable, the manner in which it is to be determined; 

(c) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the
redemption date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in a principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion shall be issued in the name of the Holder upon cancellation of the original Note; 

(d) the name and address of the Paying Agent; 

(e) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price; 

(f) that, unless the Issuers default in making such redemption payment and interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to
accrue on and after the redemption date and the only remaining right of the Holders of such Notes is to receive payment of the redemption price upon surrender to the Paying Agent of the Notes redeemed; 

(g) the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being
redeemed; 
 (h) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP or ISIN number, if any, listed
in such notice or printed on the Notes; and 
 (i) any conditions precedent to such redemption. 

If any of the Notes to be redeemed is in the form of a Global Note, then the Issuers shall modify such notice to the extent necessary to
accord with the procedures of the Depositary applicable to redemption. 
 At the Issuers’ request, the Trustee shall give the notice of
optional redemption in the Issuers’ names and at their expense; provided, however, that the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee, as provided in Section 3.01, an Officers’ Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such
notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the second preceding paragraph. 
 Section 3.04. Effect of
Notice of Redemption. 
 Once notice of redemption is sent in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, Notes called for redemption
become irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price. A notice of redemption may not be conditional, except that any redemption pursuant to Section 3.07(b) may, at the Issuers’ discretion, be subject to the
completion of the related Equity Offering. If sent in the manner provided for in Section 3.03, the notice of redemption shall be conclusively presumed to have been given whether or not a Holder receives such notice. Failure to give timely
notice or any defect in the notice shall not affect the validity of the redemption. 

  
 35 

 Section 3.05. Deposit of Redemption Price. 

Prior to 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the redemption date, the Issuers shall deposit with the Paying Agent (or, if the Company or a
Subsidiary thereof is acting as its own Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 2.04 hereof) money sufficient in same day funds to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest on all Notes to be redeemed on that
date. The Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Issuers any money deposited with the Paying Agent by an Issuer in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest on all Notes to be redeemed. 

If the Issuers comply with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the redemption date, interest shall cease to accrue on the
Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption whether or not such Notes are presented for payment, and the only remaining right of the Holders of such Notes shall be to receive payment of the redemption price upon surrender to the Paying
Agent of the Notes redeemed. If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption because of the failure of an Issuer to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the
redemption date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful, on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. 

Section 3.06. Notes Redeemed in Part. 

Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Issuers shall issue in the name of the Holder and the Trustee shall authenticate for the
Holder at the expense of the Issuers a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered. 
 Section 3.07.
Optional Redemption. 
 (a) Except as set forth in clauses (b), (c) and (d) of this Section 3.07, the Issuers shall not have
the option to redeem the Notes pursuant to this Section 3.07 prior to August 12, 2022. On or after August 12, 2022, the Issuers shall have the option on one or more occasions to redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, at the redemption
price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date that
is on or prior to the redemption date). 
 (b) Notwithstanding the provisions of clause (a) of this Section 3.07, at any time prior
to August 12, 2022, the Issuers may on one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under this Indenture at a redemption price of 111.500% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid
interest to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date that is on or prior to the redemption date), with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity
Offerings, provided that: 

  
 36 

 (1) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under
this Indenture remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption (excluding any Notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries); and 

(2) each such redemption occurs within 180 days of the date of the closing of each such Equity Offering. 

(c) Prior to August 12, 2022, the Issuers may on one or more occasions redeem all or part of the Notes at a redemption price equal to the
sum of: 
 (1) 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus 

(2) accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to
receive interest due on an interest payment date that is on or prior to the redemption date), plus 
 (3) the Make Whole Premium at the
redemption date. 
 (d) The Notes may also be redeemed, as a whole, following certain Change of Control Offers, at the redemption price and
subject to the conditions set forth in Section 4.15(5). 
 (e) Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant
to the provisions of Section 3.01 through Section 3.06 hereof. 
 Section 3.08. Mandatory Redemption. 

Except as set forth under Sections 4.10, 4.15 and 4.21 hereof, neither of the Issuers shall be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking
fund payments with respect to the Notes or to repurchase the Notes at the option of the Holders. 
 Section 3.09. Offer to Purchase by Application
of Excess Proceeds. 
 In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof, the Company shall be required to commence an offer to all
Holders to purchase Notes (an “Asset Sale Offer”), it shall follow the procedures specified below. 
 The Asset Sale Offer shall
remain open for a period of 20 Business Days following its commencement and no longer, except to the extent that a longer period is required by Applicable Law (the “Offer Period”). No later than five Business Days after the termination of
the Offer Period (the “Settlement Date”), the Company shall purchase and pay for the principal amount of Notes required to be purchased pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof (the “Offer Amount”) or, if less than the Offer Amount
has been validly tendered (and not validly withdrawn), all Notes validly tendered (and not validly withdrawn) in response to the Asset Sale Offer. Payment for any Notes so purchased shall be made in the manner prescribed in the Notes. 

  
 37 

 Upon the commencement of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company shall send, by first class mail
(or otherwise send pursuant to the applicable procedures of the Depositary), a notice to each of the Holders, with a copy to the Trustee. The notice shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes
pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. The Asset Sale Offer shall be made to all Holders. The notice, which shall govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer, shall state: 

(a) that the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.09 and Section 4.10 hereof and the length of
time the Asset Sale Offer shall remain open, including the time and date the Asset Sale Offer will terminate (the “Termination Date”); 

(b) the Offer Amount and the purchase price; 

(c) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment shall continue to accrue interest; 

(d) that, unless the Company defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer
shall cease to accrue interest after the Settlement Date; 
 (e) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to
any Asset Sale Offer shall be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, to the Company or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice, before
the Termination Date; 
 (f) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Company or the Paying Agent, as
the case may be, receives, prior to the Termination Date, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is
withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased; 
 (g) that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by
Holders, and other Junior Lien Debt surrendered by holders or lenders, collectively, exceeds the amount the Company is required to repurchase, the Trustee shall select the Notes and the Company shall select such other Junior Lien Debt to be
purchased on a pro rata basis on the basis of the aggregate principal amount of tendered Notes and other Junior Lien Debt (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Trustee so that only Notes in minimum denominations of $1 principal
amount and integral multiples of $1 in excess thereof, shall be purchased); and 
 (h) that Holders whose Notes were
purchased only in part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer). 

If any of the Notes subject to an Asset Sale Offer is in the form of a Global Note, then the Company shall modify such notice to the extent
necessary to accord with the procedures of the Depositary applicable to repurchases. 

  
 38 

 Promptly after the Termination Date, the Company shall, to the extent lawful, accept for
payment Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer in the aggregate principal amount required by Section 4.10 hereof, and prior to the Settlement Date it shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate
stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Company in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.09 and Section 4.10. Prior to 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the Settlement Date, the Company or the
Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall mail or deliver to each tendering Holder (or, if any Notes are then in global form, it will promptly make such payment thereon through the facilities of DTC) an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes
tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Company for purchase, and the Company shall issue a new Note, and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail or deliver (or cause to be transferred by book entry) such new Note to such Holder, in a principal
amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Company to the Holder thereof. The Company shall publicly announce the results of the Asset Sale Offer on or
before the Settlement Date. 
 ARTICLE 4 

COVENANTS 
 Section 4.01. Payment of
Notes. 
 The Issuers shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the
manner provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Company or a Subsidiary thereof, holds as of 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the due date money
deposited by an Issuer or a Guarantor in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due. 

The Issuers shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the rate
equal to the interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; and they shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace
period), at the same rate to the extent lawful. 
 The Company may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining satisfaction and discharge with
respect to the Notes or for any other purpose, pay, or direct any Paying Agent to pay, to the Trustee all sums held in trust by the Company or such Paying Agent, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the same terms as those upon which such sums
were held by the Company or such Paying Agent; and, upon such payment by any Paying Agent to the Trustee, such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such money. 

Subject to any applicable escheat laws, any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for
the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, and premium, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on its request, or (if
then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all
liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease. 

  
 39 

 Section 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency. 

The Issuers shall maintain an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee) in New York, New York
where Notes may be presented or surrendered for payment and they shall maintain an office or agency in the United States (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of
transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuers in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Issuers shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of
such office or agency. If at any time the Issuers shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at
the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee. 
 The Issuers may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where
the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations. Further, if at any time there shall be no such office or agency in the City of New York where the Notes may be presented or
surrendered for payment, the Issuers shall forthwith designate and maintain such an office or agency in the City of New York, in order that the Notes shall at all times be payable in the City of New York. The Issuers shall give prompt written notice
to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency. 
 The Issuers
hereby designate the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Company in accordance with Section 2.03. In addition, Notes may be presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange, and notices
and demands to or upon the Issuers in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served, at the corporate trust office of the Trustee, which on the Issue Date is located at 13737 Noel Rd, Suite 800, Dallas, TX 75240. 

With respect to any Global Notes, the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee shall be the office or agency where such Global Notes may be
presented or surrendered for payment or for registration of transfer or exchange, or where successor Notes may be delivered in exchange therefor; provided, however, that any such presentation, surrender or delivery effected pursuant to the
Applicable Procedures of the Depositary shall be deemed to have been effected at such office or agency in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture. 

Section 4.03. Reports. 
 (a)
Notwithstanding that the Company may not be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company will file with the SEC (unless the SEC will not accept such a
filing) for public availability within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations under the Exchange Act and, within five Business Days of filing, or attempting to file, the same with the SEC, furnish to the Trustee and, upon
its prior request, to any of the Holders or Beneficial Owners of the Notes: 
 (1) all quarterly and annual financial and
other information with respect to the Company and its Subsidiaries that would be required to be contained in a filing with the SEC on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Company
were required to file such Forms, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and, with respect to the annual information only, a report thereon by the Company’s certified
independent accountants; and 

  
 40 

 (2) all current reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Form 8-K if the Company were required to file such reports. 
 The availability of the foregoing reports on the
SEC’s EDGAR filing system will be deemed to satisfy the foregoing delivery requirements. 
 (b) For as long as any Notes remain
outstanding and constitute “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144, the Company and the Guarantors shall furnish to the Holders and Beneficial Owners of the Notes, prospective purchasers of the Notes and securities analysts,
upon their request, the information, if any, required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. 
 (c) If the
Company has designated any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries, then, to the extent material, the quarterly and annual financial information required by paragraph (a) of this Section 4.03 shall include a reasonably detailed
presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes to the financial statements and in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”, of the financial condition
and results of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries. 

(d) The Trustee shall have no obligation whatsoever to monitor or confirm, on a continuing basis or otherwise, the Company’s compliance
with this Section 4.03, to determine whether or not such information, documents or reports have been posted on any website or online data system or filed with the Commission via the EDGAR filing system (or other successor system). The posting
or delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute actual or constructive knowledge or notice of any information contained therein or
determinable from information contained therein, including the Issuers’ compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on officers’ certificates). 

(e) The Company will be deemed to have delivered to the Holders (or beneficial owners) and to the prospective investors the information or
reports referred to in Section 4.03(a)(1) and (2) or the information referred to in Section 4.03(b) if the Company has posted such information or reports on the Company Website. For purposes of this Section 4.03 the term
“Company Website” means the collection of web pages that may be accessed on the World Wide Web using the URL address https://martinmidstream.com or such other address as the Company may from time to time designate in writing to the
Trustee. 
 Section 4.04. Compliance Certificate. 

(a) The Issuers shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year ending after the Issue Date, an Officers’
Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether (i) the Company
and its Restricted Subsidiaries have kept, observed, performed and fulfilled their respective obligations under this Indenture and the other Junior Lien Documents, and (ii) the Company and its Restricted

  
 41 

 
Subsidiaries have taken action with respect to the recording, filing, rerecording, and refiling as is necessary to maintain and perfect the liens and security interests in the Collateral as
required by the Junior Lien Collateral Documents, and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge (i) the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries have kept, observed, performed and
fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this Indenture and the other Junior Lien Documents, (ii) the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries are not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and
conditions of this Indenture and the other Junior Lien Documents (or, if a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Company is taking
or proposes to take with respect thereto), and (iii) all action necessary to maintain and perfect the liens and security interests in the Collateral as required by the Junior Lien Collateral Documents has been taken. 

(b) The Issuers shall, so long as any of the Notes are outstanding, deliver to the Trustee, within 5 days of any Officer of the General Partner
or Finance Corp. becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, unless such Default or Event of Default has been cured before the end of the 30-day period, a statement specifying such Default or Event of
Default. 
 Section 4.05. Taxes. 

The Company shall pay, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, all taxes, assessments, and governmental levies
except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes. 

Section 4.06. Stay, Extension and Usury Laws. 

Each of the Issuers and each of the Guarantors covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon,
plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and each
Issuer (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it shall not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the
Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted. 
 Section 4.07. Limitation on
Restricted Payments. The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly: 

(1) declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution on account of the Company’s or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests (including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) or to the direct or indirect holders of the
Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests in their capacity as such (other than dividends or distributions payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or payable to the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) (all such payments and other actions set forth in this clause (1) being collectively referred to as “Unitholder Distributions”); 

  
 42 

 (2) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including,
without limitation, in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company) any Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company; 

(3) make any payment on or with respect to, or purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any
Indebtedness that is subordinated to the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees (excluding any intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), except (A) a payment of interest due and payable in
accordance with the terms thereof either (x) in cash to the extent an Event of Default does not then exist or (y) in kind, and (B) a payment of interest and principal at the Stated Maturity thereof; or 

(4) make any Restricted Investment (all such payments and other actions set forth in these clauses (1) through (4) above
being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”), 
 unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment, no Default
(other than a Reporting Default) or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment and either: 

(1) if the Total Leverage Ratio as of the end of the Company’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which
internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (the “Trailing Four Quarters”) is not greater than 3.75 to 1.0, such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments
made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (2), (3), (4) and (6) of the next succeeding paragraph) with respect to the quarter for which such Restricted Payment is made, is less than
the sum, without duplication, of: 
 (a) Available Cash from Operating Surplus with respect to the Company’s preceding
fiscal quarter, plus 
 (b) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds received by the Company (including the fair market value
of any Permitted Business or long-term assets that are used or useful in a Permitted Business to the extent acquired in consideration of Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock)) after the Issue Date as a contribution to its
common equity capital or from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or from the issue or sale of convertible or exchangeable Disqualified Stock or convertible or exchangeable debt securities of the
Company that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests (other than Equity Interests (or Disqualified Stock or debt securities) sold to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company), plus 

(c) to the extent that any Restricted Investment that was made after the Issue Date is sold for cash or otherwise liquidated or
repaid for cash, the cash return of capital with respect to such Restricted Investment (less the cost of disposition, if any, and not to exceed the amount of the original Restricted Investment), plus 

  
 43 

 (d) the net reduction in Restricted Investments resulting from dividends,
repayments of loans or advances, or other transfers of assets in each case to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from any Person (including, without limitation, Unrestricted Subsidiaries) or from redesignations of Unrestricted
Subsidiaries as Restricted Subsidiaries, to the extent such amounts have not been included in Available Cash from Operating Surplus for any period commencing on or after the Issue Date (items (b), (c) and (d) being referred to as
“Incremental Funds”) and such reduction shall not exceed the amount of the original Restricted Investment, minus 

(e) the aggregate amount of Incremental Funds previously expended pursuant to this clause (1) and clause (2) below;
or 
 (2) if the Total Leverage Ratio as of the end of the Trailing Four Quarters is greater than 3.75 to 1.0, such
Restricted Payment (other than Unitholder Distributions), together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments (other than Unitholder Distributions) made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding Restricted Payments
permitted by clauses (2), (3), (4), (6) and (7) of the next succeeding paragraph) with respect to the quarter for which such Restricted Payment (other than Unitholder Distributions) is made, is less than the sum, without duplication, of: 

(a) $10.0 million less the aggregate amount of all prior Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries pursuant to this clause (2)(a) since the Issue Date, plus 
 (b) Incremental Funds to the extent not previously
expended pursuant to this clause (2) or clause (1) above; 
 provided that Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause
(2) shall only be permitted if, on a pro forma basis at the time of such Restricted Payment, the Company and the Operating Partnership would be permitted under the Credit Agreement to make the Excess Cash Flow Offer in an amount equal to 25% of
Excess Cash Flow with respect to the next applicable ECF Period. 
 So long as no Default (except a Reporting Default) or Event of Default
has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby (except with respect to clause (1) below under which the payment of a distribution or dividend is permitted), the preceding provisions will not prohibit: 

(1) the payment of any dividend or distribution within 60 days after the date of its declaration, if at the date of declaration
the payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture; 
 (2) the purchase, redemption, defeasance or other
acquisition or retirement of any subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuers or any Guarantor or of any Equity Interests of the Company in exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent (a) contribution (other than
from a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) to the equity capital of the Company or (b) sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) of, Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock), with a sale being deemed
substantially concurrent if such purchase, redemption, defeasance or other 

  
 44 

 
acquisition or retirement occurs not more than 120 days after such sale; provided, however, that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such purchase, redemption,
defeasance or other acquisition or retirement will be excluded (or deducted, if included) from the calculation of Available Cash from Operating Surplus and Incremental Funds; 

(3) the purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuers or any
Guarantor with the net cash proceeds from an incurrence of, or in exchange for, Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; 
 (4)
the payment of any dividend or distribution by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the holders of its Equity Interests on a pro rata basis; 

(5) the purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company pursuant to any director or employee equity subscription agreement or equity option agreement or other employee benefit plan or to satisfy obligations under any Equity Interests appreciation rights or option plan
or similar arrangement; provided, however, that the aggregate price paid for all such purchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Equity Interests may not exceed $2.0 million in any calendar year or, if the Total Leverage Ratio as of the end of
the Trailing Four Quarters is not greater than 3.75 to 1.00 at the time of such purchase, redemption or other acquisition, up to $5.0 million in any calendar year; 

(6) the purchase, repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon
the exercise of unit options, warrants, incentives, rights to acquire Equity Interests or other convertible securities if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise or exchange price thereof, and any purchase, repurchase, redemption
or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests made in lieu of withholding taxes in connection with any exercise or exchange of unit options, warrants, incentives or rights to acquire Equity Interests; or 

(7) Unitholder Distributions up to the greater of (a) $1.0 million in the aggregate trailing twelve month period or
(b) any statutory amount to comply with rules governing the Company’s master limited partnership designation. 
 The amount of all
Restricted Payments (other than cash) will be the fair market value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the Restricted Investment proposed to be made or the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment. The fair market value of any Restricted Investment, assets or securities that are required to be valued by this covenant will be determined, in the case of amounts under
$10.0 million, by an officer of the General Partner and, in the case of amounts over $10.0 million, by the Board of Directors of the Company, whose determination shall be evidenced by a Board Resolution. Not later than the date of making
any Restricted Payment (excluding any Restricted Payment described in the preceding clause (2), (3), (4), (5), (6) or (7)) the Company will deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Restricted Payment is permitted and
setting forth the basis upon which the calculations required by this Section 4.07 were computed. 

  
 45 

 Section 4.08. Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries. 

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or become
effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to: 
 (1) pay dividends or
make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or pay any Indebtedness or other obligations owed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

(2) make loans or advances to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or 

(3) transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. 

However, the preceding restrictions of this Section 4.08 will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

 (1) agreements as in effect on the Issue Date and any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases,
supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of those agreements or the Indebtedness to which they relate, provided that the amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings
are no more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such dividend, distribution and other payment restrictions than those contained in those agreements on the Issue Date; 

(2) the Junior Lien Documents; 

(3) Applicable Law; 

(4) any instrument governing Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such acquisition, which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired,
provided that, in the case of Indebtedness, such Indebtedness was otherwise permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be incurred; 

(5) customary non-assignment provisions in Hydrocarbon purchase and sale or exchange
agreements or similar operational agreements or in licenses, easements or leases, in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices; 

(6) Finance Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations, in each case for property acquired in the
ordinary course of business that impose restrictions on that property of the nature described in clause (3) of the preceding paragraph; 

  
 46 

 (7) any agreement for the sale or other disposition of a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company that restricts distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary pending its sale or other disposition; 

(8) Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness, provided that the restrictions contained in the agreements governing such Permitted
Refinancing Indebtedness are no more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced; 

(9) Liens securing Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred under the provisions of Section 4.12 that limit the
right of the debtor to dispose of the assets subject to such Liens; 
 (10) provisions with respect to the disposition or
distribution of assets or property in joint venture agreements, asset sale agreements, stock sale agreements and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business; 

(11) any agreement or instrument relating to any property or assets acquired after the Issue Date, so long as such encumbrance
or restriction relates only to the property or assets so acquired and is not and was not created in anticipation of such acquisitions; 

(12) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary
course of business; and 
 (13) any other agreement governing Indebtedness of the Issuers or any Guarantor that is permitted
to be incurred by Section 4.09; provided, however, that such encumbrances or restrictions are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in this Indenture or the Credit Agreement as it exists on the Issue Date. 

  
 47 

 Section 4.09. Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock. 

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume,
guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to (collectively, “incur”) any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt), the Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, issue any Disqualified Stock, and the Company will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any preferred securities; provided, however, that the Issuers and any Guarantor may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired
Debt) or issue Disqualified Stock or preferred securities, if, for the Company’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional
Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or preferred securities are issued, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio would have been at least 2.0 to 1.0, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds
therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred or Disqualified Stock or preferred securities had been issued, as the case may be, at the beginning of such four-quarter period. 

The first paragraph of this Section 4.09 will not prohibit the incurrence of any of the following items of Indebtedness or the issuance
of Disqualified Stock (collectively, “Permitted Debt”) or the issuance of any preferred securities described in clause (11) below: 

(1) the incurrence by the Issuers or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness (with letters of credit being deemed to
have a principal amount equal to the maximum potential liability thereunder) under one or more Credit Facilities, provided that, after giving effect to any such incurrence, the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness incurred under this
clause (1) and then outstanding does not exceed $400.0 million; 
 (2) the incurrence by the Issuers or any
Guarantor of Indebtedness represented by: 
 (a) Senior Secured Lien Notes to be issued on August 12, 2020 in an
aggregate principal amount of $53,749,957, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (2)(a); and 

(b) the Notes issued on the Issue Date in an aggregate principal amount of $291,969,885, including all Permitted Refinancing
Indebtedness incurred to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (2)(b); 

(3) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of the Existing Indebtedness; 

(4) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness represented by Finance Lease
Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations, in each case, incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of construction or improvement of property, plant or equipment used in the business of
the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, including all Permitted 

  
 48 

 
Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or refund any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (4), provided that after giving effect to any such
incurrence, the principal amount of all Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (4) and then outstanding does not exceed $25.0 million; 

(5) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange for,
or the net proceeds of which are used to, extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or refund Indebtedness that was permitted by this Indenture to be incurred under the first paragraph of this Section 4.09 or clause (2) or (3) of this
paragraph or this clause (5); 
 (6) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of intercompany
Indebtedness between or among the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that: 
 (a) if the
Company is the obligor on such Indebtedness and a Guarantor is not the obligee, such Indebtedness must be unsecured and expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations with respect to the Notes, or if a Guarantor is
the obligor on such Indebtedness and neither the Company nor any Guarantor is the obligee, such Indebtedness must be unsecured and expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations with respect to the Subsidiary
Guarantee of such Guarantor; and 
 (b) (i) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such
Indebtedness being held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and (ii) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person that is neither the Company nor a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company
will be deemed, in each case, to constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that was not permitted by this clause (6); 

(7) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Hedging Contracts in the ordinary course of business
and not for speculative purposes; 
 (8) the guarantee by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness
of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that was permitted to be incurred by another provision of this Section 4.09; 

(9) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations relating to net Hydrocarbon balancing
positions arising in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice; 
 (10) the incurrence by the Company
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness in respect of bid, performance, surety and similar bonds issued for the account of the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business, including guarantees and
obligations of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to letters of credit supporting such obligations (in each case other than an obligation for money borrowed); 

  
 49 

 (11) the issuance by any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries to
the Company or to any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any preferred securities; provided, however, that: 
 (a) any
subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such preferred securities being held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; and 

(b) any sale or other transfer of any such preferred securities to a Person that is not either the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company 
 shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an issuance of such preferred securities by such Restricted
Subsidiary that was not permitted by this clause (11); 
 (12) [reserved]; 

(13) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Acquired Debt in connection with a merger or
consolidation meeting either one of the financial tests set forth in clause (d) of Section 5.01; and 
 (14) the
incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of additional Indebtedness, provided that, after giving effect to any such incurrence, the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness incurred under this clause (14) and then
outstanding does not exceed $25.0 million. 
 For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09, in the event that an
item of Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (1) through (14) above, or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this
Section 4.09, the Company will be permitted to classify (or later classify or reclassify in whole or in part in its sole discretion) such item of Indebtedness in any manner that complies with this Section 4.09; provided that any
Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement and the indenture governing the Senior Secured Lien Notes on the Issue Date shall be considered incurred under the clause (1) and 2(a), respectively, of the second paragraph of this Section 4.09 and
may not be reclassified. 
 The accrual of interest, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest on
any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, and the payment of dividends on Disqualified Stock in the form of additional shares of the same class of Disqualified Stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of
Indebtedness or an issuance of Disqualified Stock for purposes of this Section 4.09, provided, in each such case, that the amount thereof is included in Fixed Charges of the Company as accrued. Further, the accounting reclassification of any
obligation of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as Indebtedness will not be deemed an incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this Section 4.09. 

  
 50 

 Section 4.10. Limitation on Asset Sales. 

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless: 

(1) the Company (or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at least
equal to the fair market value of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of; 
 (2) the fair
market value is determined by (a) an executive officer of the General Partner if the value is less than $10.0 million and evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee, or (b) the Company’s Board of
Directors if the value is $10.0 million or more and evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors set forth in an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee; and 

(3) at least 75% of the aggregate consideration received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Asset Sale and
all other Asset Sales since the Issue Date is in the form of cash. For purposes of this provision, each of the following will be deemed to be cash: 

(a) any liabilities, as shown on the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet, of the
Company or such Subsidiary (other than contingent liabilities and liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets pursuant to a customary novation
agreement that releases the Company or such Subsidiary from further liability; and 
 (b) any securities, notes or other
obligations received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are, within 90 days after the Asset Sale, converted by the Company or such Subsidiary into cash, to the extent of the cash received in that conversion. 

Within 360 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may apply those Net
Proceeds at its option to any combination of the following: 
 (I) to repay Senior Debt; 

(II) to acquire all or substantially all of the properties or assets of a Person primarily engaged in a Permitted Business; 

(III) to acquire a majority of the Voting Stock of a Person primarily engaged a Permitted Business; 

(IV) to make capital expenditures; or 

(V) to acquire other long-term assets that are used or useful in a Permitted Business; 

  
 51 

 provided, that in the case of clauses (2), (3), (4) or (5), with respect to any Collateral Disposition, any
property or assets acquired with such Net Proceeds must, to the extent required by the Junior Lien Collateral Documents, become Collateral. 

Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may invest the Net Proceeds in any manner that is
not prohibited by this Indenture. Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as provided in the preceding paragraph will constitute “Excess Proceeds.” 

On the 361st day after the Asset Sale (or, at the Company’s option, any earlier date), if the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds then
exceeds $10.0 million, the Company, after making any required offer to holders of Priority Lien Debt and Senior Secured Lien Debt, will make an Asset Sale Offer to all Holders of Notes, and to all holders of other Junior Lien Debt then
outstanding containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets, to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes and such other Junior Lien Debt that
may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds. The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer will be equal to 100% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the Settlement Date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the
relevant record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date that is on or prior to the Settlement Date, and will be payable in cash. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company may use those
Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other Junior Lien Debt tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee will select the
Notes and the Company will select such other Junior Lien Debt to be purchased on a pro rata basis (and in the case of Global Notes, in accordance with the applicable procedures of the Depositary), with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate
by the Trustee so that only Notes in minimum denominations of $1 principal amount and integral multiples of $1 in excess thereof, shall be purchased, as set forth in Section 3.09(h) of this Indenture. Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer,
the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero. 
 The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule
14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset
Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Section 4.10, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have
breached its obligations under such provisions by virtue of such conflict. 
 All references herein to “Net Proceeds” and
“Excess Proceeds” shall be deemed to mean cash in an amount equal to the amount of Net Proceeds or Excess Proceeds but not necessarily the actual cash received from the relevant Asset Sale. The Company and its Subsidiaries shall have no
obligation to segregate, trace or otherwise identify Net Proceeds or Excess Proceeds (other than the amount thereof), it being agreed that cash is fungible and that the Company’s obligations under this covenant may be satisfied by the
application of funds from other sources. 

  
 52 

 Section 4.11. Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates. 

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise
dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate (each,
an “Affiliate Transaction”), unless: 
 (1) the Affiliate Transaction is on terms, taken as a whole, that are no
less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and 

(2) the Company delivers to the Trustee, with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions
involving aggregate consideration in excess of $10.0 million, a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company set forth in an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with this Section 4.11 and
that such Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions has been approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors. 

The following items will not be deemed to be Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, will not be subject to the provisions of the prior
paragraph of this Section 4.11: 
 (1) any employment, equity award, equity option or equity appreciation agreement or
plan entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; 
 (2)
transactions between or among any of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (3) transactions with a Person (other
than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) that is an Affiliate of the Company solely because the Company owns an Equity Interest in such Person; 

(4) transactions effected in accordance with the terms of (a) corporate sharing agreements that are with MRMC and its
Subsidiaries with respect to general overhead and other administrative matters and (b) other agreements that are identified in Schedule I to this Indenture, in each case as such agreements are in effect on the Issue Date, and any amendment or
replacement of any of such agreements so long as such amendment or replacement agreement is no less advantageous to the Company in any material respect than the agreement so amended or replaced; 

(5) customary compensation, indemnification and other benefits made available to officers, directors or employees of the
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company, including reimbursement or advancement of out-of-pocket expenses and provisions of officers’ and
directors’ liability insurance; 
 (6) sales of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) to Affiliates of the
Company; 

  
 53 

 (7) Restricted Payments that are permitted by Section 4.07; 

(8) payments to the General Partner with respect to reimbursement for expenses in accordance with the Partnership Agreement as
in effect on the Issue Date and as it may be amended, provided that any such amendment is not less favorable to the Company in any material respect than the agreement prior to such amendment; and 

(9) in the case of contracts for gathering, transporting, treating, processing, prilling or forming, refining, marketing,
distributing, storing, terminalling or otherwise handling Hydrocarbons, or activities or services reasonably related or ancillary thereto, or other operational contracts, any such contracts are entered into in the ordinary course of business on
terms substantially similar to those contained in similar contracts entered into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and third parties. 

Section 4.12. Limitation on Liens. 

The Company will not and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or
become effective any Lien of any kind (other than Permitted Liens) securing Indebtedness or Attributable Debt upon any of their property or assets, now owned or hereafter acquired. 

Section 4.13. Additional Subsidiary Guarantees. 

If, after the Issue Date, any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is not already a Guarantor guarantees any other Indebtedness for
borrowed money of either of the Issuers or any Guarantor, then that Subsidiary will become a Guarantor by executing a supplemental indenture substantially in the form of Annex A hereto and delivering it to the Trustee within twenty
(20) Business Days of the date on which it guaranteed or incurred such Indebtedness, together with any Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel required by Section 9.06; provided, however, that the preceding shall not apply to
Subsidiaries of the Company that have properly been designated as Unrestricted Subsidiaries in accordance with this Indenture for so long as they continue to constitute Unrestricted Subsidiaries. Notwithstanding the preceding, any Subsidiary
Guarantee of a Restricted Subsidiary that was incurred pursuant to this Section 4.13 will be released as provided in Section 10.04. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Talen’s Marine & Fuel, LLC, as of the most recent quarter for which internal financial
statements are available, has greater than $2.5 million of assets or, if at any time, its operations would be material to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, as determined by senior management of the Company in good
faith, Talen’s Marine & Fuel, LLC shall be required to become a Guarantor pursuant to the preceding paragraph. 
 Section 4.14.
Corporate Existence. 
 Except as otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms hereof (including consolidation and merger permitted by
Section 5.01), the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence, and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in
accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to

  
 54 

 
preserve the existence of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (except Finance Corp.) if the Company shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the
business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole and that the loss thereof is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes. 

Section 4.15. Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control. 

(1) Within 30 days following the occurrence of a Change of Control, unless the Issuers have previously or concurrently
exercised their right to redeem all of the Notes pursuant to Section 3.07, the Company shall make an offer (a “Change of Control Offer”) to repurchase all or any part (equal to a minimum of $1 or an integral multiple of $1in excess
thereof) of each Holder’s Notes at a purchase price (the “Change of Control Payment”) in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the date of settlement
(the “Change of Control Settlement Date”), subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date that is on or prior to the Change of Control Settlement Date. Within 30
days following a Change of Control, unless the Issuers have previously or concurrently exercised their right to redeem all of the Notes pursuant to Section 3.07, the Company shall send a notice of the Change of Control Offer to each Holder and
the Trustee describing the transaction that constitutes the Change of Control and stating: 
 (a) that the Change of Control
Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.15 and that all Notes validly tendered and not validly withdrawn will be accepted for payment; 

(b) the purchase price and the purchase date, which shall be no earlier than 30 days but no later than 60 days from the date
such notice is sent (the “Change of Control Purchase Date”); 
 (c) that the Change of Control Offer will expire as
of the time specified in such notice on the Change of Control Purchase Date and that the Company shall pay the Change of Control Purchase Price for all Notes accepted for purchase as of the Change of Control Purchase Date promptly thereafter on the
Change of Control Settlement Date; 
 (d) that any Note not tendered will remain Outstanding and continue to accrue interest;

 (e) that, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment
pursuant to the Change of Control Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Change of Control Settlement Date; 
 (f)
that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender the Notes, properly endorsed for transfer, together with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the
reverse of the Notes completed and such customary documents as the Company may reasonably request, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the termination of the Change of Control Offer on the Change of Control Purchase
Date; 

  
 55 

 (g) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying
Agent receives, prior to the termination of the Change of Control Offer, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of Notes delivered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is
withdrawing its election to have the Notes purchased; and 
 (h) that Holders whose Notes are being purchased only in part
will be issued (or transferred by book-entry transfer) new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, which unpurchased portion must be equal to a minimum of $1 and integral multiples of $1 in excess
thereof. 
 If any of the Notes subject to a Change of Control Offer is in the form of a Global Note, then the Company shall modify such
notice to the extent necessary to accord with the procedures of the Depositary applicable to repurchases. Further, the Company shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any
other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes as a result of a Change of Control. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or
regulations conflict with the provisions of this Section 4.15, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under such provisions by virtue of such conflict.

 (2) On the Change of Control Purchase Date, the Company shall, to the extent lawful, accept for payment all Notes or
portions thereof (in minimum denominations of $1 and integral multiples of $1 in excess thereof) properly tendered (and not validly withdrawn) pursuant to the Change of Control Offer. Promptly thereafter on the Change of Control Settlement Date the
Company shall: 
 (a) deposit with the Paying Agent by 11:00 a.m., New York City time, an amount equal to the Change of
Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered (and not validly withdrawn); and 
 (b) deliver or
cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased by the Company. 

On the Change of Control Settlement Date, the Paying Agent shall mail (or otherwise send pursuant to the applicable procedures of the
Depositary) to each Holder of Notes properly tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes (or, if such Notes are then in global form, make such payment through the facilities of the Depositary) and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail
(or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided, however, that each such new Note will be in a minimum principal amount of $1 or an
integral multiple of $1 in excess thereof. The Company shall publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Purchase Date. 

  
 56 

 (3) The Change of Control provisions of this Section 4.15 shall be
applicable whether or nor any other provisions of this Indenture are applicable. 
 (4) The Company shall not be required to
make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the time and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 4.15 applicable to a Change
of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, a Change of Control Offer by the Company or a third party
may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditioned upon the consummation of such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time the Change of Control Offer is made. 

(5) In the event that Holders of not less than 90% of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes accept a Change
of Control Offer and the Company, or any third party making a Change of Control Offer in lieu of the Company as described above, purchases all of the Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by such Holders, the Company will have the right, upon not
less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice as provided in Section 3.03, given not more than 30 days following such purchase pursuant to the Change of Control Offer described above, to redeem all Notes that remain outstanding
following such purchase at a redemption price in cash equal to the Change of Control Payment plus, to the extent not included in the Change of Control Payment, accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the date of redemption (subject to the
right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date that is on or prior to the redemption date). 

Section 4.16. No Inducements. 
 The
Company will not, and the Company will not permit any of its Subsidiaries, either directly or indirectly, to pay or cause to be paid any consideration, whether by way of interest, fee or otherwise, to any Beneficial Owner or Holder of any Notes for
or as an inducement to any consent to any waiver, amendment or supplement of any terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes, unless such consideration is offered to be paid or agreed to be paid to all Beneficial Owners and Holders of the
Notes which so consent in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent. 
 Section 4.17. Permitted Business
Activities. 
 The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, engage in any business other than a Permitted
Business, except to such extent as would not be material to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole. 
 Finance Corp.
shall not incur Indebtedness for borrowed money unless (1) the Company is a co-obligor or guarantor of such Indebtedness or (2) the net proceeds of such Indebtedness are loaned to the Company, used
to acquire outstanding debt securities issued by the Company or used to repay Indebtedness of the Company as permitted under Section 4.09. Finance Corp. shall not engage in any business not related directly or indirectly to obtaining money or
arranging financing for the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries. 

  
 57 

 Section 4.18. Sale and Leaseback Transactions. 

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into any Sale and Leaseback Transaction; provided,
however, that the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may enter into a Sale and Leaseback Transaction if: 
 (1)
the Company or that Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, could have (a) incurred Indebtedness in an amount equal to the Attributable Debt relating to such Sale and Leaseback Transaction under the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test in the first
paragraph of Section 4.09 and (b) incurred a Lien to secure such Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.12; 
 (2)
the gross cash proceeds of that Sale and Leaseback Transaction are at least equal to the fair market value, as determined in accordance with the definition of that term in Section 1.01 and set forth in an Officers’ Certificate delivered to
the Trustee, of the property that is the subject of that Sale and Leaseback Transaction; and 
 (3) the transfer of assets in
that Sale and Leaseback Transaction is permitted by, and the Company applies the proceeds of such transaction in compliance with, Section 4.10. 

Section 4.19. [Reserved]. 
 Section 4.20.
Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries. 
 The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company (other than Finance Corp. or the Operating Partnership) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if that designation would not cause a Default and, if after giving effect to such designation as if the same had occurred at the
beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, the Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of Section 4.09. If a
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the aggregate fair market value of all outstanding Investments owned by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary properly designated will be
deemed to be either an Investment made as of the time of the designation that will reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under the first paragraph of Section 4.07 or represent Permitted Investments, as determined by the Company.
That designation shall only be permitted if the Investment would be permitted at that time and if the Subsidiary so designated otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 

The Board of Directors of the Company may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;
provided that such designation will be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary and such designation will only be permitted if (1) such
Indebtedness is permitted under Section 4.09, calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the four-quarter reference period, and (2) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence following
such designation. 

  
 58 

 Section 4.21. Offer to Repurchase Upon Excess Cash Flow. 

(a) If (x) Company has Excess Cash Flow for any twelve month period ending on December 31 of any fiscal year ending after the Issue
Date (other than the period ending December 31, 2020, which shall be the period commencing on the first day of the first full month beginning after the Issue Date until December 31, 2020) (any such period, an “ECF Period”) and
(y) as of the end of such ECF Period the Company’s Total Leverage Ratio is greater than 3.75 to 1.00, the Company will make an offer (an “Excess Cash Flow Offer”) to all Holders of Notes to purchase the maximum principal amount
of Notes that may be purchased with 25% (or, at the Company’s discretion, such greater percentage up to 100% specified in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee) of such Excess Cash Flow for such ECF Period, subject to reduction
by any Reduction Amount referred to below (the “Excess Cash Flow Offer Amount”). The offer price for such Excess Cash Flow Offer shall be an amount in cash (the “Excess Cash Flow Offer Payment”) equal to 100.00% of the principal
amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes repurchased to the date of purchase, subject to the rights of holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest, if any, due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, in
accordance with the procedures set forth herein. 
 (b) On or before the March 15 following any ECF Period for which an Excess Cash Flow
Offer is required to be made (or, if on such March 15 such Excess Cash Flow Offer is prohibited by the Credit Agreement, no later than 30 days after the first subsequent date on which such Excess Cash Flow Offer for such ECF Period is no longer
prohibited by the Credit Agreement), the Company will send a notice (or otherwise transmit in accordance with the Depositary’s applicable policies and procedures) to each Holder of Notes and the Trustee describing the Excess Cash Flow Offer and
offering to purchase the Notes on the date (the “Excess Cash Flow Offer Payment Date”) specified in the notice (which shall be a Business Day not earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date the notice is sent). If
mailed in a manner herein provided, the notice shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not a Holder receives such notice. In any case, failure to give notice or any defect in such notice to any Holder shall not affect the
validity of the proceedings for the repurchase of any other Note. The notice shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Excess Cash Flow Offer. The Excess Cash Flow Offer shall be
made to all Holders. The notice, which shall govern the terms of the Excess Cash Flow Offer, shall state: 
 (i) that the
Excess Cash Flow Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.21 and the length of time the Excess Cash Flow Offer shall remain open, including the time and date the Excess Cash Flow Offer will terminate (the “ECF Termination
Date”); 
 (ii) the Excess Cash Flow Offer Amount and the purchase price; 

(iii) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment shall remain Outstanding and continue to accrue interest; 

(iv) that, unless the Company defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Excess Cash Flow
Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Excess Cash Flow Payment Date; 
 (v) that Holders electing to have a Note
purchased pursuant to any Excess Cash Flow Offer shall be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, to the Company or a Paying Agent at the address
specified in the notice, before the ECF Termination Date; 

  
 59 

 (vi) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the
Company or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, prior to the ECF Termination Date, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase, and
a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased; 
 (vii) that, if the aggregate
principal amount of Notes surrendered by Holders exceeds the Excess Cash Flow Offer Amount, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis on the basis of the aggregate principal amount of tendered Notes (with such
adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Trustee so that only Notes in minimum denominations of $1 principal amount and integral multiples of $1 in excess thereof shall be purchased; 

(viii) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the
unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer). 
 If any of the Notes subject to an Excess Cash Flow
Offer is in the form of a Global Note, 
 then the Company shall modify such notice to the extent necessary to accord with the procedures of the Depositary
applicable to repurchases. 
 (c) To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes tendered pursuant to an Excess Cash Flow Offer is less
than the Excess Cash Flow Offer Amount, the Company may use any remaining Excess Cash Flow Offer Amount for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by Holders thereof exceeds the
Excess Cash Flow Offer Amount, Notes to be purchased shall be selected as specified below in Section 4.21(g). 
 (d) Notwithstanding the
foregoing, if the Company has redeemed or repurchased and retired any Notes during the ECF Period not funded with borrowings under the Credit Agreement (other than an amount not to exceed the aggregate amount by which borrowings under the Credit
Agreement have been repaid during such ECF Period with Excess Cash Flow generated during such ECF Period) or the proceeds of long term Indebtedness, the principal amount of such Notes will reduce the Excess Cash Flow Offer Amount on a dollar-for-dollar basis (the “Reduction Amount”). 
 (e)
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.21, the Company will not be required (but may elect to do so) to make an Excess Cash Flow Offer in accordance with this Section 4.21 unless the Excess Cash Flow Offer Amount with
respect to the applicable ECF Period in respect of which such Excess Cash Flow Offer is to be made exceeds $1.0 million. Upon completion of each Excess Cash Flow Offer, the Excess Cash Flow Offer Amount will be reset at zero. 

(f) On the Excess Cash Flow Offer Payment Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful: 

  
 60 

 (i) accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered
pursuant to the Excess Cash Flow Offer; 
 (ii) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Excess Cash Flow Offer
Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered; and 
 (iii) deliver or cause to be delivered to the
Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased by the Company. 

(g) The Paying Agent will promptly mail to each Holder of Notes properly tendered the Excess Cash Flow Offer Payment for such Notes, and the
Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each holder a new Note equal in aggregate principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Note will
be in a minimum principal amount of $1 or an integral multiple of $1 in excess thereof. The Company will publicly announce the results of the Excess Cash Flow Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Excess Cash Flow Offer Payment Date. The
provisions of this Section 4.21 that require the Company to make an Excess Cash Flow Offer will be applicable whether or not any other provisions of this Indenture are applicable. 

(h) If the aggregate purchase price of the Notes tendered in connection with any Excess Cash Flow Offer exceeds the Excess Cash Flow Offer
Amount, the Trustee will select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis (and, in the case of global Notes, in accordance with the procedures of DTC) but in minimum denominations of $1 principal amount and integral multiples of $1 in excess
thereof. If the aggregate purchase price of the Notes tendered in connection with any Excess Cash Flow Offer is less than the Excess Cash Flow Amount allotted to their purchase, the Company shall be permitted to use the portion of the Excess Cash
Flow Amount that is not applied to the purchase of Notes in connection with such Excess Cash Flow Offer for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture. 

(i) The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other
securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Excess Cash Flow Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or
regulations conflict with this Section 4.21, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.21 by virtue of such compliance. 

To the extent that, in connection with the preparation of the Company’s financial statements or otherwise, it is determined that there
was an error in good faith in the calculation by the Company of the Excess Cash Flow that resulted in less than the full Excess Cash Flow Offer Amount being used in an Excess Cash Flow Offer, no such shortfall will result in a Default or Event of
Default; provided that within 30 calendar days of the Company’s confirmation of the error, the Company initiates an additional Excess Cash Flow Offer with respect to such additional amount. 

  
 61 

 All references herein to “Excess Cash Flow Offer Amount” shall be deemed to mean
cash in an amount equal to the amount of Excess Cash Flow Offer Amount but not necessarily the actual cash received from the operations of the Company and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any ECF Period. The Company and its
Subsidiaries shall have no obligation to segregate, trace or otherwise identify Excess Cash Flow Offer Amount (other than the amount thereof), it being agreed that cash is fungible and that the Company’s obligations under this covenant may be
satisfied by the application of funds from other sources. 
 Section 4.22. Optional Repurchases of Existing 2021 Notes. 

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make or offer to repurchase the
Existing 2021 Notes prior to the Stated Maturity thereof at a price that is greater than $800 in cash per $1,000 of principal amount. 
 Section 4.23.
Participation in Industry Conferences or Conventions. 
 The Company will cause its senior management team to participate in at least
one industry conference or convention in any twelve-month period. 
 ARTICLE 5 

SUCCESSORS 
 Section 5.01. Merger,
Consolidation, or Sale of Assets. 
 Neither of the Issuers may, directly or indirectly, (1) consolidate or merge with or into
another Person (whether or not such Issuer is the survivor), or (2) sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets in one or more related transactions to another Person,
unless: 
 (a) either (1) such Issuer is the survivor or (2) the Person formed by or surviving any such
consolidation or merger (if other than such Issuer ) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made is a Person organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state of the
United States or the District of Columbia; provided, however, that Finance Corp. may not consolidate or merge with or into any Person other than a corporation satisfying such requirement so long as the Company is not a corporation; 

(b) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger or the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer,
lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made (collectively, the “Successor”) (i) if other than such Issuer, assumes all the obligations of such Issuer under the Junior Lien Documents pursuant to a supplemental indenture, and
(ii) takes such action (or agrees to take such action) as may be necessary to cause any property or assets that constitute Collateral owned by or transferred to such Person to be subject to the Junior Liens in the manner and to the extent
required under the Junior Lien Documents and shall deliver a customary Opinion of Counsel and officers’ certificate with respect to such customary matters as the Trustee or Collateral Trustee, as applicable, may reasonably request; 

(c) immediately after such transaction no Default or Event of Default exists; 

(d) in the case of a transaction involving the Company and not Finance Corp., either; 

  
 62 

 (i) the Company or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation
or merger (if other than the Company), or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made will, at the time of such transaction and after giving pro forma effect thereto and any related financing
transactions as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of
Section 4.09 hereof; or 
 (ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis and any related
financing transactions as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the Company’s most recently ended four full quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of the transactions, the Fixed
Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company), or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition has been made, will be equal
to or greater than the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company immediately before such transactions; and 
 (e) such
Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or disposition and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with this Indenture and the Junior Lien
Collateral Documents and that this Indenture, the Junior Lien Collateral Documents and the Notes constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of any Successor, subject to customary exceptions. 

Notwithstanding the restrictions described in the foregoing clause (d), any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Finance Corp.) may consolidate
with, merge into or dispose of all or part of its properties and assets to the Company without complying with the preceding clause (d) in connection with any such consolidation, merger or disposition. 

Notwithstanding the second preceding paragraph of this Section 5.01, the Company may reorganize as any other form of entity in accordance
with the following procedures provided that: 
 (1) the reorganization involves the conversion (by merger, sale, contribution
or exchange of assets or otherwise) of the Company into a form of entity other than a limited partnership formed under Delaware law; 

(2) the entity so formed by or resulting from such reorganization is an entity organized or existing under the laws of the
United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia; 
 (3) the entity so formed by or resulting from such
reorganization assumes all the obligations of the Company under the Junior Lien Documents pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; 

(4) immediately after such reorganization no Default or Event of Default exists; and 

  
 63 

 (5) such reorganization is not materially adverse to the Holders or
Beneficial Owners of the Notes (for purposes of this clause (5) a reorganization will not be considered materially adverse to the Holders or Beneficial Owners of the Notes solely because the successor or survivor of such reorganization
(a) is subject to federal or state income taxation as an entity or (b) is considered to be an “includible corporation” of an affiliated group of corporations within the meaning of Section 1504(b) of the Code or any similar
state or local law). 
 Section 5.02. Successor Substituted. 

Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the
properties or assets of an Issuer in accordance with Section 5.01 hereof, the successor formed by such consolidation or into or with which such Issuer is merged or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition
is made shall succeed to, and may exercise every right and power of, such Issuer under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor had been named as such Issuer herein and shall be substituted for such Issuer (so that from and after the
date of such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this Indenture referring to the “Company” or “Finance Corp.,” as the case may be, shall refer instead to
the successor and not to the Company or Finance Corp., as the case may be); and thereafter, if an Issuer is dissolved following a transfer of all or substantially all of its properties or assets in accordance with this Indenture, it shall be
discharged and released from all obligations and covenants under this Indenture and the Notes. The Trustee shall enter into a supplemental indenture to evidence the succession and substitution of such successor and such discharge and release of such
Issuer. 
 ARTICLE 6 

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES 
 Section 6.01.
Events of Default. 
 An “Event of Default” occurs if one of the following shall have occurred and be continuing (whatever
the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be involuntary or be effected by operation of law): 
 (a) an
Issuer defaults in the payment when due of interest with respect to the Notes, and such default continues for a period of 30 days; 

(b) an Issuer defaults in the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, on the Notes when due at its Stated Maturity,
upon optional redemption, upon required repurchase, upon declaration or when otherwise due; 
 (c) the Company fails to
comply with the provisions of Section 3.09, 4.10, 4.15, 4.21 or 5.01 hereof; 
 (d) the Company fails to comply with the
provisions of Section 4.03 for 60 days after notice to the Company by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding of such failure; 

  
 64 

 (e) the Company fails to comply with any other covenant or other provision
in this Indenture or the Notes for 30 days after notice to the Company by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding of such failure; 

(f) a default occurs under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be
secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), whether such Indebtedness or guarantee exists
on the Issue Date or is created after the Issue Date, if such default: 
 (1) is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or
interest or premium, if any, on such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of any grace period provided in such Indebtedness (a “Payment Default”); or 

(2) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its Stated Maturity, 

and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which
there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $20.0 million or more; provided, however, that if any such Payment Default is cured or waived or any such acceleration rescinded, or such Indebtedness
is repaid, within a period of 30 days from the continuation of such Payment Default beyond the applicable grace period or the occurrence of such acceleration, as the case may be, such Event of Default and any consequential acceleration of the Notes
shall be automatically rescinded, so long as such rescission does not conflict with any judgment or decree; 
 (g) Finance
Corp., the Company or any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary of the Company fails to pay final
judgments aggregating in excess of $20.0 million (to the extent not covered by insurance by a reputable and creditworthy insurer as to which the insurer has not disclaimed coverage), which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a
period of 60 days; 
 (h) except as permitted by this Indenture, any Subsidiary Guarantee is held in any judicial proceeding
to be unenforceable or invalid or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect or any Guarantor, or any Person validly acting on behalf of any Guarantor, denies or disaffirms in writing its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee; and

 (i) the Company, Finance Corp., any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary of the
Company or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary of the Company pursuant to or within the meaning of Bankruptcy Law: 

(1) commences a voluntary case, 

(2) consents in writing to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case, 

  
 65 

 (3) consents in writing to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for all
or substantially all of its property, 
 (4) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or 

(5) admits in writing it generally is not paying its debts as they become due; or 

(j) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that: 

(1) is for relief against the Company, Finance Corp., any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant
Subsidiary of the Company or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary of the Company in an involuntary case; 

(2) appoints a Custodian of the Company, Finance Corp., any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant
Subsidiary of the Company or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary of the Company or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company, Finance Corp., any of the
Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary of the Company or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company, that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary of the Company; or 

(3) orders the liquidation of the Company, Finance Corp., any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries that is a
Significant Subsidiary of the Company or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary of the Company; 

and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; and 

(k) the occurrence of any of the following: 
  

	 	(1)	 except as permitted by the Junior Lien Documents, any Junior Lien Collateral Document establishing the Junior
Liens ceases for any reason to be enforceable; provided that it will not be an Event of Default under this clause (k)(1) if the sole result of the failure of one or more Junior Lien Collateral Documents to be fully enforceable is that any Junior
Lien purported to be granted under such Junior Lien Collateral Documents on Collateral, individually or in the aggregate, having a fair market value of not more than $20.0 million, ceases to be an enforceable and perfected Junior Lien;

  

	 	(2)	 except as permitted by the Junior Lien Documents or as a direct result of the failure of the Collateral Trustee
to act in accordance with the Junior Lien Collateral Documents, any Junior Lien purported to be granted under any Junior Lien Collateral Document on Collateral, individually or in the aggregate, having a fair market value in excess of
$20.0 million, ceases to be an enforceable and perfected third-priority Lien, subject to the Intercreditor Agreement and Permitted Liens; and 

  
 66 

	 	(3)	 the Issuers or any Guarantor, or any Person validly acting on behalf of any of them, denies or disaffirms, in
writing, any obligation of the Issuers or any Guarantor set forth in or arising under any Junior Lien Collateral Document establishing Junior Liens. 

Section 6.02. Acceleration. 
 If any
Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee, by notice to the Issuers, or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, by notice to the Issuers and the Trustee, may declare the principal of, and accrued
and unpaid interest on, all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Upon any such declaration, the Notes shall become due and payable immediately, together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if
an Event of Default specified in clause (i) or (j) of Section 6.01 hereof occurs with respect to the Company, Finance Corp., any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary of the Company or any group of
Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary of the Company, the principal of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all outstanding Notes shall become due and payable without further
action or notice. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of all of the Holders rescind an acceleration and its consequences if the rescission would not conflict with any
judgment or decree and if all existing Events of Default (except with respect to nonpayment of principal or interest that have become due solely because of the acceleration) have been cured or waived. 

Section 6.03. Other Remedies. 

Subject to the Collateral Agency Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement, if an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may
pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal of and premium and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture. 

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay
or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are
cumulative to the extent permitted by law. 
 Section 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults. 

Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the
Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences hereunder, except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of or premium or interest on the Notes. Upon any such waiver, such Default shall
cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon. 

  
 67 

 Section 6.05. Control by Majority. 

Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for
exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or that the Trustee determines may be unduly
prejudicial to the rights of other Holders of Notes (it being understood that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not any such direction is unduly prejudicial to the rights of such other Holders) or that may involve
the Trustee in personal liability. 
 Section 6.06. Limitation on Suits. 

A Holder of a Note may pursue a remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes only if: 

(a) the Holder of a Note gives to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default; 

(b) the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes make a written request to the Trustee to
pursue the remedy; 
 (c) such Holder of a Note or Holders of Notes offer and, if requested, provide to the Trustee indemnity
or security satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense; 
 (d) the Trustee does not comply with the
request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer and, if requested, the provision of indemnity; and 
 (e)
during such 60-day period the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a direction inconsistent with the request. 

A Holder of a Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder of
a Note (it being understood that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not any such use by a Holder prejudices the rights of any other Holders or obtains priority or preference over such other Holders). 

Section 6.07. Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment. 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal of and premium and
interest on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired
or affected without the consent of such Holder (provided that the exercise of such right conforms to the requirements of Section 3.3(e) of, and otherwise does not conflict with, the Collateral Agency Agreement or the Intercreditor
Agreement). 

  
 68 

 Section 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee. 

Subject to the Collateral Agency Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement, if an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a) or
(b) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuers and the Guarantors for the whole amount of principal of, premium and interest remaining unpaid on
the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances
of the Trustee, its agents and counsel. 
 Section 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. 

The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the
claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuers (or any
other obligor upon the Notes), their creditors or their property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial
proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the
reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses,
disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by
a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or
arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes
or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding. 
 Section 6.10.
Priorities. 
 Subject to the Collateral Agency Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement, if the Trustee collects any money pursuant
to this Article, it shall pay out such money in the following order: 
 First: to the Trustee (acting in any capacity), the
Collateral Trustee, and their respective agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07 hereof, including payment of all compensation, expense and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the Trustee’s costs
and expenses of collection; 
 Second: to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium and
interest ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium and interest respectively; and 

  
 69 

 Third: any surplus remaining after the Discharge of Junior Lien Obligations
shall be paid to the Issuers or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct. 
 The Trustee may fix a record date and
payment date for any payment to Holders of Notes pursuant to this Section 6.10. 
 Section 6.11. Undertaking for Costs. 

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted
by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’
fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a Note pursuant to
Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes. 
 ARTICLE 7 

TRUSTEE 
 Section 7.01. Duties of
Trustee. 
 (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in
it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent man would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs. 

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default: 

(i) the duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need
perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and 

(ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the
correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not
they conform to the requirements of this Indenture. 
 (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own gross negligent
action, its own gross negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that: 
 (i) this paragraph does not
limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01; 
 (ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of
judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; 

  
 70 

 (iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or
omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof; and 
 (iv)
no provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall
have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it. 

(d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to
paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 7.01. 
 (e) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it
except as the Trustee may agree in writing with an Issuer. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 

Section 7.02. Rights of Trustee. 

(a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person.
The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document. 
 (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may
require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may
consult with counsel and the written advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in
reliance thereon. 
 (c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence
of any agent appointed with due care. 
 (d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it
believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture. 
 (e) Unless otherwise specifically provided
in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from an Issuer shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of such Issuer. 
 (f)
The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holder shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory
to the Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction. 
 (g)
The Trustee shall have no duty to inquire as to the performance of the Company’s covenants in Article 4 hereof. In addition, the Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any Default or Event of Default except: (1) any Event of
Default occurring pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or 6.01(b) hereof; or (2) any Default or Event of Default of which a Responsible Officer shall have received written notification at its address specified in Section 11.02 hereof or
obtained actual knowledge. 

  
 71 

 (h) The permissive right of the Trustee to act hereunder shall not be construed as a duty.

 (i) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be
indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder and in its capacity as Trustee under any other agreement executed in connection with this Indenture to which the Trustee is a party. 

(j) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement,
instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or documents, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such
facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine during normal business hours the books, records and premises of the Issuers, personally or by
agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Issuers, and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation. 

(k) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be
compensated and indemnified under this Article 7, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Collateral Trustee, the Agents and to each other agent, custodian and Person employed to act hereunder. 

(l) The Trustee may request that the Issuers and each of the Guarantors shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate setting
forth the names of individuals and/or titles of Officers of the Issuers and each Guarantor, as applicable, authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture of the Issuers, the Notes and the Guarantees, which
Officers’ Certificate may be signed by any Person authorized to sign an Officers’ Certificate, including any Person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded. 

(m) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, punitive, or consequential loss or damage of any kind
whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action. 

Section 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee. 

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuers, any
Guarantor or any Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest (as defined in the TIA) after a Default has occurred and is continuing, it
must eliminate such conflict within 90 days or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof. 

  
 72 

 Section 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer. 

The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall
not be accountable for either Issuer’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to an Issuer or upon either Issuer’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any
money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it shall not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture
other than its certificate of authentication. 
 Section 7.05. Notice of Defaults. 

If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has knowledge or notice as provided in
Section 7.02(g) hereof, the Trustee shall send to Holders of Notes a notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of or premium, if any, or
interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Notes. 

Section 7.06. [Reserved]. 
 Section 7.07.
Compensation and Indemnity. 
 The Issuers shall pay to the Trustee from time to time such reasonable compensation as the Issuers and
the Trustee may agree in writing for the Trustee’s acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuers shall
reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and
expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel. 
 The Issuers and the Guarantors shall indemnify the Trustee (which for purposes of this
Section 7.07 shall include officers, directors, employees and agents of the Trustee), jointly and severally, against any and all losses, liabilities, claims, damages, costs or expenses incurred by it (including, without limitation, the fees and
expenses of its agents and counsel) arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Issuers and the Guarantors
(including this Section 7.07) and defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by an Issuer, any Guarantor or any Holder or any other Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties
hereunder, except to the extent any such loss, liability or expense may be attributable to its gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent
jurisdiction. The Trustee shall notify the Issuers and the Guarantors promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Issuers and the Guarantors shall not relieve the Issuers or the Guarantors of their
obligations hereunder. The Issuers and the Guarantors shall defend the claim and the Trustee shall cooperate in the defense. The Trustee may have one separate counsel and the Issuers and the Guarantors shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of
such counsel. The Issuers and the Guarantors need not pay for any settlement made without their consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Neither the Issuers nor the Guarantors need reimburse the Trustee for any expense or indemnity
against any liability or loss of the Trustee to the extent such expense, liability or loss is attributable to the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Trustee as determined by a final, non-appealable
judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction. 

  
 73 

 The obligations of the Issuers and the Guarantors under this Section 7.07 shall survive
the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the payment of the Notes or the resignation or removal of the Trustee. 
 To secure the
Issuers’ and the Guarantors’ payment obligations in this Section 7.07, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal and interest
on particular Notes. Such Lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. 
 When the Trustee incurs expenses or
renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(i) or (j) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute
expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law. 
 Section 7.08. Replacement of Trustee. 

A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s
acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section. 
 The Trustee may resign in writing upon 30 days notice at any time and be
discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Issuers. The Holders of Notes of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Issuers in writing not less
than 30 days prior to the effective date of such removal and may appoint a successor trustee with the consent of the Issuers. The Issuers may remove the Trustee if: 

(a) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof; 

(b) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any
Bankruptcy Law; 
 (c) a receiver, Custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or 

(d) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting. 

If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Issuers shall promptly appoint a
successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the
Issuers. 
 If a successor Trustee does not take office within 30 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring
Trustee (at the Issuers’ expense), the Issuers or the Holders of Notes of at least 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee. 

  
 74 

 If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder of a Note who has been a Holder of a
Note for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof, such Holder of a Note may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. 

A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuers. Thereupon, the
resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall send a notice of its succession to Holders
of the Notes. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof.
Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Issuers’ and the Guarantors’ obligations under Section 7.07 hereof shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. 

Section 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger, etc. If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its
corporate trust business to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee. As soon as practicable, the successor Trustee shall send a notice of its succession to the Issuers and the Holders of
the Notes. 
 Section 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification. 

There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of
America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least
$50 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. 
 Section 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against
Issuers. 
 If the Trustee becomes a creditor of an Issuer or any Guarantor, the Trustee’s right to obtain payment of claims
in certain cases, or to realize on certain property received in respect of any such claim as security or otherwise, shall be limited as specified in TIA § 311(a) as if the Trustee were subject to TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor
relationship listed in TIA § 311(b). 
 ARTICLE 8 

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE 

Section 8.01. Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 

The Issuers may, at the option of their respective Boards of Directors evidenced by a resolution set forth in an Officers’ Certificate, at
any time, exercise their rights under either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof with respect to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8. 

  
 75 

 Section 8.02. Legal Defeasance and Discharge. 

Upon the Issuers’ exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Issuers shall, subject
to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have discharged their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes, and each Guarantor shall be deemed to have discharged its obligations with respect to
its Subsidiary Guarantee, on the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Issuers shall be deemed to have paid and
discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes, and each Guarantor shall be deemed to have paid and discharged its Subsidiary Guarantee (which in each case shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for
the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in (a) and (b) below) and to have satisfied all its other obligations under such Notes or Subsidiary Guarantee and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on
demand of and at the expense of the Issuers, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: (a) the rights of Holders of
outstanding Notes to receive solely from the trust fund described in Section 8.04 hereof, and as more fully set forth in such Section, payments in respect of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on such Notes when such payments
are due, (b) the Issuers’ obligations with respect to such Notes under Sections 2.03, 2.04, 2.06, 2.07, 2.09 and 4.02 hereof and the Appendix, (c) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the
Issuers’ and the Guarantors’ obligations in connection therewith and (d) the Legal Defeasance provisions of this Article 8. Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Issuers may exercise their option under this
Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof. 
 If the Issuers exercise their Legal
Defeasance option, each Guarantor will be released and relieved of any obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee, and any security for the Notes (other than the trust) will be released and the Trustee and Collateral Trustee, on demand of and at the
expense of the Issuers along with an Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel as to compliance with all conditions precedent relating to such Legal Defeasance, shall execute such instruments as reasonably requested by the Issuers
acknowledging or evidencing the same. 
 Section 8.03. Covenant Defeasance. 

Upon the Issuers’ exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Issuers shall, subject
to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from their obligations under the covenants contained in Article 4 (other than those in Sections 4.01, 4.02, 4.06 and 4.14) and in clause (d) of
Section 5.01 hereof on and after the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction,
waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder. For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance
means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Issuers and any Guarantor may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by
reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default
under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Issuers’ exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this
Section 8.03 hereof, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Sections 6.01(f) through 6.01(h) and Section 6.01(k) hereof shall not constitute Events of Default. 

  
 76 

 If the Issuers exercise their Covenant Defeasance option, each Guarantor will be released
and relieved of any obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee and any security for the Notes (other than the trust) will be released and the Trustee and Collateral Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuers along with an Officers’
Certificate and Opinion of Counsel as to compliance with all conditions precedent relating to such Covenant Defeasance, shall execute such instruments as reasonably requested by the Issuers acknowledging or evidencing the same. 

Section 8.04. Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance. 

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance: 

(a) the Issuers must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the case of non-callable U.S. Government Securities or a combination of
cash in U.S. Dollars and non-callable U.S. Government Securities, in the written opinion of a nationally recognized investment bank, appraisal firm, or firm of independent public accountants, delivered to the
Trustee, to pay the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the outstanding Notes on the date of fixed maturity or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Issuers must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to
the date of fixed maturity or to a particular redemption date; 
 (b) in the case of an election under Section 8.02
hereof only, the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel confirming that: 
 (1) the Issuers have
received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling; or 
 (2) since the Issue Date, there
has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, 
 in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel
shall confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner
and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred; 
 (c) in the case of an
election under Section 8.03 hereof only, the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for
federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

  
 77 

 (d) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on
the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit); 

(e) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under,
any material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound; 

(f) the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the
Issuers with the intent of preferring the Holders over any other creditors of the Issuers or with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of the Issuers or others; and 

(g) the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that
all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as applicable, have been complied with. 

Section 8.05. Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions. 

Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all money and non-callable Government Securities (including the
proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 8.04 or 8.08 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to
the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company or any of its Subsidiaries acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of
principal, premium, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 

The Issuers shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or non-callable Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 or 8.08 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for
the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes. 
 Anything in this Article 8 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall
deliver or pay to the Issuers from time to time upon the written request of the Issuers any money or non-callable Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 or 8.08 hereof which, in the
opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(a) or Section 8.08(1)(b) hereof), are in
excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance, Covenant Defeasance or Discharge, as the case may be. 

  
 78 

 Section 8.06. Repayment to Issuers. 

Subject to applicable escheat and abandoned property laws, any money or non-callable Government
Securities deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by an Issuer, in trust for the payment of the principal of or premium or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium or interest has
become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuers on their written request or (if then held by an Issuer) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter, as an unsecured creditor, look only to the Issuers for
payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money or non-callable Government Securities, and all liability of the Issuers as trustee thereof, shall
thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, shall at the written direction and expense of the Issuers cause to be published once, in the New York Times and
The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of
such money then remaining will be repaid to the Issuers. 
 Section 8.07. Reinstatement. 

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or non-callable Government Securities in
accordance with Section 8.05 hereof, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Issuers’ obligations under this Indenture and the
Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02, 8.03 or 8.08 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.05
hereof; provided, however, that, if an Issuer makes any payment of principal of or premium or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, such Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive
such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 
 Section 8.08. Discharge. 

This Indenture shall be satisfied and discharged and shall cease to be of further effect as to all Notes issued hereunder (except for
(a) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive solely from the trust fund described in clause (1)(b) of this Section 8.08, and as more fully set forth in such clause (1)(b), payments in respect of the principal of and premium,
if any, and interest on such Notes when such payments are due, (b) the Issuers’ obligations with respect to such Notes under Sections 2.03, 2.04, 2.06, 2.07, 2.09 and 4.02 hereof and the Appendix, (c) Sections 8.05, 8.06 and 8.07 and
(d) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the Issuers’ obligations in connection therewith), and the Trustee, at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging
satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to all the Notes, when: 
 (1) either: 

(a) all Notes that have been authenticated, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes
for whose payment money has been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to the Issuers, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or 

  
 79 

 (b) all Notes that have not been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation
(i) have become due and payable, whether at maturity or otherwise, (ii) will become due and payable at their stated maturity within one year or (iii) if redeemable at the option of the Issuers, are to be called for redemption within
one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer, and, in the case of this clause (b), the Issuer shall have irrevocably deposited or caused
to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be
sufficient in the case of non-callable U.S. Government Securities or a combination of cash in U.S. Dollars and non-callable Government Securities, the written opinion of
a nationally recognized investment bank, appraisal firm, or firm of independent public accountants delivered to the Trustee, without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes not
theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of fixed maturity or redemption, as the case may be; 

(2) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of the deposit or will occur as a result of the deposit (other
than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit) and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement or instrument (other than this
Indenture) to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound; 
 (3) the
Issuers or any Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this Indenture; 
 (4) the Issuers have delivered
irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at fixed maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be; and 

(5) the Issuers have delivered an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to
satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture (“Discharge”) have been satisfied. 
 ARTICLE 9 

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER 

Section 9.01. Without Consent of Holders of Notes. 

Notwithstanding Section 9.02 of this Indenture, the Issuers, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Collateral Trustee, as applicable, may
amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes, any Junior Lien Collateral Documents or other Junior Lien Document without the consent of any Holder of a Note: 

(a) to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency; 

(b) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes; 

  
 80 

 (c) to provide for the assumption of an Issuer’s obligations to the
Holders of Notes pursuant to Article 5 hereof; 
 (d) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits
to the Holders of the Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under this Indenture or the Junior Lien Documents of any Holder; 

(e) to secure the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees pursuant to the requirements of Section 4.12, the applicable Junior
Lien Documents or otherwise; 
 (f) [reserved]; 

(g) to add any additional Guarantor with respect to the Notes or to evidence the release of any Guarantor from its Subsidiary
Guarantee in accordance with Article 10 hereof and the applicable Junior Lien Documents; 
 (h) add property or assets
of any Issuer or any Guarantor to constitute Collateral or to make, complete or confirm any grant of Liens on Collateral permitted or required by this Indenture or the Junior Lien Collateral Documents; 

(i) to evidence or provide for the acceptance of appointment under this Indenture of a successor Trustee; 

(k) to release, discharge, terminate or subordinate Liens on Collateral in accordance with the Junior Lien Documents and the
Intercreditor Agreement and to confirm and evidence any such release, discharge, termination or subordination; 
 (l) to
conform the text of the Indenture or the Notes to any provision of the disclosure in the Offering Memorandum appearing under the caption “Description of Exchange Notes” to the extent that such provision was intended (as evidenced by an
Officers’ Certificate) to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture or the Notes; 
 (m) to conform the
text of this Indenture, the Junior Lien Collateral Documents or the Notes or any other such documents (in recordable form) as may be necessary or advisable to confirm the relative priorities of the Priority Lien Documents, Senior Secured Lien
Documents, and Junior Lien Documents, as such priorities are set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement; or 
 (n) to make any
changes or enter into any supplement with respect to the Intercreditor Agreement, the Collateral Agency Agreement or the Junior Lien Collateral Documents in accordance with the Intercreditor Agreement or the Collateral Agency Agreement. 

In addition, the Intercreditor Agreement and the Collateral Agency Agreement may be amended in accordance with their terms and without the
consent of any Holder or the Trustee with the consent of the parties thereto or otherwise in accordance with their terms, including to add additional Indebtedness as Priority Lien Obligations, Senior Secured Lien Debt or Junior Lien Debt and add
other parties (or any authorized agent thereof or trustee therefor) holding such 

  
 81 

 
Indebtedness thereto and to establish that the Liens on any Collateral securing such Indebtedness shall rank equally with the Liens on such Collateral securing the other Priority Lien
Obligations, Senior Secured Lien Debt or Junior Lien Debt, as applicable, then outstanding, in each case to the extent permitted by the Secured Debt Documents. As and to the extent provided in the Intercreditor Agreement, the Junior Lien Collateral
Documents may be amended automatically without the consent of Holders of Notes, the Trustee or the Collateral Trustee in connection with any amendments to corresponding security documents creating Priority Liens. 

The consent of the Holders of the Notes is not necessary under the Indenture to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment,
supplement or waiver. It is sufficient if such consent approves the substance of the proposed amendment, supplement or waiver. 
 Upon the
request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 9.06 hereof, the Trustee
shall join with the Issuers and the Guarantors in the execution of any amended or supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein
contained, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental Indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. 

Section 9.02. With Consent of Holders of Notes. 

Except as provided above in Section 9.01 and below in this Section 9.02, the Issuers, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Collateral
Trustee, as applicable, may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes, the Junior Lien Collateral Documents and the other Junior Lien Documents with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding
Notes (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of this
Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, tender offer or exchange offer for Notes), in each
case, in addition to any required consent of holders of other Junior Lien Obligations with respect to any amendment or waiver under any Junior Lien Document also constituting a Junior Lien Document. However, without the consent of each Holder
affected, an amendment, supplement or waiver may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder): 

(a) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver; 

(b) reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any Note or alter any of the provisions with respect to the redemption or
repurchase of the Notes (except as provided in Sections 3.09, 4.10, 4.15 and 4.21 hereof); 
 (c) reduce the rate of or change the time for
payment of interest on any Note; 
 (d) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of or premium or interest on the
Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration); 

  
 82 

 (e) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Notes; 

(f) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or Events of Default or the rights of Holders of
Notes to receive payments of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes (except as permitted in clause (g) below); 
 (g)
waive a redemption or repurchase payment with respect to any Note (other than a payment required by Sections 3.09, 4.10, 4.15 and 4.21 hereof prior to the commencement of any related offer); 

(h) release any Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee or this Indenture or release all or substantially all of
the Collateral of any Guarantor, except in accordance with the terms of this applicable Junior Lien Documents; or 
 (i) make any change in
the preceding amendment, supplement and waiver provisions in this Section 9.02. 
 In addition, the consent of Holders representing at
least two-thirds of the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes will be required to release the Liens for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes on all or substantially all of the Collateral, other
than in accordance with the Junior Lien Documents. 
 Upon the request of the Issuers accompanied by Board Resolutions authorizing their
execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in
Section 9.06 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Issuers and the Guarantors in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture, unless such amended or supplemental indenture affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or
immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental indenture. 

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed
amendment, supplement or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. 
 After an amendment,
supplement or waiver under this Section becomes effective, the Company shall mail to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect
therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental Indenture or waiver. 
 Section 9.03.
Tender or Exchange Consents. 
 A consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver under this Indenture by any Holder given in
connection with a purchase, tender or exchange of such Holder’s Notes shall not be rendered invalid by such purchase, tender or exchange. 

  
 83 

 Section 9.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents. 

Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a
Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a
Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee received notice of revocation before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes effective. An amendment, supplement, or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and,
after an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Holder, unless it makes a change described in any of clauses (a) through (i) of Section 9.02, in which case, the amendment, supplement or waiver shall bind
only each Holder of a Note who has consented to it and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same indebtedness as the consenting Holder’s Note. 

Section 9.05. Notation on or Exchange of Notes. 

The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Issuers, in
exchange for all Notes, may issue and the Trustee shall authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver. 
 Failure
to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver. 
 Section 9.06.
Trustee and Collateral Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc. 
 The Trustee shall sign any amended or supplemental indenture authorized
pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. In executing any amended or supplemental indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive and
(subject to Section 7.01) shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and
that all conditions precedent are satisfied. 
 Section 9.07. Effect of Supplemental Indentures. 

Subject to the last sentence of Section 9.04, upon the execution of any amended or supplemental indenture under this Article 9, this
Indenture shall be modified in accordance therewith, and such amended or supplemental indenture shall form a part of this Indenture for all purposes; and every Holder theretofore or thereafter authenticated and delivered hereunder shall be bound
thereby. 
 ARTICLE 10 

GUARANTEES OF NOTES 
 Section 10.01.
Subsidiary Guarantees. 
 Subject to this Article 10, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally
guarantees, on a senior secured basis, to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes held thereby
and the Obligations of the Issuers hereunder and thereunder, that: (a) the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, subject to any applicable grace period, whether at

  
 84 

 
Stated Maturity, by acceleration, upon repurchase or redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and premium and (to the extent permitted by law) interest on the Notes, and
all other payment Obligations of the Issuers to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in full and performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (b) in case of any extension of time of
payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other Obligations, the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, subject to any applicable grace period, whether at Stated
Maturity, by acceleration, upon repurchase or redemption or otherwise. Failing payment when so due of any amount so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors will be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. An Event of
Default under this Indenture or the Notes shall constitute an event of default under the Subsidiary Guarantees, and shall entitle the Holders to accelerate the obligations of the Guarantors hereunder in the same manner and to the same extent as the
Obligations of the Issuers. 
 The Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the
validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against an
Issuer, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance (other than complete performance) which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a Guarantor. Each Guarantor further, to the extent permitted by law,
hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of an Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against an Issuer, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and
covenants that its Subsidiary Guarantee will not be discharged except by complete performance of the Obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture. 

If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to an Issuer, the Guarantors, or any Custodian, Trustee or other
similar official acting in relation to any of the Issuers or the Guarantors, any amount paid by an Issuer or any Guarantor to the Trustee or such Holder, the Subsidiary Guarantees, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full
force and effect. Each Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to, and hereby waives, any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any Obligations guaranteed hereby. 

Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand,
(a) the maturity of the Obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 hereof for the purposes of its Subsidiary Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in
respect of the Obligations guaranteed thereby, and (b) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such Obligations as provided in Article 6 hereof, such Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable
by the Guarantor for the purpose of its Subsidiary Guarantee. The Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the
rights of the Holders under the Subsidiary Guarantees. 

  
 85 

 Section 10.02. [Reserved]. 

Section 10.03. Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms. 

(a) No Guarantor shall sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets to, or consolidate with or merge with
or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person), another Person (other than the Company or another Guarantor), unless, (i) either (1) the Person acquiring the properties or assets in any such sale or other disposition or the
Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Guarantor) unconditionally assumes, pursuant to a supplemental indenture, substantially in the form of Annex A hereto, or pursuant to such other agreements as are
reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, all the obligations of such Guarantor under this Indenture, the Notes and its Subsidiary Guarantee and all other obligations of such Guarantor under the Junior Lien Documents to which it is a party on terms
set forth therein and takes such other action (as set forth in the Officers’ Certificate) as may be reasonably necessary to cause any property or assets that constitute Collateral owned by or transferred to such Person to be subject to the
Junior Liens, and perfected by filings or other methods, all in the manner and to the extent required under the Junior Lien Documents, or (2) the Net Proceeds of such sale or other disposition are applied in accordance with the provisions of
Section 4.10, and (ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists. 
 (b) In the
case of any such consolidation or merger and upon the assumption by the successor Person, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and substantially in the form of Annex A hereto, of the Subsidiary Guarantee and the due
and punctual performance of all of the covenants of this Indenture to be performed by the Guarantor, such successor Person shall succeed to and be substituted for the Guarantor with the same effect as if it had been named herein as a Guarantor. 

Section 10.04. Releases of Subsidiary Guarantees. 

The Subsidiary Guarantee of a Guarantor shall be released automatically and without the need for further action by any Person: (1) in
connection with any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of such Guarantor (including by way of merger or consolidation) to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction)
a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, if the sale or other disposition complies with Section 4.10; (2) in connection with any sale or other disposition of all of the Capital Stock of such Guarantor to a Person that is not (either before or
after giving effect to such transaction) a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, if the sale or other disposition complies with Section 4.10; (3) if the Company designates any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor as an Unrestricted
Subsidiary in accordance with Section 4.20 of this Indenture; (4) upon Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance or Discharge in accordance with Article 8; (5) upon the liquidation or dissolution of such Guarantor, provided no Default or
Event of Default has occurred that is continuing; or (6) prior to a Discharge of Priority Lien Obligations and provided no Default or Event of Default has occurred that is continuing, in the case of any Guarantor other than the Operating
Partnership, at such time as such Guarantor ceases to guarantee any other Indebtedness for borrowed money of either of the Issuers, any Guarantor or the Operating Partnership. 

Upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel to the effect that any of the conditions
described in the foregoing clauses (1) – (6) has occurred, the Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably requested by the Company in order to evidence the release of any Guarantor from its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee. Any
Guarantor not released from its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee shall remain liable for the full amount of principal of and premium and interest on the Notes and for the other obligations of such Guarantor under this Indenture as provided
in this Article 10. 

  
 86 

 Section 10.05. Execution and Delivery of Guaranty. 

The execution by each Guarantor of this Indenture (or a Supplemental Indenture) evidences the Subsidiary Guaranty of such Guarantor, whether or
not the person signing as an officer of the Guarantor still holds that office at the time of authentication of any Note. The delivery of any Note by the Trustee after authentication constitutes due delivery of the Subsidiary Guaranty set forth in
this Indenture on behalf of each Guarantor. 
 Section 10.06. Limitation on Guarantor Liability. 

The obligations of each Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee will be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to all
other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor and after giving effect to any collections from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee or
pursuant to its contribution obligations under this Indenture, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under federal or state law and not otherwise
being void or voidable under any similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally. 
 ARTICLE 11 

MISCELLANEOUS 
 Section 11.01. Trust
Indenture Act Not Applicable. 
 Although, pursuant to Sections 7.03 and 7.11, certain terms in the Indenture are defined by reference to
their respective meanings, or conduct of the Trustee is regulated by reference to requirements, under the Trust Indenture Act, this Indenture will not be subject to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act. 

Section 11.02. Notices. 
 Any notice
or communication by an Issuer, any Guarantor, the Trustee or the Collateral Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing (in the English language) and delivered in person or mailed by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt
requested), telecopier or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address: 

  
 87 

 If to any of the Issuers or the Guarantors: 

Martin Midstream Partners L.P. 

4200 Stone Road 
 Kilgore, Texas
75662 
 Attention: Chief Financial Officer 

Telecopier No.: (903) 983-6262 

with a copy (not constituting notice) to: 

Akin Gump Strauss Hauer & Feld LLP 

1111 Louisiana Street, 44th Floor 

Houston, Texas 77002 
 Attention:
Chad M. Nichols 
 Telecopier No.: (713) 236-0822 

If to the Trustee: 
 U.S. Bank
National Association 
 13737 Noel Road, Suite 800 

Dallas, Texas 75240 
 Facsimile
Number: (972)581-1670 
 Attention: Global Corporate Trust Services 

If to the Collateral Trustee: 

U.S. Bank National Association 

13737 Noel Road, Suite 800 

Dallas, Texas 75240 
 Facsimile
Number: (972)581-1670 
 Attention: Global Corporate Trust Services 

An Issuer, any of the Guarantors, the Trustee or the Collateral Trustee, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different
addresses for subsequent notices or communications. 
 All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) shall be deemed to
have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt is acknowledged, if telecopied; and the next Business Day after timely
delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery in each case to the address shown above. 
 Any
notice or communication to a Holder shall be mailed by first class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar.
Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. 

If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee
receives it. 
 If either of the Issuers mails a notice or communication to Holders, it shall mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at
the same time. 

  
 88 

 In case by reason of the suspension of regular mail service or by reason of any other cause
it shall be impracticable to give such notice by mail, then such notification as shall be made with the approval of the Trustee shall constitute a sufficient notification for every purpose hereunder. 

Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice,
either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Holders shall be filed with the Trustee, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance
upon such waiver. 
 Where this Indenture provides for notice of any event or any communication to a Holder of a Global Note, such notice or
communication shall be sufficiently given if given to the Depositary for such Note (or its designee), pursuant to its Applicable Procedures, not later than the latest date (if any), and not earlier than the earliest date (if any), prescribed for the
giving of such notice or communication. 
 Section 11.03. Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes. 

Holders may communicate with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. To the extent permitted by
applicable law, none of the Company, the Trustee, the Registrar or anyone else shall be held accountable by reason of mailing any material pursuant to a request made hereunder, including the disclosure of information as to the names and addresses of
the Holders in accordance with the provisions of this section, regardless of the source from which such information was derived. 
 Section 11.04.
Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. 
 Upon any request or application by an Issuer to the Trustee to take any action
under this Indenture, such Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee: 
 (a) an Officers’ Certificate in form and substance
reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 11.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating
to the proposed action have been satisfied; and 
 (b) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to
the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 11.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied. 

Section 11.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. 

Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include: 

(a) a statement that the person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; 

  
 89 

 (b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or
investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 
 (c) a statement
that, in the opinion of such person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been satisfied; and 

(d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such person, such condition or covenant has been satisfied. 

In any case where several matters are required to be certified by, or covered by an opinion of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that
all such matters be certified by, or covered by the opinion of, only one such Person, or that they be so certified or covered by only one document, but one such Person may certify or give an opinion with respect to some matters and one or more other
such Persons as to other matters, any any such Person may certify or give an opinion as to such matters in one or several documents. 
 Any
certificate or opinion of an Officer with respect to any Person may be based, insofar as it related to legal matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, counsel. Any such certificate or opinion of, or representation by, counsel
may be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon certificates of public officials or upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, an Officer or Officers with respect to any Person stating that the information with respect to
such factual matters is in the possession of such Person (or, if such Person is a limited partnership, such Person’s general partner). 

Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or
other instruments under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and form one instrument. 
 Section 11.06. Rules by Trustee and
Agents. 
 The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make
reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions. 
 Section 11.07. No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and
Unitholders. 
 None of the General Partner or any past, present or future director, officer, partner, employee, incorporator, manager or
unitholder or other owner of Capital Stock of the General Partner, the Issuers or any Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or any Guarantor under the Notes, the Subsidiary Guarantees or this Indenture, or
for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the
Notes. 

  
 90 

 Section 11.08. Governing Law. 

THIS INDENTURE, THE INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT, THE COLLATERAL AGENCY AGREEMENT, THE NOTES AND THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND
CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 
 Section 11.09. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements. 

This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or its Subsidiaries or of any other
Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture. 
 Section 11.10. Successors. 

All agreements of the Issuers and the Guarantors in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind their respective successors. All agreements of the
Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors. 
 Section 11.11. Severability. 

In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability
of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 
 Section 11.12. Table of Contents, Headings, etc. 

The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of
reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 

Section 11.13. Counterparts. 
 The
parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture, and each party hereto may sign any number of separate copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. The exchange of
copies of this Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Indenture for all purposes.
Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes. 
 Section 11.14.
Acts of Holders. 
 (a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action
provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by the Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by agents duly appointed in writing, and may be given or
obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, outstanding Notes; and, except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the
Trustee and, 

  
 91 

 
where it is hereby expressly required, to the Company. Such instrument or instruments (and the action embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the
“Act” of the Holders signing such instrument or instruments. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and conclusive in favor of the Trustee
and the Issuers if made in the manner provided in this Section 11.14. 
 Without limiting the generality of this
Section, unless otherwise provided in or pursuant to this Indenture, (i) a Holder, including a Depositary or its nominee that is a Holder of a Global Note, may give, make or take, by an agent or agents duly appointed in writing, any request,
demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in or pursuant to this Indenture be given, made or taken by Holders, and a Depositary or its nominee that is a Holder of a Global Note may duly appoint in writing as
its agent or agents members of, or participants in, such Depositary holding interests in such Global Note in the records of such Depositary; and (ii) with respect to any Global Note the Depositary for which is DTC, any consent or other action
given, made or taken by an Agent Member of DTC by electronic means in accordance with the Automated Tender Offer Procedures system or other customary procedures of, and pursuant to authorization by, DTC shall be deemed to constitute the Act of the
Holder of such Global Note, and such Act shall be deemed to have been delivered to the Company and the Trustee upon the delivery by DTC of an “agent’s message” or other notice of such consent or other action having been so given, made
or taken in accordance with the customary procedures of DTC. 
 (b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any
such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by a certificate of a notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such
instrument or writing acknowledged to such witness, notary or officer the execution thereof. Where such execution is by a signer acting in a capacity other than his individual capacity, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute sufficient
proof of authority. The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner which the Trustee deems sufficient. 

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 11.14, the principal amount and serial numbers of
Notes held by any Holder, and the date of holding the same, shall be proved by the register of the Notes maintained by the Registrar as provided in Section 2.03. 

(d) If the Issuers shall solicit from the Holders of the Notes any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent,
waiver or other Act, the Issuers may, at their option, by or pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company, fix in advance a record date for the determination of Holders entitled to give such request, demand, authorization,
direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, but the Issuers shall have no obligation to do so. Such record date shall be the record date specified in or pursuant to such Board Resolution, which shall be a date not earlier than the date 30 days
prior to the first solicitation of Holders generally in connection therewith or the date of the most recent list of Holders forwarded to the Trustee prior to such solicitation pursuant to Section 2.05 and not later than the date such
solicitation is completed. If such a record date 

  
 92 

 
is fixed, then, notwithstanding Section 9.04, any instrument embodying and evidencing such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act may be given before
or after such record date, but only the Holders of record at the close of business on such record date shall be deemed to be Holders for the purposes of determining whether Holders of the requisite proportion of the then outstanding Notes have
authorized or agreed or consented to such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, and for that purpose the then outstanding Notes shall be computed as of such record date; provided that no such authorization,
agreement or consent by the Holders on such record date shall be deemed effective unless it shall become effective pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture not later than eleven months after the record date. 

(e) Subject to Section 9.04, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act of the
Holder of any Note shall bind every future Holder of the same Note and the Holder of every Note issued upon the registration or transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof in respect of anything done, omitted or suffered to be done
by the Trustee or an Issuer in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note. 
 (f)
Without limiting the foregoing, a Holder entitled hereunder to take any action hereunder with regard to any particular Note may do so itself with regard to all or any part of the principal amount of such Note or by one or more duly appointed agents
each of which may do so pursuant to such appointment with regard to all or any part of such principal amount. 
 (g) For
purposes of this Indenture, any action by the Holders that may be taken in writing may be taken by electronic means or as otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. 

Section 11.15. Patriot Act. 
 The
parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the U.S.A. Patriot Act, the Trustee, like all financial institutions and in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, is required to obtain, verify, and
record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account with the Trustee. The parties to this Indenture agree that they will provide the Trustee with such information within their possession
or control as it may reasonably request in order for the Trustee to satisfy the requirements of the U.S.A. Patriot Act. 
 Section 11.16. Benefits
of Indenture. 
 Nothing in this Indenture or the Notes, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto and
their successors hereunder, and the Holders, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture. 

  
 93 

 Section 11.17. Language of Notices, Etc. 

Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or Act required or permitted under this Indenture shall be in the
English language, except that any publiched notice may be in an official language of the country of publication. 
 Section 11.18. Payment Date
Other Than a Business Day. 
 If any payment with respect to any principal of, premium on, if any, or interest on, any Note (including
any payment to be made on any date fixed for redemption or purchase of any Note) is due on a day that is not a Business Day, the payment need not be made on such date, but may be made on the next Business Day with the same force and effect as if
made on such date, and no interest will accrue for the intervening period. 
 Section 11.19. Waiver of Jury Trial. 

EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY
LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS INDENTURE OR THE NOTES. 
 Section 11.20. Force Majeure. 

In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of
or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, fire, riots, strikes, or stoppages for any reason, embargoes, governmental actions, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances,
nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services, it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent
with accepted practices in the U.S. banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances. 
 ARTICLE 12

 COLLATERAL AND SECURITY 

Section 12.01. Security Interest Requirements. 

(a) The due and punctual payment of the Obligations on the Notes and the Obligations of the Guarantors under the Subsidiary Guarantees, when
and as the same shall be due and payable, whether on an interest payment date, at maturity, by acceleration, repurchase, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of, premium on, if any, and interest (to the extent permitted by
law), on the Notes, the Subsidiary Guarantees and performance of all other payment obligations of the Issuers and the Guarantors to the Holders or the Trustee under the Junior Lien Documents, according to the terms hereunder or thereunder
(collectively, the “Notes Obligations”), are secured, as provided in the Junior Lien Collateral Documents. The Issuers and each of the Guarantors consent and agree to be bound by the terms of the Junior Lien Collateral Documents to which
they are parties, as the same may be in effect from time to time, and agree to perform their obligations thereunder in accordance therewith. The Issuers and the Guarantors hereby agree that the Collateral Trustee shall hold the Collateral (directly
or through co-trustees or agents) on behalf of and for the benefit of all of the Holders and the other holders of Junior Lien Obligations. 

  
 94 

 (b) Each Holder, by its acceptance of any Note and of the Subsidiary Guarantees, consents
and agrees to the terms of the Collateral Agency Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement and the Junior Lien Collateral Documents (including, without limitation, the provisions providing for foreclosure and release of Collateral and amendments to the
Junior Lien Collateral Documents), as the same may be in effect or may be amended from time to time in accordance with their terms, and authorizes and appoints U.S. Bank National Association as the Trustee and U.S. Bank National Association as the
Collateral Trustee. Each Holder, by accepting the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees of the Guarantors, authorizes and directs the Collateral Trustee to enter into the Junior Lien Collateral Documents (including any amendments thereto contemplated
by Section 7.1 of the Collateral Agency Agreement and any Junior Lien Collateral Documents to secure additional Junior Lien Debt in accordance with Section 3.8 of the Collateral Agency Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement) and to
perform its obligations and exercise its rights thereunder in accordance therewith, subject to the terms and conditions thereof, including, without limitation, the limitations on duties of the Collateral Trustee provided in Section 5.12 of the
Collateral Agency Agreement. Each of the Trustee, the Collateral Trustee and the Holders, by accepting the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees of the Guarantors, acknowledges that, as more fully set forth in the Junior Lien Collateral Documents, the
Collateral as now or hereafter constituted shall be held, subject to the Collateral Agency Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement, for the benefit of all the holders of Junior Lien Obligations, the Collateral Trustee and the Trustee, and the Lien
of this Indenture and the Junior Lien Collateral Documents is subject to and qualified and limited in all respects by the Collateral Agency Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement and the Junior Lien Collateral Documents and actions that may be taken
thereunder. 
 (c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Indenture or any Junior Lien Collateral Document, the
Collateral shall not include any property or asset that may constitute Priority Lien Collateral to the extent such property or asset is or may be provided as cash collateral to certain issuers of letters of credit pursuant to the Priority Lien
Documents rather than generally to the holders of Priority Lien Obligations or to the Priority Lien Agent for the benefit of the holders of the Priority Lien Obligations as a whole. 

(d) In addition, notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Indenture or any Junior Lien Collateral Document, the Issuers and
the Guarantors shall not be required under this Indenture or any Junior Lien Collateral Document to record any Lien on a certificate of title or take any action to provide possession or control of any Collateral in which a security interest may be
perfected by possession or control or take any other action to perfect any Junior Lien in any Collateral to the extent such actions are not required by, or would otherwise not be consistent with, the actions required to be taken by the provisions of
the Priority Lien Collateral Documents or the Senior Secured Lien Collateral Documents securing the Priority Lien Obligations and the Senior Secured Lien Obligations, respectively. 

(e) Anything contained in this Indenture or the other Junior Lien Documents to the contrary notwithstanding, each Holder hereby agrees that no
Holder shall have any right individually to realize upon any of the Collateral, it being understood and agreed that all powers, rights and remedies of the Collateral Trustee hereunder and under the Junior Lien Collateral Documents may be exercised
solely by the Collateral Trustee in accordance with the terms of the Collateral Agency Agreement and all powers, rights and remedies in respect of the Collateral under the Junior Lien Collateral Documents may be exercised solely by the Collateral
Trustee. 

  
 95 

 Section 12.02. Post-Issue Date Collateral Requirements. 

(a) With respect to the Collateral specified on Schedule II hereto (the “Post-Closing Collateral”) as to which security interests or
Liens may not be in place on the Issue Date or may not be perfected on the Issue Date, the Issuers will, or will cause the applicable Guarantor, to execute and deliver to the Collateral Trustee as mortgagee or beneficiary, as applicable, such
Mortgages or other Junior Lien Collateral Documents, and any supplements or amendments related thereto, together with one or more opinions of counsel with respect to the execution, delivery and enforceability of such Mortgages or other Junior Lien
Collateral Documents and satisfactory evidence of the completion (or satisfactory arrangements for the completion) of all recordings and filings of such Mortgages or other Junior Lien Collateral Documents in the proper recorders’ offices or
appropriate public records (and payment of any taxes or fees in connection therewith) as may be necessary to create a valid, perfected third-priority Lien (subject to the Intercreditor Agreement and to Permitted Prior Liens), on or against such
Post-Closing Collateral on the Issue Date or as soon as practicable thereafter (and in any event within 60 days after the Issue Date). 
 (b)
Any Junior Lien Collateral Documents entered into after the Issue Date shall be substantially in the form of the corresponding documents, agreements and instruments providing for the Priority Liens, with such changes as are reasonably necessary to
reflect the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and with such deletions or modifications of representations, warranties and covenants as are customary with respect to security documents establishing Liens securing debt securities sold in similar
private transactions that are not subject to registration requirements of the Securities Act (in each case, as set forth in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Collateral Trustee). 

(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, any opinion of counsel required to be delivered pursuant to Section 12.02(a),
Section 12.03(b) or Section 12.03(c) may contain customary assumptions and qualifications and may expressly state that no opinion is expressed therein as to the priority of any Lien on any Collateral. 

Section 12.03. Further Assurances; Liens on Additional Property. 

(a) The Issuers and each of the Guarantors will do or cause to be done all acts and things that may be required, or that the Collateral Trustee
from time to time may reasonably request (but no more burdensome than under the Priority Lien Documents), to assure and confirm that the Collateral Trustee holds, for the benefit of the holders of Junior Lien Obligations, duly created and
enforceable and perfected Liens upon the Collateral (including any property or assets constituting Collateral that are acquired or otherwise become, or are required by any Junior Lien Document to become, Collateral after the Issue Date), in each
case, as contemplated by, and with the Lien priority required under, the Junior Lien Documents; and, in connection with any merger, consolidation or sale of assets of the Issuers or any Guarantor, the property and assets of the Person which is
consolidated or merged with or into the Issuers or any Guarantor, to the extent that they are property or assets of the types which would constitute Collateral under the Junior Lien Collateral Documents, shall be treated as after-acquired property
and the Issuers or such Guarantor shall take such action as may be reasonably necessary to cause such property and assets to be made subject to the Junior Liens, in the manner and to the extent required under the Junior Lien Documents and in the
manner and to the extent required under the Junior Lien Collateral Documents. 

  
 96 

 (b) Upon the reasonable request of the Collateral Trustee at any time and from time to time
(but in a manner no more burdensome than the Priority Lien Documents), the Issuers and each of the Guarantors will promptly execute, acknowledge and deliver such Junior Lien Collateral Documents, instruments, certificates, opinions of counsel,
notices and other documents, and take such other actions as shall be reasonably required, or that the Collateral Trustee may reasonably request, to create, perfect, protect, assure or enforce the Liens and benefits intended to be conferred, in each
case as contemplated by the Junior Lien Documents for the benefit of the holders of Junior Lien Obligations and subject, in each case, to the Intercreditor Agreement, Collateral Agency Agreement and Permitted Liens. 

(c) In addition, from and after the Issue Date, if an Issuer or any Guarantor acquires any property or asset, and any Priority Lien Document,
Senior Secured Lien Document or Junior Lien Document, as applicable, requires any supplemental security document for such property or asset or other actions to achieve a perfected Lien on such property or asset, then the Issuers shall, or shall
cause the applicable Guarantor to, promptly (but in no event later than the date that is ten (10) Business Days after the date on which supplemental security documents are executed and delivered (or other action taken) under the Priority Lien
Documents, Senior Secured Lien Documents or Junior Lien Documents, as applicable), to the extent permitted by applicable law, execute and deliver to the Collateral Trustee appropriate Junior Lien Collateral Documents (or amendments thereto),
together with one or more opinions of counsel with respect to the execution, delivery and enforceability of such Junior Lien Collateral Documents and satisfactory evidence of completion (or satisfactory arrangements for the completion) of all
recordings and filings of such Junior Lien Collateral Documents in the proper recorders’ offices or appropriate public records (and payment of any taxes or fees in connection therewith), in such form as shall be necessary to grant the
Collateral Trustee a perfected third-priority Lien on such property or asset or take such other actions in favor of the Collateral Trustee as shall be necessary to grant a perfected Lien on such Collateral to the Collateral Trustee, subject to the
terms of this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement and the other Junior Lien Documents. Additionally, subject to the Junior Lien Documents, if an Issuer or any Guarantor creates any additional Lien upon any property or asset that would constitute
Collateral, or takes any additional actions to perfect any existing Lien on property or asset, in each case for the benefit of the holders of the Priority Lien Obligations or the holders of the Senior Secured Lien Debt, after the Issue Date, the
Issuers or such Guarantor, as applicable, shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law and the Intercreditor Agreement, within ten (10) Business Days after the date such Lien is granted or such other action is taken, grant a third-priority
Lien upon such property or asset to the Collateral Trustee, or take such additional perfection actions, as applicable, for the benefit of the Junior Lien Secured Parties and deliver to the Collateral Trustee all related deliverables substantially
the same as those delivered to the Priority Lien Agent or Senior Secured Lien Collateral Trustee, as applicable, in each case as security for the Junior Lien Obligations and subject, in each case, to the Intercreditor Agreement and Permitted Liens.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that any Lien on any Collateral is perfected by the possession or control of such Collateral or of any account in which such Collateral is held, and if such Collateral or any such account has been
delivered to, or is under the control of the Priority Lien Agent, or of agents or bailees of the Priority Lien Agent, the perfection actions and related deliverables described in this Section 12.03(c) shall not be required. 

  
 97 

 (d) The Issuers will, or will cause the applicable Guarantor to, (i) prior to
delivering any Mortgage securing Buildings or Manufactured (Mobile) Homes, or any amendment of or supplement to any Mortgage adding Buildings or Manufactured (Mobile) Homes as “Collateral” (as defined in such Mortgage), deliver to the
Collateral Trustee (A) a standard flood hazard determination with respect to the real property subject to such Mortgage, and (B) if such real property is located in a special flood hazard area, (1) confirmation of receipt by the
Issuers or applicable Guarantor of notice from the Collateral Trustee as to the existence of a special flood hazard and, if applicable, the unavailability of flood hazard insurance under applicable Flood Insurance Regulations, and (2) evidence
of applicable flood insurance, if available, in each case in such form, on such terms and in such amounts as required by applicable Flood Insurance Regulations or as otherwise reasonably required by the Collateral Trustee, in each case as shall be
reasonably requested by the Collateral Trustee in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Trustee; and (ii) deliver to Collateral Trustee any evidence of title, title opinions, title insurance, evidence of insurance and
other documents, and use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain landlord and mortgagee waivers and third party consents, in each case relating to the Post-Closing Collateral (or any portion thereof), and in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to the Collateral Trustee but only to the extent the same has been or will be delivered to or for the benefit of the Priority Lien Secured Parties (and for the avoidance of doubt, any such landlord waivers and mortgagee consents
delivered for the benefit of the Priority Lien Secured Parties shall also be made for the benefit of the Collateral Trustee on behalf of the Junior Lien Secured Parties). 

Section 12.04. Intercreditor Agreement. 

This Article 12 and the provisions of each other Junior Lien Collateral Document are subject to the terms, conditions and benefits set forth in
the Intercreditor Agreement. The Issuers and each Guarantor consents to, and agrees to be bound by, the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, as the same may be in effect from time to time, and to perform its obligations thereunder in accordance
with the terms thereof. Each Holder, by its acceptance of the Notes (a) agrees that it will be bound by, and will take no actions contrary to, the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement and (b) authorizes and instructs the Collateral
Trustee on behalf of each Holder to enter into the Intercreditor Agreement as “Junior Lien Representative” (as such term is defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) on behalf of such Holders as “Junior Lien Secured Parties” (as
such term is defined in the Intercreditor Agreement). In addition, each Holder authorizes and instructs the Collateral Trustee to enter into any amendments or joinders to the Intercreditor Agreement in accordance with its terms with the consent of
the parties thereto or otherwise in accordance with its terms, without the consent of any Holder or the Trustee, to add additional Indebtedness as Priority Lien Debt, Senior Secured Lien Debt, Junior Lien Debt and add other parties (or any
authorized agent or trustee therefor) holding such Indebtedness thereto and to establish that the Lien on any Collateral securing such Indebtedness shall rank equally with the Liens on such Collateral securing the Priority Lien Debt, Senior Secured
Lien Debt or Junior Lien Debt, as applicable, then outstanding to the extent permitted by the Junior Lien Documents. The Trustee and the Collateral Trustee shall be entitled to rely upon an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel
certifying that any such amendment or joinder is authorized or permitted under the Junior Lien Documents. To the extent the Intercreditor Agreement conflicts with the Collateral Agency Agreement, the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement shall
prevail. 

  
 98 

 Section 12.05. Collateral Agency Agreement. 

This Article 12 and the provisions of each other Junior Lien Collateral Document are subject to the terms, conditions and benefits set forth in
the Collateral Agency Agreement. Each of the Issuers and other Guarantors consents to, and agrees to be bound by, the terms of the Collateral Agency Agreement, as the same may be in effect from time to time, and to perform its obligations thereunder
in accordance with the terms therewith. Each Holder, by its acceptance of the Notes (a) agrees that it will be bound by, and will take no actions contrary to, the provisions of the Collateral Agency Agreement and (b) authorizes and
instructs the Collateral Trustee on behalf of the Holders of the Notes and each other holder of Junior Lien Obligations to enter into the Collateral Agency Agreement as Collateral Trustee on behalf of such holders of Junior Lien Obligations. In
addition, each Holder authorizes and instructs the Collateral Trustee to enter into any amendments or joinders to the Collateral Agency Agreement in accordance with its terms with the consent of the parties thereto or otherwise in accordance with
its terms, without the consent of any Holder or the Trustee, to add additional Indebtedness as Junior Lien Obligations and add other parties (or any authorized agent or trustee therefor) holding such Indebtedness thereto and to establish that the
Lien on any Collateral securing such Indebtedness shall rank equally with the Liens on such Collateral securing the other Junior Lien Debt then outstanding, to the extent permitted by the Junior Lien Documents. The Trustee and the Collateral Trustee
shall be entitled to rely on an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel certifying that any such amendment or joinder is authorized or permitted under the Junior Lien Documents. 

Section 12.06. Release of Liens in Respect of Notes. 

(a) The Collateral Trustee’s Junior Liens upon the Collateral will no longer secure the Notes outstanding under this Indenture or any
other Notes Obligations, and the right of the Holders to the benefits and proceeds of the Collateral Trustee’s Junior Liens on the Collateral will terminate and be discharged: 

(i) upon satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture in accordance with Article 8 hereof; 

(ii) upon a Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance of the Notes in accordance with Article 8 hereof; 

(iii) subject to Section 8.07, upon payment in full in cash and discharge of all Notes outstanding under this Indenture
and all other Notes Obligations that are outstanding and are due and payable under this Indenture and the other Junior Lien Documents at the time the Notes are paid in full in cash and discharged (other than contingent indemnity obligations and
reimbursement obligations for which no claim has been made); 
 (iv) as to any Collateral of the Issuers or a Guarantor that
is sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of by the Issuers or any Guarantor to a Person that is not (either before or after such sale, transfer or disposition) the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a transaction or other
circumstance that complies with Section 4.10 hereof (other than the obligation to apply proceeds of such Asset Sale as provided in Section 4.10 hereof) and is permitted by the applicable Junior Lien Documents, at the time of such sale,
transfer or other disposition or to the extent of the interest sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of; provided that the Collateral Trustee’s Liens upon the Collateral will not be released pursuant to this clause (iv) if the sale or
disposition is subject to Section 5.01; 
 (v) in whole or in part, with the consent of the Holders of the requisite
percentage of Notes in accordance with Article 9 hereof; 

  
 99 

 (vi) with respect to the assets of any Guarantor, at the time that such
Guarantor is released from its Subsidiary Guarantee in accordance with Section 10.3; 
 (vii) if and to the extent
required by the provisions of the Collateral Agency Agreement or the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement; or 
 (viii)
as order pursuant to applicable law under a final and non-appealable order of judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction. 

(b) In addition, the Collateral Trustee’s Liens on the Collateral will be released upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth
in Section 4.1 of the Collateral Agency Agreement. 
 Section 12.07. Release Documentation. 

Subject to compliance with the conditions to release of all or any portion of the Collateral set forth in Section 12.06(a) or (b), and
subject to the terms and conditions of the Collateral Agency Agreement, upon request of the Company, the Collateral Trustee will execute (with such acknowledgements and/or notarizations as are required) and deliver written evidence of such release
(and any related Collateral in its possession or control) to the Company; provided, however, to the extent the Company requests the Collateral Trustee to deliver written evidence of the release of Collateral (or any such Collateral in
its possession or control) in accordance with this Section 12.07, the Company will deliver to the Collateral Trustee (i) an Officers’ Certificate to the effect that such release of Collateral pursuant to the provisions described in
this paragraph does not violate the terms of any Junior Lien Document and (ii) an Opinion of Counsel to the Company stating that all conditions precedent to such release of Collateral have been satisfied or will be satisfied substantially
concurrently with the delivery of such Opinion of Counsel. 
 Section 12.08. Collateral Trustee. 

(a) The Collateral Trustee will hold (directly or through co-trustees or agents) and, subject to the
terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, will be entitled to enforce, all Liens on the Collateral created by the Junior Lien Collateral Documents. The Junior Lien Representative for each Series of Junior Lien Debt will be the party designated as the
Junior Lien Representative in respect of such Series of Junior Lien Debt in accordance with the Collateral Agency Agreement. 
 (b) Except as
provided in the Collateral Agency Agreement or as directed by an Act of Junior Lien Debtholders in accordance with the Collateral Agency Agreement, the Collateral Trustee will not be obligated: 

(i) to act upon directions purported to be delivered to it by any Person; 

(ii) take any Enforcement Action; or 

(iii) to take any other action whatsoever with regard to any or all of the Junior Lien Collateral Documents, the Liens created
thereby or the Collateral. 
 The Collateral Trustee will deliver to each Junior Lien Representative copies of all Junior Lien Collateral
Documents received by the Collateral Trustee. 

  
 100 

 Section 12.09. Purchaser Protected. 

No purchaser or grantee of any property or rights purporting to be released from the Liens in favor of the Collateral Trustee shall be bound to
ascertain the authority of the Collateral Trustee or Trustee to execute any written evidence of the release or to inquire as to the existence of any conditions herein prescribed for the exercise of such authority. 

Section 12.10. Authorization of Receipt of Funds by the Trustee under the Junior Lien Collateral Documents. 

The Trustee is authorized to receive any funds for the benefit of Holders distributed under the Junior Lien Collateral Documents and to apply
such funds as provided in Section 6.10. 
 Section 12.11. Powers Exercisable by Receiver or Trustee. 

In case the Collateral shall be in the possession of a receiver or trustee, lawfully appointed, the powers conferred in this Article 12 upon
the Issuers or any of the Guarantors, as applicable, with respect to the release, sale or other disposition of such property may be exercised by such receiver or trustee, and an instrument signed by such receiver or trustee shall be deemed the
equivalent of any similar instrument of the Issuers or any of the Guarantors, as applicable, or of any officer or officers thereof required by the provisions of this Article 12. 

  
 101 

 
					
	SIGNATURES
		
		 	MARTIN MIDSTREAM PARTNERS L.P.
			
		 	By:	 	Martin Midstream GP LLC,
		 		 	as general partner
			
		 	By:	 	 /s/ Robert D. Bondurant

		 		 	Robert D. Bondurant
		 		 	 Executive Vice President, Treasurer and
 Chief
Financial Officer

		
		 	MARTIN MIDSTREAM FINANCE CORP.
			
		 	By:	 	 /s/ Robert D. Bondurant

		 		 	Robert D. Bondurant
		 		 	Executive Vice President and
		 		 	Chief Financial Officer
		
		 	Guarantors:
		
	    	 	MARTIN OPERATING GP LLC
			
		 	By:	 	Martin Midstream Partners L.P.,
		 		 	as sole member
			
		 	By:	 	Martin Midstream GP LLC,
		 		 	as general partner
			
		 	By:	 	 /s/ Robert D. Bondurant

		 		 	Robert D. Bondurant
		 		 	 Executive Vice President, Treasurer and
 Chief
Financial Officer

 Signature Page 

Indenture (11.50% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes due 2025) 

			
	MARTIN OPERATING PARTNERSHIP L.P.
		
	By:	 	Martin Operating GP LLC,
		 	as general partner
		
	By:	 	Martin Midstream Partners L.P.,
		 	as sole member
		
	By:	 	Martin Midstream GP LLC,
		 	as general partner
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Robert D. Bondurant

		 	Robert D. Bondurant
		 	 Executive Vice President, Treasurer and
 Chief
Financial Officer

	
	REDBIRD GAS STORAGE LLC
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Robert D. Bondurant

		 	Robert D. Bondurant
		 	Executive Vice President and
		 	Chief Financial Officer
	
	MARTIN TRANSPORT, INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Robert D. Bondurant

		 	Robert D. Bondurant
		 	Executive Vice President and
		 	Chief Financial Officer

 Signature Page 

Indenture (11.50% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes due 2025) 

 
					
	U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
	as Trustee
			
		 	By:	 	 /s/ Michael K. Herberger

	    	 		 	Michael K. Herberger
		 		 	Vice President
	
	U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
	as Collateral Trustee
			
		 	By:	 	 /s/ Michael K. Herberger

		 		 	Michael K. Herberger
		 		 	Vice President

 Signature Page 

Indenture (11.50% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes due 2025) 

 RULE 144A/REGULATION S APPENDIX 

PROVISIONS RELATING TO NOTES 
 1.
Definitions 
 1.1 Definitions. 

For the purposes of this Appendix the following terms shall have the meanings indicated below: 

“Depositary” means The Depository Trust Company, its nominees and their respective successors. 

“Notes” means the 11.50% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes due 2025 issued pursuant to the Indenture in connection with a Registered
Exchange Offer. 
 “Notes Custodian” means the custodian with respect to a Global Note (as appointed by the Depositary), or any
successor Person thereto and shall initially be the Trustee. 
 “Transfer Restricted Securities” means Notes that bear or are
required to bear the legend set forth in Section 2.3(b) hereof. 
 1.2 Other Definitions. 

 

			
	 Term
	  	 Defined in Section:

	“Agent Members”	  	2.1(b)
	“Distribution Compliance Period”	  	2.1(b)
	“Global Note”	  	2.1(a)
	“Regulation S”	  	2.1(a)
	“Regulation S Notes”	  	2.1(a)
	“Restricted Global Note”	  	2.1(a)
	“Rule 144A”	  	2.1(a)
	“Rule 144A Notes”	  	2.1(a)

 2. The Notes. 

2.1 (a) Form and Dating. Notes offered and sold to QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A (“Rule 144A Notes”) under the
Securities Act (“Rule 144A”) or in reliance on Regulation S (“Regulation S Notes”) under the Securities Act (“Regulation S”), shall be issued in the form of one or more permanent global Notes in
definitive, fully registered form without interest coupons with the global Notes legend and restricted Notes legend set forth in Exhibit 1 hereto (each, a “Restricted Global Note”), which shall be deposited on behalf of the holders of the
Existing 2021 Notes exchanging such notes pursuant to the ‘Exchange Offer” described in the Offering Memorandum for Notes represented thereby with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary (or with such other custodian as the Depositary
may direct), and registered in the name of the Depositary or a nominee of the Depositary, duly executed by the Issuers and authenticated by the 

  
 App. - 1 

 
Trustee as hereinafter provided. Beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note representing Notes sold in reliance on either Rule 144A or Regulation S may be held through Euroclear
or Clearstream, as indirect participants in the Depositary. The aggregate principal amount of the Global Notes may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the Depositary or its nominee as
hereinafter provided. Notes shall be issued in global form (with the global Notes legend set forth in Exhibit 1 hereto) or in certificated form as provided in Section 2.4 of this Appendix. Notes issued in global form and Restricted Global Notes
are sometimes referred to in this Appendix as “Global Notes.” 
 (b) Book-Entry Provisions. This Section 2.1(b) shall
apply only to a Global Note deposited with or on behalf of the Depositary. 
 The Issuers shall execute and the Trustee shall, in accordance
with this Section 2.1(b), authenticate and deliver one or more Global Notes that (a) shall be registered in the name of the Depositary for such Global Note or Global Notes or the nominee of such Depositary and (b) shall be delivered
by the Trustee to such Depositary or pursuant to such Depositary’s instructions or held by the Trustee as custodian for the Depositary. If such Global Notes are Restricted Global Notes, then separate Global Notes shall be issued to represent
Rule 144A Notes and Regulation S Notes so long as required by law or the Depositary. 
 Members of, or participants in, the
Depositary (“Agent Members”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depositary or by the Trustee as the custodian of the Depositary or under such Global Note, and the Issuers,
the Trustee and any agent of the Issuers or the Trustee shall be entitled to treat the Holder as the absolute owner of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuers, the Trustee
or any agent of the Issuers or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or impair, as between the Depositary and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices of
such Depositary governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Note. 
 Until the 40th day after
the later of the commencement of the offering of any Notes and the original issue date of such Notes (such period, the “Distribution Compliance Period”), a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note representing Regulation S
Notes may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in a Restricted Global Note representing Rule 144A Notes only if the transferor first delivers to the Trustee a written certificate (in the form provided in
Exhibit 1 hereto) to the effect that such transfer is being made to a Person who the transferor reasonably believes is purchasing for its own account or accounts as to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that such Person is a QIB,
in each case in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States or any other jurisdiction. After the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, such
certification requirements shall not apply to such transfers of beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note representing Regulation S Notes. 

Beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note representing Rule 144A Notes may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery in the
form of an interest in a Restricted Global Note representing Regulation S Notes, whether before or after the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, only if the transferor first delivers to the Trustee a written certificate (in the
form provided in Exhibit 1 hereto) to the effect that such transfer is being made in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S or Rule 144 (if available). 

  
 App. - 2 

 (c) Certificated Notes. Except as provided in Section 2.3 or 2.4, owners of
beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes shall not be entitled to receive physical delivery of certificated Notes. Certificated Notes shall not be exchangeable for beneficial interests in Global Notes, except with the consent of the Company.

 2.2 Authentication. The Trustee shall authenticate and deliver on the Issue Date an aggregate principal amount of $291,969,885
11.50% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes due 2025 upon a written order of the Issuers. Such order shall specify the amount of the Notes to be authenticated, the date on which the original issue of Notes is to be authenticated and to whom the Notes
shall be registered and delivered. 
 2.3 Transfer and Exchange. 

(a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. 

(i) The transfer and exchange of Global Notes or beneficial interests therein shall be effected through the Depositary, in
accordance with this Indenture (including applicable restrictions on transfer set forth herein, if any) and the procedures of the Depositary therefor. A transferor of a beneficial interest in a Global Note shall deliver to the Registrar a written
order given in accordance with the Depositary’s procedures containing information regarding the participant account of the Depositary to be credited with a beneficial interest in the Global Note. The Registrar shall, in accordance with such
instructions instruct the Depositary to credit to the account of the Person specified in such instructions a beneficial interest in the Global Note and to debit the account of the Person making the transfer the beneficial interest in the Global Note
being transferred. 
 (ii) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Appendix, a Global Note may not be transferred as a
whole except by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary or by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or another nominee of the Depositary or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor
Depositary. 
 (iii) In the event that a Restricted Global Note is exchanged for Notes in certificated form pursuant to
Section 2.4 of this Appendix, such Notes may be exchanged only in accordance with such procedures as are substantially consistent with the provisions of this Section 2.3 (including the certification requirements set forth on the reverse of
the Notes intended to ensure that such transfers comply with Rule 144A or Regulation S, as the case may be) and such other procedures as may from time to time be adopted by the Company. 

(b) Legends. 

(i) Except as permitted by the following paragraphs (ii), (iii) and (iv), each Note certificate evidencing the Restricted
Global Notes (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or in substitution thereof) shall bear a legend in substantially the following form: 

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE
SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR
UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. 

  
 App. - 3 

 [FOR REGULATION S ONLY: THIS SECURITY (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN
A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED IN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, ANY U.S. PERSON (AS DEFINED IN REGULATION S) EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE
REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND ALL APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW, BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP INTERESTS IN THIS TEMPORARY REGULATION S SECURITY SHALL NOT BE EXCHANGEABLE FOR DEFINITIVE SECURITIES THAT DO
NOT CONTAIN A LEGEND CONTAINING RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER UNTIL THE EXPIRATION OF THE APPLICABLE “DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S) AND THEN ONLY UPON CERTIFICATION IN FORM REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE
TRUSTEE AND/OR TRANSFER AGENT, AS APPLICABLE, THAT SUCH BENEFICIAL INTERESTS ARE OWNED EITHER BY NON¬U.S. PERSONS OR U.S. PERSONS WHO PURCHASED SUCH INTERESTS IN A TRANSACTION THAT DID NOT REQUIRE REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.] 

SUBSEQUENT TO THE INITIAL ISSUANCE OF THIS CERTIFICATE, EACH HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS
A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”)) OR (B) IT IS NOT A “U.S. PERSON” AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION WITHIN THE MEANING OF
REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS APPLICABLE TO IT IN THE JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH ACQUISITION IS MADE. 

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY AGREES (1) TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE APPLICABLE
HOLDING PERIOD WITH RESPECT TO RESTRICTED SECURITIES SET FORTH IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”), ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY OF THE COMPANY’S SUBSIDIARIES, (B) FOR SO LONG
AS THIS SECURITY IS ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT 

  
 App. - 4 

 PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO
WHICH NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO PERSONS WHO ARE NOT “U.S. PERSONS” THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN ACCORDANCE WITH
REGULATION S AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS APPLICABLE TO THEM IN THE JURISDICTIONS IN WHICH SUCH PURCHASES ARE MADE, (D) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (E) PURSUANT TO
ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT, IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES, TO ANY REQUIREMENT OF LAW THAT THE DISPOSITION OF ITS PROPERTY OR THE PROPERTY OF SUCH INVESTOR ACCOUNT OR ACCOUNTS BE
AT ALL TIMES WITHIN ITS OR THEIR CONTROL AND, IN EACH CASE, IN COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY U.S. STATE OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION, AND (2) THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS SECURITY IS TRANSFERRED A
NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND; PROVIDED, THAT THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE, WITH RESPECT TO THIS SECURITY SHALL HAVE THE RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER (I) PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (B) AND (E), PRIOR TO THE
RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE, OR PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (C), PRIOR TO, AND UPON COMPLETION OF, THE DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD (WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT), TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL,
CERTIFICATION OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM, AND (II) IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES, TO REQUIRE THAT A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING ON THE REVERSE OF THIS SECURITY IS COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE
TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE AND/OR TRANSFER AGENT, AS APPLICABLE. 
 THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF WILL BE DEEMED TO
HAVE REPRESENTED AND WARRANTED THAT EITHER (1) NO PORTION OF THE ASSETS USED BY SUCH HOLDER TO ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY CONSTITUTES THE ASSETS OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN THAT IS SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE U.S. EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME
SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), OF A PLAN, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER ARRANGEMENT THAT IS SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE U.S. INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE CODE) OR PROVISIONS UNDER ANY OTHER
FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, 

  
 App. - 5 

 NON-U.S. OR OTHER LAWS OR REGULATIONS THAT ARE
SIMILAR TO SUCH PROVISIONS OF ERISA OR THE CODE (“SIMILAR LAWS”), OR OF AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS ARE CONSIDERED TO INCLUDE PLAN ASSETS OF ANY SUCH PLAN, ACCOUNT OR ARRANGEMENT, OR (2) THE ACQUISITION AND HOLDING OF THIS
SECURITY WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR A SIMILAR VIOLATION UNDER ANY APPLICABLE SIMILAR LAWS. 

(ii) The Company, acting in its discretion, may remove the legend set forth in paragraph (i) above from any Transfer
Restricted Security at any time on or after the Resale Restriction Termination Date applicable to such Transfer Restricted Security. Without limiting the generality of the preceding sentence, the Company may effect such removal by issuing and
delivering, in exchange for such Transfer Restricted Security, a Note without such legend, registered to the same Holder and in an equal principal amount, and upon receipt of a written order of the Company given at least three Business Days in
advance of the proposed date of exchange specified therein (which shall be no earlier than the Resale Restriction Termination Date), the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver such Note as directed in such order. 

(c) Cancellation or Adjustment of Global Note. At such time as all beneficial interests in a Global Note have either been exchanged for
certificated Notes, redeemed, purchased or canceled, such Global Note shall be returned to the Trustee for cancellation or retained and canceled by the Trustee. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is
exchanged for certificated Notes, redeemed, purchased or canceled, or if any certificated Note is exchanged for such a beneficial interest, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced or increased, as appropriate,
and an adjustment shall be made on the books and records of the Trustee (if it is then the Notes Custodian for such Global Note) with respect to such Global Note, by the Trustee or the Notes Custodian, to reflect such reduction or increase, as the
case may be. 
 (d) Obligations with Respect to Transfers and Exchanges of Notes. 

(i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuers shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate
certificated Notes and Global Notes at the Registrar’s request. 
 (ii) No service charge shall be made for any
registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuers may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax, assessments or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes, assessments or
similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 3.06, 4.10, 4.15, 4.21 and 9.05 and of the Indenture). 

(iii) The Registrar shall not be required to register the transfer of or exchange of any Note or portion of a Note selected for
redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, it need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed. 

  
 App. - 6 

 (iv) Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Note,
the Issuers, the Guarantors, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar may deem and treat the Person in whose name a Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of, premium, if any,
and interest on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note is overdue, and none of the Issuers, the Guarantors, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 

(v) All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of this Indenture shall evidence the same debt and
shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange. 
 (e) No Obligation
of the Trustee. 
 (i) The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Note, a
member of, or a participant in the Depositary or other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of the Depositary or its nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect
to the delivery to any participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than the Depositary) of any notice (including any notice of optional redemption) or the payment of any amount, under or with respect to such Notes. All notices and
communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders under the Notes shall be given or made only to or upon the order of the registered Holders (which shall be the Depositary or its nominee in the case of a Global Note).
The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Note shall be exercised only through the Depositary subject to the applicable rules and procedures of the Depositary. The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information
furnished by the Depositary with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners. 
 (ii) The Trustee shall
have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under Applicable Law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers
between or among Depositary participants, members or beneficial owners in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly
required by, the terms of this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof. 

2.4 Certificated Notes. 

(a) A Global Note deposited with the Depositary or with the Trustee as custodian for the Depositary pursuant to Section 2.1 shall be
transferred to the beneficial owners thereof in the form of certificated Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such Global Note, in exchange for such Global Note, only if such transfer complies with Section 2.3
and (i) the Depositary notifies the Issuers that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for such Global Note or if at any time such Depositary ceases to be a “clearing agency” registered under the Exchange Act and in
either event a successor depositary is not appointed by the Issuers within 90 days, or (ii) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Depositary notifies the Trustee of its decision to exchange the Global Notes. Except as
provided in the preceding sentence, and notwithstanding any contrary indication in Section 2.3(b), beneficial interests in a Global Note may be exchanged for certificated Notes only with the consent of the Company, including if an affiliate (as
defined in Rule 144) of the Company acquires such interests. 

  
 App. - 7 

 (b) Any Global Note that is transferable to the beneficial owners thereof pursuant to this
Section shall be surrendered by the Depositary or the Notes Custodian to the Trustee located at its Corporate Trust Office to be so transferred, in whole or from time to time in part, without charge, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver,
upon such transfer of each portion of such Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of certificated Notes of authorized denominations. Any portion of a Global Note transferred pursuant to this Section shall be executed, authenticated and
delivered only in minimum denominations of $1 and integral multiples of $1 in excess thereof and registered in such names as the Depositary shall direct. Any certificated Note delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note shall, except as
otherwise provided by Section 2.3(b), bear the restricted Notes legend set forth in Exhibit 1 hereto. 
 (c) Subject to the provisions
of Section 2.4(b), the Holder of a Global Note shall be entitled to grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is
entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes. 
 (d) In the event of the occurrence of any of the circumstances specified in
Section 2.4(a), the Issuers shall promptly make available to the Trustee a reasonable supply of certificated Notes in definitive, fully registered form without interest coupons. 

  
 App. - 8 

 EXHIBIT 1 TO RULE 144A/REGULATION S APPENDIX 

[FORM OF FACE OF NOTE] 
 [Global
Notes Legend] 
 UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK
CORPORATION (“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO AN ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO., OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC) ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS
WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. 
 TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE
LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET
FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF. 
 [Restricted Notes Legend] 

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE
SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR
UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. 
 [FOR REGULATION S
ONLY: THIS SECURITY (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED IN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, ANY U.S. PERSON (AS
DEFINED IN REGULATION S) EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND ALL APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW, BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP INTERESTS IN THIS TEMPORARY
REGULATION S SECURITY SHALL NOT BE EXCHANGEABLE FOR DEFINITIVE SECURITIES THAT DO NOT CONTAIN A LEGEND CONTAINING RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER UNTIL THE EXPIRATION OF THE APPLICABLE “DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF
REGULATION S) AND THEN ONLY UPON CERTIFICATION IN FORM REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE TRUSTEE AND/OR TRANSFER AGENT, AS APPLICABLE, THAT SUCH BENEFICIAL INTERESTS ARE OWNED EITHER BY NON¬U.S. PERSONS OR U.S. PERSONS WHO PURCHASED SUCH INTERESTS
IN A TRANSACTION THAT DID NOT REQUIRE REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.] 

  
 Ex. 1 to App. - 1 

 SUBSEQUENT TO THE INITIAL ISSUANCE OF THIS CERTIFICATE, EACH HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS
ACCEPTANCE HEREOF REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”)) OR (B) IT IS NOT A “U.S. PERSON” AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN
AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS APPLICABLE TO IT IN THE JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH ACQUISITION IS MADE. 

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY AGREES (1) TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE APPLICABLE
HOLDING PERIOD WITH RESPECT TO RESTRICTED SECURITIES SET FORTH IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”), ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY OF THE COMPANY’S SUBSIDIARIES, (B) FOR SO LONG
AS THIS SECURITY IS ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED
INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHICH NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO PERSONS WHO ARE NOT “U.S. PERSONS” THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED
STATES IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS APPLICABLE TO THEM IN THE JURISDICTIONS IN WHICH SUCH PURCHASES ARE MADE, (D) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT
OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT, IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES, TO ANY REQUIREMENT OF LAW THAT THE DISPOSITION OF ITS PROPERTY OR THE PROPERTY OF SUCH INVESTOR
ACCOUNT OR ACCOUNTS BE AT ALL TIMES WITHIN ITS OR THEIR CONTROL AND, IN EACH CASE, IN COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY U.S. STATE OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION, AND (2) THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS
SECURITY IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND; PROVIDED, THAT THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE, WITH RESPECT TO THIS SECURITY SHALL HAVE THE RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER (I) PURSUANT TO CLAUSES
(B) AND (E), PRIOR TO THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE, OR PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (C), PRIOR TO, AND UPON COMPLETION OF, THE DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD (WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT), TO REQUIRE THE
DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM, AND (II) IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES, TO REQUIRE THAT A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING ON THE REVERSE OF THIS SECURITY IS
COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE AND/OR TRANSFER AGENT, AS APPLICABLE. 

  
 Ex. 1 to App. - 2 

 THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED AND
WARRANTED THAT EITHER (1) NO PORTION OF THE ASSETS USED BY SUCH HOLDER TO ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY CONSTITUTES THE ASSETS OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN THAT IS SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE U.S. EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974,
AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), OF A PLAN, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER ARRANGEMENT THAT IS SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE U.S. INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE CODE) OR PROVISIONS UNDER ANY OTHER FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER LAWS OR REGULATIONS THAT ARE SIMILAR TO SUCH PROVISIONS OF ERISA OR THE CODE (“SIMILAR LAWS”), OR OF AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS ARE CONSIDERED TO INCLUDE PLAN ASSETS OF ANY SUCH
PLAN, ACCOUNT OR ARRANGEMENT, OR (2) THE ACQUISITION AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR A
SIMILAR VIOLATION UNDER ANY APPLICABLE SIMILAR LAWS. 

  
 Ex. 1 to App. - 3 

 MARTIN MIDSTREAM PARTNERS L.P. 

MARTIN MIDSTREAM FINANCE CORP. 
  

			
	No.	  	
$                    

CUSIP No.    

ISIN No.    

 11.50% Senior Secured Second Lien Note due 2025 

Martin Midstream Partners L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and Martin Midstream Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation, jointly and
severally promise to pay to                     , or registered assigns, the principal sum of
                     Dollars [or such greater or lesser amount as may be indicated on Schedule A hereto]1 on February 28, 2025. 
 Interest Payment Dates: February 15 and August 15. 

Record Dates: February 1 and August 1. 

Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note. 

 

			
	MARTIN MIDSTREAM PARTNERS L.P.
		
	By:	 	Martin Midstream GP LLC,
		 	as general partner
		
	By:	 	
                     
    

	Name:	 	  

	Title:	 	  

	
	MARTIN MIDSTREAM FINANCE CORP.
		
	By:	 	
                     
    

	Name:	 	  

	Title:	 	  

  

	1 	 If this Note is a Global Note, add this provision. 

  
 Ex. 1 to App. - 4 

			
	TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF
	 AUTHENTICATION
  

	 U.S. Bank National Association,

as Trustee, certifies that

this is one of the Notes

referred to in the Indenture.
  

	By	 	  

		 	Authorized Signatory
	
	Dated:

  
 Ex. 1 to App. - 5 

 [FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF NOTE] 

11.50% Senior Secured Second Lien Note due 2025 

Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise
indicated. 
 1. Interest. Martin Midstream Partners L.P., a Delaware limited liability company (the ”Company”), and
Martin Midstream Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation (“Finance Corp.” and, together with the Company, the “Issuers”), jointly and severally promise to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of this Note at 11.50% per annum
until maturity. The Issuers will pay interest, if any, semi-annually in arrears on February 15 and August 15 of each year, commencing February 15, 2021, and at maturity or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next
succeeding Business Day (each an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from August 12, 2020; provided that if there is
no existing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding
Interest Payment Date, except in the case of the original issuance of Notes, in which case interest shall accrue from the date of authentication. The Issuers shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy
Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate that is the rate then in effect; they shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of
interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. 
 2. Method of Payment. Payments on Global Notes will be made through the facilities
of DTC. The Issuers will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the February 1 or August 1 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such
Notes are cancelled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.11 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. Holders must surrender Notes to collect payments of principal and
premium, if any, together with accrued and unpaid interest due at maturity. The Notes will be payable as to principal, premium, if any, and interest at the office or agency of the Issuers maintained for such purpose within the City and State of New
York, or, at the option of the Issuers, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders, and provided that payment by wire transfer to an account in the United States of
immediately available funds will be required with respect to any amounts due on all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of at least $5.0 million principal amount of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Issuers or
the Paying Agent. Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. 

3. Paying Agent and Registrar. Initially, U.S. Bank National Association, the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and
Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity. 

  
 Ex. 1 to App. - 6 

 4. Indenture. The Issuers issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of
August 12, 2020 (“Indenture”) among the Issuers, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Collateral Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are
referred to the Indenture for a statement of such terms. The Notes are senior secured obligations of the Issuers limited to $291,969,885 aggregate principal amount. Any conflict between the Notes and the Indenture will be governed by the Indenture.
Each Holder, by accepting a Note, agrees to be bound by all of the terms and provisions of the Indenture, as the same may be amended from time to time. The Notes will be secured by Junior Liens on the Collateral pursuant to the Junior Lien
Collateral Documents. The rights of the Holders of the Notes with respect to the Collateral will be subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, the Collateral Agency Agreement and the other Junior Lien Collateral Documents. 

5. Optional Redemption. 

(a) Except as set forth in subparagraphs (b), (c) and (d) of this Paragraph 5, the Issuers shall not have the option to redeem the
Notes prior to August 12, 2022. On or after August 12, 2022, the Issuers shall have the option on one or more occasions to redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, upon prior notice as set forth in Paragraph 8, at the redemption price
equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date
that is on or prior to the redemption date). 
 (b) Notwithstanding the provisions of subparagraph (a) of this Paragraph 5, at any
time prior to August 12, 2022, the Issuers may on one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture at a redemption price of 111.500% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and
unpaid interest, if any, thereon to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date that is on or prior to the redemption date), with the net cash
proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings by the Company; provided that (i) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption
(excluding any Notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries) and (ii) each such redemption occurs within 180 days of the date of the closing of each such Equity Offering. 

(c) Prior to August 12, 2022, the Issuers may on one or more occasions redeem all or part of the Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than
60 days’ notice, at a redemption price equal to the sum of (1) 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus (2) accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record
date to receive interest due on an interest payment date that is on or prior to the redemption date), plus (3) the Make Whole Premium at the redemption date. 

(d) The Notes may also be redeemed, as a whole, following certain Change of Control Offers, at the redemption price and subject to the
conditions set forth in Section 4.15(5) of the Indenture. 

  
 Ex. 1 to App. - 7 

 6. Mandatory Redemption. 

Except as set forth in Paragraph 7 below, neither of the Issuers shall be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with
respect to the Notes or to repurchase the Notes at the option of the Holders. 
 7. Repurchase at Option of Holder. 

(a) Within 30 days following the occurrence of a Change of Control, unless the Issuers have previously or concurrently exercised their right to
redeem all of the Notes as described in paragraph 5 above, the Company shall make an offer (a “Change of Control Offer”) to repurchase all or any part (equal to a minimum of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess of $2,000) of
each Holder’s Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of settlement (the “Change of Control Settlement Date”), subject to
the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date that is on or prior to the Change of Control Settlement Date. Within 30 days following a Change of Control, unless the Issuers have
previously or concurrently exercised their right to redeem all of the Notes as described in paragraph 5 above, the Company shall mail (or otherwise send pursuant to the applicable procedures of the Depositary) a notice of the Change of Control Offer
to each Holder and the Trustee describing the transaction that constitutes the Change of Control and setting forth the procedures governing the Change of Control Offer as required by Section 4.15 of the Indenture. 

(b) On the 361st day after an Asset Sale, if the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds then exceeds $10.0 million, after making any required
offer to holders of Priority Lien Obligations and Senior Secured Lien Debt, the Company shall commence an offer to all Holders of Notes (an “Asset Sale Offer”) pursuant to Section 3.09 of the Indenture, and to all holders of
other Junior Lien Debt then outstanding, to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes and other Junior Lien Debt that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds, at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount of
the Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to the date of settlement, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date that is on or prior to the Settlement
Date, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company may use such remaining Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the
Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other Junior Lien Debt surrendered by Holders thereof and other Junior Lien Debt surrendered by holders or lenders, collectively, exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall
select the Notes and the Company will select such other Junior Lien Debt to be purchased on a pro rata basis (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Trustee so that only Notes in minimum denominations of $1 principal amount and in
multiples of $1 in excess thereof, shall be purchased) on the basis of the aggregate principal amount of tendered Notes and other Junior Lien Debt. Holders of Notes that are the subject of an offer to purchase will receive an Asset Sale Offer from
the Company prior to any related purchase date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Notes. 

  
 Ex. 1 to App. - 8 

 (c) With respect to each ECF Period, if the Excess Cash Flow Offer Amount exceeds
$1.0 million and, as of the end of such ECF Period, the Company’s Total Leverage Ratio is greater than 3.75 to 1.00, on or before the March 15 following such ECF Period (or, if on such March 15 the Excess Cash Flow Offer for such
ECF Period is prohibited by the Credit Agreement, no later than 30 days after the first subsequent date on which the Excess Cash Flow Offer for such ECF Period is no longer prohibited by the Credit Agreement), the Company shall commence an offer to
all Holders of Notes (an “Excess Cash Flow Offer”) pursuant to Section 4.21 of the Indenture to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes that may be purchased out of the Excess Cash Flow Offer Amount, at an offer price in
cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount of Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the date of settlement, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment
Date that is on or prior to the Excess Cash Flow Offer Date, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. If any Excess Cash Flow Offer Amount remain after consummation of an Excess Cash Flow Offer, the Company may use such
remaining Excess Cash Flow Offer Amount for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by Holders thereof exceeds the Excess Cash Flow Amount and, as of the end of such ECF Period,
the Company’s Total Leverage Ratio is greater than 3.75 to 1.00, on or before the March 15 following such ECF Period (or, if on such March 15 the Excess Cash Flow Offer for such ECF Period is prohibited by the Credit Agreement, no
later than 30 days after the first subsequent date on which the Excess Cash Flow Offer for such ECF Period is no longer prohibited by the Credit Agreement), the Trustee shall select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis (with such
adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Trustee so that only Notes in minimum denominations of $1 principal amount and integral multiples of $1 in excess thereof shall be purchased) on the basis of the aggregate principal amount of tendered
Notes. Holders of Notes that are the subject of an offer to purchase will receive an Excess Cash Flow Offer from the Company prior to any related purchase date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option
of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Notes. 
 8. Notice of Redemption. Notice of redemption will be sent at least
30 days but not more than 60 days (except as otherwise provided in the Indenture if the notice is issued in connection with a Legal Defeasance, Covenant Defeasance or Discharge) before the redemption date to each Holder whose Notes are to be
redeemed at its registered address. If sent in the manner provided for in Section 3.03 of the Indenture, the notice of optional redemption shall be conclusively presumed to have been given whether or not a Holder receives such notice. Failure
to give timely notice or any defect in the notice shall not affect the validity of the redemption. Notes in denominations larger than $1 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be
redeemed. On and after the redemption date interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption. 
 9.
Guarantees. The payment by the Issuers of the principal of and premium and interest on the Notes is fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a joint and several senior secured basis by each of the Guarantors to the extent set forth in the
Indenture. 
 10. Denominations, Transfer, Exchange. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in minimum denominations of $1
principal amount and in multiples of $1 in excess thereof. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish
appropriate endorsements and transfer documents, and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes due on transfer or exchange. The Issuers need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption,
except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, they need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed. 

  
 Ex. 1 to App. - 9 

 11. Persons Deemed Owners. The registered holder of a Note may be treated as its
owner for all purposes. 
 12. Amendment, Supplement and Waiver. Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture or the Notes may be
amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, and any existing default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent
of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes. Without the consent of any Holder of a Note, the Indenture or the Notes may be amended or supplemented as provided in the Indenture. 

13. Defaults and Remedies. Events of Default include: (i) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on the Notes;
(ii) default in payment when due of the principal of or premium, if any, on the Notes when due at Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon required repurchase, upon declaration or otherwise; (iii) failure by the Company to comply
with Section 3.09, 4.10, 4.15, 4.21 or 5.01 of the Indenture; (iv) failure by the Company for 60 days after notice to comply with Section 4.03 of the Indenture; (v) failure by the Company for 60 days after notice to comply with
any of its other agreements in the Indenture or the Notes; (vi) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), whether such Indebtedness or guarantee exists on the Issue Date or is created after the Issue Date, if such default
(a) is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or premium or interest, if any, on such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of any grace period provided in such Indebtedness (a “Payment Default”) or (b) results in the
acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its Stated Maturity and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the
maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates in excess of $20.0 million, provided that if any such Payment Default is cured or waived or any such acceleration rescinded, or such Indebtedness is repaid, within a period of 30 days from
the continuation of such Payment Default beyond the applicable grace period or the occurrence of such acceleration, as the case may be, such Event of Default and any consequential acceleration of the Notes shall be automatically rescinded, so long
as such rescission does not conflict with any judgment or decree; (vii) failure by Finance Corp. the Company or any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken
as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary of the Company to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $20.0 million (to the extent not covered by insurance by a reputable and creditworthy insurer as to which the insurer has not
disclaimed coverage), which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days; (viii) except as permitted by the Indenture, any Subsidiary Guarantee is held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or ceases
for any reason to be in full force and effect or any Guarantor, or any Person validly acting on behalf of any Guarantor, denies or disaffirms in writing its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee; (ix) certain events of bankruptcy,
insolvency or reorganization with respect to the Company, Finance Corp., any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary of the Company or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together,
would constitute a Significant Subsidiary of the Company as specified in Section 6.01(i) or 6.01(j) of the 

  
 Ex. 1 to App. - 10 

 
Indenture and (x) occurrence of the following (a) except as permitted by the Junior Lien Documents, any Junior Lien Document establishing the Junior Liens in favor of the Collateral
Trustee ceases for any reason to be enforceable; provided that it will not be an Event of Default under this clause (x)(a) if the sole result of the failure of one or more Junior Lien Documents to be fully enforceable is that any Junior Lien
purported to be granted under such Junior Lien Collateral Documents on Collateral, individually or in the aggregate, having a fair market value of not more than $20.0 million, ceases to be an enforceable and perfected Junior Lien;
(b) except as permitted by the Junior Lien Documents or as a direct result of the failure of the Collateral Trustee to act in accordance with the Junior Lien Documents, any Junior Lien purported to be granted under any Junior Lien Collateral
Document on Collateral, individually or in the aggregate, having a fair market value in excess of $20.0 million ceases to be an enforceable and perfected third-priority Lien (subject to the Intercreditor Agreement and Permitted Liens); and
(c) the Company or Finance Corp. or any Guarantor, or any Person acting on behalf of any of them, denies or disaffirms, in writing, any obligation of the Company or any Guarantor set forth in or arising under any Junior Lien Collateral Document
establishing Junior Liens. If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee, by notice to the Issuers, or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, by notice to the Issuers and the Trustee, may
declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the preceding, in the case of an Event of Default arising from such events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization described in Section 6.01(i) or 6.01(j) of the
Indenture, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable without further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture or the Junior Lien Documents. Subject to certain limitations,
Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power conferred on it. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of
Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal, interest or premium) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by
notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of or
premium or interest on the Notes. The Issuers are required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture and the Junior Lien Documents, and, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Issuers are required to
deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days of any Officer of the General Partner or Finance Corp. becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, unless such Default or Event of Default has been cured before the end of the 30-day period, a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default. 
 14. Defeasance and
Discharge. The Notes are subject to defeasance and discharge upon the terms and conditions specified in the Indenture. 
 15. No
Recourse Against Others. None of the General Partner or any past, present or future director, officer, partner, employee, incorporator, manager or unitholder or other owner of Capital Stock of the General Partner, the Issuers or any Guarantor,
as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or any Guarantor under the Notes, the Subsidiary Guarantees or the Indenture, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each
Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes. 

  
 Ex. 1 to App. - 11 

 16. Authentication. This Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual
signature of an authorized signatory of the Trustee or an authenticating agent. 
 17. Abbreviations. Customary abbreviations may be
used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform
Gifts to Minors Act). 
 18. CUSIP Numbers. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security
Identification Procedures, the Issuers have caused CUSIP numbers and corresponding ISIN numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers and corresponding ISIN numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No
representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 

19. Governing Law. THE INDENTURE AND THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW
YORK. 
 20. Successors. In the event a successor assumes all the obligations of an Issuer under the Notes and the Indenture, pursuant
to the terms thereof, such Issuer will be released from all such obligations. 
 21. Security and Collateral. The Notes will be
entitled to the benefits of certain Collateral pledged for the benefit of the Holders pursuant to the terms of the Junior Lien Collateral Documents subject to the rights of holders of certain Indebtedness under the Intercreditor Agreement and the
Collateral Agency Agreement. Reference is hereby made to the Junior Lien Collateral Documents, Intercreditor Agreement and Collateral Agency Agreement for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and obligations thereunder
of the Company, the Guarantors, the Collateral Trustee, the Trustee and the Holders. The Company agrees, and each Holder by accepting a Note agrees, to the provisions contained in the Indenture, Junior Lien Collateral Documents, Collateral Agency
Agreement and Intercreditor Agreement and authorizes the Collateral Trustee and the Trustee to give them effect and appoints the Trustee as attorney-in-fact for such
purpose. 
 The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to:

 Martin Midstream Partners L.P. 

4200 Stone Road 
 Kilgore, Texas
75662 
 Attention: Chief Financial Officer 

  
 Ex. 1 to App. - 12 

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 

I or we assign and transfer this Note to 
  

 
 Print or type assignee’s name,
address and zip code) 
  
  

(Insert assignee’s Soc. Sec. or tax I.D. No.) 

and irrevocably
appoint                                     agent to transfer
this Note on the books of the Issuers. The agent may substitute another to act for him. 
  

									
	Date:	  	  
	  		  	Your Signature:	  	  

		  		  		  	Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.

  

			
	Signature Guarantee:
	
	  

	(Signature must be guaranteed)

 Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar,
which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in
substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 
  

 
 In connection with any transfer of any of the Notes
evidenced by this certificate occurring prior to one year after the later of the date of original issuance of such Notes (or the date of any subsequent reopening of the Notes) and the last date, if any, on which such Notes were owned by an Issuer or
any Affiliate of an Issuer (or, in the case of Regulation S Notes, prior to the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period), the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being transferred in accordance with its terms: 

CHECK ONE BOX BELOW 
  

					
	(1)	  	☐	  	to an Issuer; or
			
	(2)	  	☐	  	pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933; or
			
	(3)	  	☐	  	to a person who the undersigned reasonably believes is a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933) that is purchasing for its own account or for the account of a
qualified institutional buyer to whom notice is given that such transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, in each case pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933; or

  
 Ex. to App. - 13 

					
	(4)	  	☐	  	outside the United States in an offshore transaction within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act in compliance with Rule 904 under the Securities Act of 1933; or
			
	(5)	  	☐	  	pursuant to another available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933.

 Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate
in the name of any person other than the registered holder thereof; provided, however, that if box (4) or (5) is checked, the Trustee shall be entitled to require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes, such legal opinions,
certifications and other information as the Company has reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933,
such as the exemption provided by Rule 144 under such Act. 
  

	
	  
 Signature

  
 Ex. to App. - 14 

 TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (3) ABOVE IS CHECKED. 

The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment
discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges
that it has received such information regarding the Issuers and any Guarantors as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the
undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A. 
  

							
	Dated:
	 	  
	 		  	  

		 		 		  	Notice: To be executed by an executive officer

  
 Ex. to App. - 15 

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10, 4.15 or 4.21 of the Indenture, check the box
below: 
  

					
	☐ Section 4.10	  	☐ Section 4.15	  	☐ Section 4.21

 If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to
Section 4.10, Section 4.15 or Section 4.21 of the Indenture, state the amount (in minimum denomination of $1) you elect to have purchased: $____________ 
  

									
	Date:	 	  
	 		 	Your Signature:	  	  

		 		 		 		  	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)

 Soc. Sec. or Tax Identification No.:
                     
  

			
	Signature Guarantee:	 	  

		 	(Signature must be guaranteed)

 Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the
Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in
substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

  
 Ex. to App. - 16 

 [TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTE] 

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE 

The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made: 
  

									
	 Date
	  	 Amount of

decrease in
 Principal

Amount of this
 Global Note
	  	 Amount of

increase in
 Principal

Amount of this
 Global Note
	  	 Principal
Amount of this
Global Note
following
such
decrease or
increase
	  	 Signature of
authorized
officer

of Trustee or

Notes Custodian

  
 Ex. to App. - 17 

 SCHEDULE I 

AGREEMENT WITH AFFILIATES 
 Each
of the following is an agreement referred to clause (4) of the second paragraph of Section 4.11: 
  

	1.	 Omnibus Agreement dated November 1, 2002, as amended by Amendment No. 1 to Omnibus Agreement on
November 25, 2009, as amended by Amendment No. 2 to Omnibus Agreement on October 1, 2012, as amended by Amendment No. 3 to Omnibus Agreement on January 2, 2019, between Martin Resource Management Corporation
(“MRMC”), Martin Midstream GP LLC (“General Partner”), Martin Midstream Partners L.P. (“MMLP”) and MOP. 

  

	2.	 Marine Fuel Agreement dated November 1, 2002 between Martin Energy Services LLC and Martin Operating
Partnership L.P. 

  

	3.	 Lubricants & Drilling Fluids Terminal Services Agreement dated December 23, 2003 between Martin
Energy Services LLC and Martin Operating Partnership L.P. 

  

	4.	 Marine Transportation Agreement dated January 1, 2006 between Martin Operating Partnership L.P. and Martin
Resource Management Corporation. 

  

	5.	 Terminalling Services Agreement (Prime) dated October 4, 2006 between Martin Operating Partnership L.P.
and Martin Product Sales LLC. 

  

	6.	 Terminalling Services Agreement (Monarch) dated October 2, 2007 between Martin Operating Partnership L.P.
and Martin Product Sales LLC. 

  

	7.	 Terminalling Services Agreement for hot oil tanks at Stanolind and Neches dated April 1, 2008 between
Martin Operating Partnership L.P. and Martin Product Sales LLC. 

  

	8.	 2014 Amended and Restated Tolling Agreement dated August 1, 2012 between Martin Operating Partnership L.P.
and Cross Oil Refining & Marketing, Inc. 

  

	9.	 Amended and Restated Terminalling Services Agreement dated October 28, 2014 between Martin Operating
Partnership L.P. and Martin Product Sales LLC. 

  

	10.	 Fully Found Charter (MV Laforce & M-6000) dated
December 22, 2010 between Martin Energy Services LLC and Martin Operating Partnership L.P. 

  

	11.	 Crude Oil Handling and Transportation Agreement dated October 1, 2011 between Cross Oil
Refining & Marketing, Inc. and Martin Operating Partnership L.P. 

  

	12.	 Indemnification Agreement dated May 24, 2019 between Martin Transport, Inc. and Martin Energy Services LLC

  

	13.	 Letter Agreement for Sales of Lubricants dated February 18, 2013 between Martin Operating Partnership L.P.
and Martin Energy Services LLC 

  
 SCHEDULE I

	14.	 Letter Agreement re: ULSD Spot Purchases dated July 24, 2018 between Martin Transport, Inc. and Cross Oil
Refining & Marketing, Inc. 

  

	15.	 Master Transportation Services Agreement dated January 1, 2019 between Martin Resource Management
Corporation, Cross Oil Refining & Marketing, Inc., Martin Product Sales LLC, Martin Energy Services LLC and Martin Transport, Inc. 

  

	16.	 Option Agreement dated February 22, 2017 between Martin Product Sales LLC and Martin Operating Partnership
L.P. (as successor by merger to MEH South Texas Terminals LLC) 

  

	17.	 Railcar Sublease Agreement dated June 26, 2018 between Martin Operating Partnership L.P. and Cross Oil
Refining & Marketing, Inc. 

  

	18.	 Second Amended and Restated Terminalling Services Agreement (Fuel) dated October 1, 2017 between Martin
Operating Partnership L.P. and Martin Energy Services LLC 

  

	19.	 Services Agreement dated January 1, 2016 between Cross Oil Refining & Marketing, Inc. and Martin
Operating Partnership L.P. 

  

	20.	 Terminalling Services Agreement (Hondo) dated February 27, 2017 between Martin Resource Management
Corporation, Martin Product Sales LLC and Martin Operating Partnership L.P. (as successor by merger to MEH South Texas Terminals LLC) 

  

	21.	 Terminaling Agreement (Tank 1 – Neches) dated October 1, 2004 between Martin Operating Partnership
L.P. and Cross Oil Refining & Marketing, Inc. 

  

	22.	 Terminalling Services Agreement (Lubricants) dated January 1, 2015 between Martin Operating Partnership
L.P. and Martin Energy Services LLC 

  

	23.	 Terminalling Services Agreement (South Houston) dated August 19, 2006 between Martin Operating Partnership
L.P. and Martin Product Sales LLC 

  

	24.	 Title Indemnity Agreement dated August 26, 2010 between Martin Energy Services LLC and Martin Operating
Partnership L.P. 

  

	25.	 Trademark License Agreement dated April 27, 2015 between Cross Oil Refining & Marketing, Inc. and
Martin Operating Partnership L.P. 

  
 SCHEDULE I - 2 

 SCHEDULE II 

POST-CLOSING COLLATERAL 
 All right, title and
interest of each Issuer and each Guarantor in and to any and all real property of whatever nature, in which such Issuer or Guarantor, as applicable, has an interest, together with and including such Issuer’s or Guarantor’s right, title and
interest in and to all buildings, structures, fixtures and improvements of every nature whatsoever now or hereafter situated on such real property; all rights, benefits, privileges, tenements, hereditaments and other appurtenances on any such real
property or otherwise appertaining to or benefitting any such real property and/or the improvements situated thereon, including, without limitation, all mineral rights, development rights, air and water rights, subsurface rights, vested rights
entitling, or prospective rights which may entitle, the owner, lessee or easement holder of any such real property to related easements, land use rights and viewshed rights; density credits, water, sewer, electrical and other utility service,
credits and/or rebates; all easements, rights of way and other appurtenances used or connected with the beneficial use or enjoyment of any such real property; all rents, income and other benefits to which such Issuer or Guarantor, as applicable, may
now or hereafter be entitled from the property herein described; and any and all other property relating to, or held by such Issuer or Guarantor, as applicable, in connection with any of the foregoing, which property is customarily secured by a
mortgage of real property; but in each case only to the extent that, as of the Issue Date, the Priority Lien Secured Parties hold a mortgage, deed of trust, deed to secure debt or other security instrument (granted by the applicable Issuer or
Guarantor, as applicable, in favor of such Priority Lien Secured Parties) in such property heretofore described. 

  
 SCHEDULE II 

 ANNEX A 
  

 
 MARTIN MIDSTREAM PARTNERS L.P. 

MARTIN MIDSTREAM FINANCE CORP. 

and 
 the Guarantors named herein

  
  

11.50% SENIOR SECURED SECOND LIEN NOTES DUE 2025 
  

 
  

 
  

FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE 

DATED AS OF                     
        ,              

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, 

Trustee and Collateral Trustee 
  

 
  

 

  
 A-1 

 This SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, dated as of ___________ __, ____, is among Martin Midstream
Partners L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “Company”), Martin Midstream Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation (“Finance Corp.” and, together with the Company, the “Issuers”), each of the parties identified under
the caption “Guarantors” on the signature page hereto (the “Guarantors”), U.S. Bank National Association, a national banking association, as Trustee, and U.S. Bank National Association, a national banking association, as
Collateral Trustee. 
 RECITALS 

WHEREAS, the Issuers, the initial Guarantors, the Trustee and the Collateral Trustee entered into an Indenture, dated as of August 12,
2020 (the “Indenture”), pursuant to which the Company has issued $_________________ in the aggregate principal amount of 11.50% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes due 2025 (the “Notes”); 

WHEREAS, Section 9.01(g) of the Indenture provides that the Issuers, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Collateral Trustee may amend or
supplement the Indenture in order to comply with Section 4.13 or 10.03 thereof, without the consent of the Holders of the Notes; and 

WHEREAS, all acts and things prescribed by the Indenture, by law and by the Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws (or comparable
constituent documents) of the Issuers, of the Guarantors and of the Trustee and Collateral Trustee necessary to make this Supplemental Indenture a valid instrument legally binding on the Issuers, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Collateral
Trustee, in accordance with its terms, have been duly done and performed; 
 NOW, THEREFORE, to comply with the provisions of the Indenture
and in consideration of the above premises, the Issuers, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Collateral Trustee covenant and agree for the equal and proportionate benefit of the respective Holders of the Notes as follows: 

ARTICLE 1 
 Section 1.01.
This Supplemental Indenture is supplemental to the Indenture and does and shall be deemed to form a part of, and shall be construed in connection with and as part of, the Indenture for any and all purposes. 

Section 1.02. This Supplemental Indenture shall become effective immediately upon its execution and delivery by each of the Issuers, the
Guarantors, the Trustee and the Collateral Trustee. 
 ARTICLE 2 

From this date, in accordance with Section 4.13 or 10.03 and by executing this Supplemental Indenture, the Guarantors whose signatures
appear below are subject to the provisions of the Indenture to the extent provided for in Article 10 thereunder. 
 ARTICLE 3 

Section 3.01. Except as specifically modified herein, the Indenture and the Notes are in all respects ratified and confirmed (mutatis
mutandis) and shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with their terms with all capitalized terms used herein without definition having the same respective meanings ascribed to them as in the Indenture. 

  
 A-2 

 Section 3.02. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, no duties,
responsibilities or liabilities are assumed, or shall be construed to be assumed, by the Trustee or Collateral Trustee by reason of this Supplemental Indenture. This Supplemental Indenture is executed and accepted by the Trustee and the Collateral
Trustee subject to all the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture with the same force and effect as if those terms and conditions were repeated at length herein and made applicable to the Trustee and the Collateral Trustee with respect
hereto. Neither the Trustee nor the Collateral Trustee make any representation or warranty as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or the Guarantors’ Guarantees. Additionally, neither the Trustee nor the Collateral
Trustee shall be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or with respect to any of the recitals or statements contained herein, all of which recitals or statements are made solely by the Issuers and the Guarantors, and neither the Trustee nor the
Collateral Trustee make any representation with respect to any such matters. 
 Section 3.03. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE
GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 
 Section 3.04. The parties may sign any number of
copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of such executed copies together shall represent the same agreement. 

[NEXT PAGE IS SIGNATURE PAGE] 

  
 A-3 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly
executed, all as of the date first written above. 
  

			
	MARTIN MIDSTREAM PARTNERS L.P.
		
	By:	 	Martin Midstream GP LLC,
		 	as general partner
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	  

	Title:	 	  

	
	MARTIN MIDSTREAM FINANCE CORP.
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	  

	Title:	 	  

	
	GUARANTORS
	[                                    
                                ]
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	  

	Title:	 	  

  
 A-4 

 
					
	U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
	Trustee and Collateral Trustee
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:	 	  

		 	Title:	 	  

  
 A-5EX-4.3

 Exhibit 4.3 

Execution Version 
  

 
 MARTIN MIDSTREAM PARTNERS L.P. 

MARTIN MIDSTREAM FINANCE CORP. 

AND 
 THE GUARANTORS NAMED ON THE
SIGNATURE PAGES HEREOF 
  
  

10.00% SENIOR SECURED 1.5 LIEN NOTES DUE 2024 
  

 
 INDENTURE 

Dated as of August 12, 2020 
  

 
 U.S. BANK
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, 
 As Trustee 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, 

As Collateral Trustee 
  

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

 

							
		 		  	 	Page	 
		
	 ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
	  	 	1	 
	 Section 1.01.
	 	Definitions	  	 	1	 
	 Section 1.02.
	 	Other Definitions	  	 	28	 
	 Section 1.03.
	 	[Reserved]	  	 	29	 
	 Section 1.04.
	 	Rules of Construction	  	 	29	 
		
	 ARTICLE 2 THE NOTES
	  	 	29	 
	 Section 2.01.
	 	Form and Dating	  	 	29	 
	 Section 2.02.
	 	Execution and Authentication	  	 	30	 
	 Section 2.03.
	 	Registrar and Paying Agent	  	 	30	 
	 Section 2.04.
	 	Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust	  	 	31	 
	 Section 2.05.
	 	Noteholder Lists	  	 	31	 
	 Section 2.06.
	 	Transfer and Exchange	  	 	31	 
	 Section 2.07.
	 	Replacement Notes	  	 	31	 
	 Section 2.08.
	 	Outstanding Notes	  	 	32	 
	 Section 2.09.
	 	Temporary Notes	  	 	32	 
	 Section 2.10.
	 	Cancellation	  	 	32	 
	 Section 2.11.
	 	Defaulted Interest	  	 	32	 
	 Section 2.12.
	 	CUSIP Numbers	  	 	33	 
	 Section 2.13.
	 	Computation of Interest	  	 	33	 
	 Section 2.14.
	 	Persons Deemed Owners	  	 	33	 
		
	 ARTICLE 3 REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT
	  	 	33	 
	 Section 3.01.
	 	Notices to Trustee	  	 	33	 
	 Section 3.02.
	 	Selection of Notes to be Redeemed	  	 	33	 
	 Section 3.03.
	 	Notice of Redemption	  	 	34	 
	 Section 3.04.
	 	Effect of Notice of Redemption	  	 	35	 
	 Section 3.05.
	 	Deposit of Redemption Price	  	 	35	 
	 Section 3.06.
	 	Notes Redeemed in Part	  	 	36	 
	 Section 3.07.
	 	Optional Redemption	  	 	36	 
	 Section 3.08.
	 	Mandatory Redemption	  	 	37	 
	 Section 3.09.
	 	Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds	  	 	37	 
		
	 ARTICLE 4 COVENANTS
	  	 	38	 
	 Section 4.01.
	 	Payment of Notes	  	 	38	 
	 Section 4.02.
	 	Maintenance of Office or Agency	  	 	39	 
	 Section 4.03.
	 	Reports	  	 	40	 
	 Section 4.04.
	 	Compliance Certificate	  	 	41	 
	 Section 4.05.
	 	Taxes	  	 	42	 
	 Section 4.06.
	 	Stay, Extension and Usury Laws	  	 	42	 
	 Section 4.07.
	 	Limitation on Restricted Payments	  	 	42	 
	 Section 4.08.
	 	Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries	  	 	45	 
	 Section 4.09.
	 	Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock	  	 	47	 
	 Section 4.10.
	 	Limitation on Asset Sales	  	 	50	 

  
 ii 

							
	 Section 4.11.
	 	Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates	  	 	52	 
	 Section 4.12.
	 	Limitation on Liens	  	 	53	 
	 Section 4.13.
	 	Additional Subsidiary Guarantees	  	 	53	 
	 Section 4.14.
	 	Corporate Existence	  	 	53	 
	 Section 4.15.
	 	Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control	  	 	54	 
	 Section 4.16.
	 	No Inducements	  	 	56	 
	 Section 4.17.
	 	Permitted Business Activities	  	 	56	 
	 Section 4.18.
	 	Sale and Leaseback Transactions	  	 	57	 
	 Section 4.19.
	 	[Reserved]	  	 	57	 
	 Section 4.20.
	 	Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries	  	 	57	 
	 Section 4.21.
	 	[Reserved]	  	 	58	 
	 Section 4.22.
	 	Optional Repurchases of Existing 2021 Notes	  	 	58	 
	 Section 4.23.
	 	Participation in Industry Conferences or Conventions	  	 	58	 
		
	 ARTICLE 5 SUCCESSORS
	  	 	58	 
	 Section 5.01.
	 	Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets	  	 	58	 
	 Section 5.02.
	 	Successor Substituted	  	 	60	 
		
	 ARTICLE 6 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
	  	 	60	 
	 Section 6.01.
	 	Events of Default	  	 	60	 
	 Section 6.02.
	 	Acceleration	  	 	63	 
	 Section 6.03.
	 	Other Remedies	  	 	63	 
	 Section 6.04.
	 	Waiver of Past Defaults	  	 	63	 
	 Section 6.05.
	 	Control by Majority	  	 	64	 
	 Section 6.06.
	 	Limitation on Suits	  	 	64	 
	 Section 6.07.
	 	Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment	  	 	64	 
	 Section 6.08.
	 	Collection Suit by Trustee	  	 	65	 
	 Section 6.09.
	 	Trustee May File Proofs of Claim	  	 	65	 
	 Section 6.10.
	 	Priorities	  	 	65	 
	 Section 6.11.
	 	Undertaking for Costs	  	 	66	 
		
	 ARTICLE 7 TRUSTEE
	  	 	66	 
	 Section 7.01.
	 	Duties of Trustee	  	 	66	 
	 Section 7.02.
	 	Rights of Trustee	  	 	67	 
	 Section 7.03.
	 	Individual Rights of Trustee	  	 	68	 
	 Section 7.04.
	 	Trustee’s Disclaimer	  	 	69	 
	 Section 7.05.
	 	Notice of Defaults	  	 	69	 
	 Section 7.06.
	 	[Reserved]	  	 	69	 
	 Section 7.07.
	 	Compensation and Indemnity	  	 	69	 
	 Section 7.08.
	 	Replacement of Trustee	  	 	70	 
	 Section 7.09.
	 	Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.	  	 	71	 
	 Section 7.10.
	 	Eligibility; Disqualification	  	 	71	 
	 Section 7.11.
	 	Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuers	  	 	71	 
		
	 ARTICLE 8 LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
	  	 	71	 
	 Section 8.01.
	 	Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance	  	 	71	 
	 Section 8.02.
	 	Legal Defeasance and Discharge	  	 	72	 
	 Section 8.03.
	 	Covenant Defeasance	  	 	72	 
	 Section 8.04.
	 	Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance	  	 	73	 

  
 iii 

							
	 Section 8.05.
	 	Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions	  	 	74	 
	 Section 8.06.
	 	Repayment to Issuers	  	 	75	 
	 Section 8.07.
	 	Reinstatement	  	 	75	 
	 Section 8.08.
	 	Discharge	  	 	75	 
		
	 ARTICLE 9 AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
	  	 	76	 
	 Section 9.01.
	 	Without Consent of Holders of Notes	  	 	76	 
	 Section 9.02.
	 	With Consent of Holders of Notes	  	 	78	 
	 Section 9.03.
	 	Tender or Exchange Consents	  	 	79	 
	 Section 9.04.
	 	Revocation and Effect of Consents	  	 	80	 
	 Section 9.05.
	 	Notation on or Exchange of Notes	  	 	80	 
	 Section 9.06.
	 	Trustee and Collateral Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.	  	 	80	 
	 Section 9.07.
	 	Effect of Supplemental Indentures.	  	 	80	 
		
	 ARTICLE 10 GUARANTEES OF NOTES
	  	 	80	 
	 Section 10.01.
	 	Subsidiary Guarantees	  	 	80	 
	 Section 10.02.
	 	[Reserved]	  	 	81	 
	 Section 10.03.
	 	Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms	  	 	82	 
	 Section 10.04.
	 	Releases of Subsidiary Guarantees	  	 	82	 
	 Section 10.05.
	 	Execution and Delivery of Guaranty	  	 	83	 
	 Section 10.06.
	 	Limitation on Guarantor Liability	  	 	83	 
		
	 ARTICLE 11 MISCELLANEOUS
	  	 	83	 
	 Section 11.01.
	 	Trust Indenture Act Not Applicable	  	 	83	 
	 Section 11.02.
	 	Notices	  	 	83	 
	 Section 11.03.
	 	Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes	  	 	85	 
	 Section 11.04.
	 	Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent	  	 	85	 
	 Section 11.05.
	 	Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion	  	 	85	 
	 Section 11.06.
	 	Rules by Trustee and Agents	  	 	86	 
	 Section 11.07.
	 	No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Unitholders	  	 	86	 
	 Section 11.08.
	 	Governing Law	  	 	87	 
	 Section 11.09.
	 	No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements	  	 	87	 
	 Section 11.10.
	 	Successors	  	 	87	 
	 Section 11.11.
	 	Severability	  	 	87	 
	 Section 11.12.
	 	Table of Contents, Headings, etc.	  	 	87	 
	 Section 11.13.
	 	Counterparts	  	 	87	 
	 Section 11.14.
	 	Acts of Holders	  	 	87	 
	 Section 11.15.
	 	Patriot Act	  	 	89	 
	 Section 11.16.
	 	Benefits of Indenture	  	 	89	 
	 Section 11.17.
	 	Language of Notices, Etc.	  	 	90	 
	 Section 11.18.
	 	Payment Date Other Than a Business Day	  	 	90	 
	 Section 11.19.
	 	Waiver of Jury Trial	  	 	90	 
	 Section 11.20.
	 	Force Majeure	  	 	90	 
	 ARTICLE 12 Collateral and Security
	  	 	90	 
	 Section 12.01.
	 	Security Interest Requirements	  	 	90	 
	 Section 12.02.
	 	Post-Issue Date Collateral Requirements	  	 	92	 
	 Section 12.03.
	 	Further Assurances; Liens on Additional Property	  	 	92	 

  
 iv 

							
	 Section 12.04.
	 	Intercreditor Agreement	  	 	94	 
	 Section 12.05.
	 	Collateral Agency Agreement	  	 	95	 
	 Section 12.06.
	 	Release of Liens in Respect of Notes	  	 	95	 
	 Section 12.07.
	 	Release Documentation	  	 	96	 
	 Section 12.08.
	 	Collateral Trustee	  	 	96	 
	 Section 12.09.
	 	Purchaser Protected	  	 	97	 
	 Section 12.10.
	 	Authorization of Receipt of Funds by the Trustee under the Senior Secured Lien Collateral Documents	  	 	97	 
	 Section 12.11.
	 	Powers Exercisable by Receiver or Trustee	  	 	97	 

  
 v 

 APPENDIX, SCHEDULE AND ANNEX 

 

					
	 RULE 144A/REGULATION S APPENDIX
	  	 	App.-1	 
		
	 EXHIBIT 1 Form of Note
	  			
		
	 SCHEDULE I Agreements with Affiliates
	  	 	S-1	 
		
	 SCHEDULE II Post-Closing Collateral
	  	 	S-2	 
		
	 ANNEX A Form of Supplemental Indenture
	  	 	A-1	 

  

  
 vi 

 This Indenture, dated as August 12, 2020, is among Martin Midstream Partners L.P., a
Delaware limited partnership (referred to herein as the “Company”), Martin Midstream Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation (referred to herein as “Finance Corp.” and, together with the Company, the “Issuers”), the
guarantors listed on the signatures page hereof (each, referred to herein as a “Guarantor” and, collectively, the “Guarantors”), U.S. Bank National Association, a national banking association, as trustee (referred to herein as
the “Trustee”), and U.S. Bank National Association, a national banking association, as collateral trustee (referred to herein as the “Collateral Trustee”). 

The Issuers, the Guarantors, Trustee and the Collateral Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable
benefit of the Holders of the Issuers’ Notes: 
 ARTICLE 1 

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION 
 BY
REFERENCE 
 Section 1.01. Definitions. 

“Acquired Debt” means, with respect to any specified Person: 

(1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person was merged with or into or became a Subsidiary of
such specified Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Subsidiary of, such specified Person, but excluding Indebtedness which is
extinguished, retired or repaid in connection with such Person merging with or into or becoming a Subsidiary of such specified Person; and 

(2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person. 

“Act of Senior Secured Lien Debtholders” means, as to any matter at any time, a direction in writing delivered to the
Collateral Trustee by or with the written consent of the holders of Senior Secured Lien Debt representing the Required Senior Secured Lien Debtholders. 

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under
direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control,” as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of
the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise; provided, however, that beneficial ownership of 10% or more of the Voting Stock of a Person will be deemed to be control by the
other Person. For purposes of this definition, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with” have correlative meanings. 

“Agent” means any Registrar or Paying Agent. 

“Agent Members” has the meaning provided in the Appendix. 

 “Applicable Law,” except as the context may otherwise require, means all
applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, judgments, decrees, injunctions, writs and orders of any court or governmental or congressional agency or authority and rules, regulations, orders, licenses and permits of any United States federal,
state, municipal, regional, or other governmental body, instrumentality, agency or authority. 
 “Applicable Procedures”
means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in a Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary that apply to such transfer and exchange. 

“Asset Sale” means: 

(1) the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of any properties or assets (including by way of a sale and leaseback
transaction); provided, however, that the disposition of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole will be governed by the provisions of Section 4.15 and/or the
provisions of Section 5.01 and not by the provisions of Section 4.10; and 
 (2) the issuance of Equity Interests
in any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries or the sale of Equity Interests in any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. 

Notwithstanding the preceding, the following items will not be deemed to be Asset Sales: 

(1) any single transaction or series of related transactions that involves properties or assets having a fair market value of
less than $2.5 million; 
 (2) a transfer of properties or assets between or among any of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries; 
 (3) an issuance or sale of Equity Interests by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or to another
Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (4) the sale, lease or other disposition of equipment, inventory, accounts receivable or other
properties or assets in the ordinary course of business; 
 (5) the sale or other disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents,
Hedging Contracts or other financial instruments in the ordinary course of business; 
 (6) a Restricted Payment that is
permitted by Section 4.07 or a Permitted Investment; 
 (7) the creation or perfection of a Lien that is not prohibited
by Section 4.12; 
 (8) dispositions in connection with Permitted Liens; 

(9) surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract, tort or other claims of any
kind; 
 (10) the grant in the ordinary course of business of any non-exclusive
license of patents, trademarks, registrations therefor and other similar intellectual property; and 
 (11) an Asset Swap.

  
 2 

 “Asset Swap” means any substantially contemporaneous (and in any event
occurring within 180 days of each other) purchase and sale or exchange of any assets or properties used or useful in a Permitted Business between the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person for reasonably equivalent value;
provided that any cash received must be applied in accordance with Section 4.10 as if the Asset Swap were an Asset Sale. 

“Attributable Debt” in respect of a sale and leaseback transaction means, at the time of determination, the present value of
the obligation of the lessee for net rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such sale and leaseback transaction including any period for which such lease has been extended or may, at the option of the lessor, be extended.
Such present value shall be calculated using a discount rate equal to the rate of interest implicit in such transaction, determined in accordance with GAAP. As used in the preceding sentence, the “net rental payments” under any lease for
any such period shall mean the sum of rental and other payments required to be paid with respect to such period by the lessee thereunder, excluding any amounts required to be paid by such lessee on account of maintenance and repairs, insurance,
taxes, assessments, water rates or similar charges. In the case of any lease that is terminable by the lessee upon payment of penalty, such net rental payment shall also include the amount of such penalty, but no rent shall be considered as required
to be paid under such lease subsequent to the first date upon which it may be so terminated. 
 “Available Cash” has the
meaning assigned to such term in the Partnership Agreement, as in effect on the Issue Date. 
 “Bank Products” means each
and any of the following bank services provided to any Issuer or any Guarantor by any holder of Priority Lien Obligations or any Affiliate thereof: (a) commercial credit cards, (b) stored value cards, and (c) Treasury Management
Arrangements (including controlled disbursement, automated clearinghouse transactions, return items, overdrafts and interstate depository network services). 

“Banking Services Obligations” means any and all obligations of any Issuer and any Guarantor, whether absolute or contingent
and howsoever and whensoever created, arising, evidenced or acquired (including all renewals, extensions and modifications thereof and substitutions therefor) in connection with any Bank Product. 

“Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, United States Code, as may be amended from time to time, or any similar federal, state or
foreign law for the relief of debtors. 
 “Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used in
Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” will be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right
is currently exercisable or is exercisable only upon the occurrence of a subsequent condition. The terms “Beneficially Owns” and “Beneficially Owned” have correlative meanings. 

“Board of Directors” means: 

(1) with respect to Finance Corp., the board of directors of Finance Corp.; 

  
 3 

 (2) with respect to the Company, the Board of Directors of the General
Partner or any authorized committee thereof; and 
 (3) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such
Person serving a similar function. 
 “Board Resolution” means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an
Assistant Secretary of the applicable Person to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of such Person and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the Trustee. 

“Building” has the meaning assigned in the applicable Flood Insurance Regulations. 

“Business Day” means each day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in New York, New York
or another place of payment are authorized or required by law to close. 
 “Capital Stock” means: 

(1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock; 

(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other
equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock; 
 (3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company,
partnership interests (whether general or limited) or membership interests; and 
 (4) any other interest or participation
that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person. 

“Cash Equivalents” means: 

(1) United States dollars; 

(2) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or
instrumentality of the United States government (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support of those securities) having maturities of not more than six months from the date of acquisition; 

(3) marketable general obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision of any such
state or any public instrumentality thereof maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof and, at the time of acquisition thereof, having a credit rating of “A” or better from either S&P or Moody’s; 

(4) certificates of deposit, demand deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of
acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case, with any lender party to the Credit Agreement or with any domestic commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of
$500.0 million and a Thomson Bank Watch Rating of “B” or better; 

  
 4 

 (5) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for
underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2), (3) and (4) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above; 

(6) commercial paper having one of the two highest ratings obtainable from Moody’s or S&P and in each case maturing
within six months after the date of acquisition; and 
 (7) money market funds at least 95% of the assets of which constitute
Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (1) through (6) of this definition. 
 “Change of Control” means
the occurrence of any of the following: 
 (1) the direct or indirect sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition
(other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets (including Capital Stock of the Restricted Subsidiaries) of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries taken as a whole, to any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), excluding the Qualifying Owners; 

(2) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Company or removal of the General Partner by the
limited partners of the Company; 
 (3) the General Partner ceases to be the sole general partner of the Company; 

(4) the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or consolidation), the result of which is
that any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), excluding the Qualifying Owners, becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Voting Stock of the General Partner,
measured by voting power rather than number of shares, units or the like; or 
 (5) the consummation of any transaction
(including, without limitation, any merger or consolidation) the result of which is that any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), excluding the Qualifying Owners identified in clause (1) of the
definition of Qualifying Owners, becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Voting Stock of MRMC, measured by voting power rather than number of shares, units or the like, at a time when MRMC Beneficially Owns a
majority of the Voting Stock of the General Partner. 
 Notwithstanding the preceding, a conversion of the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries from a limited partnership, corporation, limited liability company or other form of entity to a limited liability company, corporation, limited partnership or other form of entity or an exchange of all of the outstanding Equity
Interests in one form of entity for Equity Interests in another form of entity shall not constitute a Change of Control, so long as following such conversion or exchange the “persons” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the
Exchange 

  
 5 

 
Act) who Beneficially Owned the Capital Stock of the Company immediately prior to such transactions continue to Beneficially Own in the aggregate more than 50% of the Voting Stock of such entity,
or continue to Beneficially Own sufficient Equity Interests in such entity to elect a majority of its directors, managers, trustees or other persons serving in a similar capacity for such entity or its general partner, as applicable, and, in either
case no “person” Beneficially Owns more than 50% of the Voting Stock of such entity or its general partner, as applicable. 

“Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, société anonyme, or any successor securities clearing agency.

 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and any successor statute. 

“Collateral” means all property wherever located and whether now owned or at any time acquired after the Issue Date by the
Company or any Guarantor as to which a Lien is granted under the Senior Secured Lien Collateral Documents to secure the Senior Secured Lien Obligations. 

“Collateral Agency Agreement” means the Collateral Agency Agreement, dated as of the Issue Date, among the Company, the
grantors and Guarantors from time to time party thereto, U.S. Bank National Association, as Collateral Trustee, U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee and Senior Secured Lien Representative for the Notes, and any other Senior Secured Lien
Representative of a Series of Senior Secured Lien Debt. 
 “Collateral Disposition” means an Asset Sale of property or
assets that are Collateral or Capital Stock of a Subsidiary that owns Collateral. 
 “Collateral Trustee” means the party
named as such above until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Collateral Agency Agreement and thereafter means the successor serving thereunder. 

“Commission” or “SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission. 

“Company” means the party named as such above until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of
this Indenture and thereafter means the successor hereunder. 
 “Consolidated Cash Flow” means, with respect to any
specified Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period plus: 
 (1) an amount equal to
any net loss realized by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale, to the extent such losses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus 

(2) provision for taxes based on income or profits of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the
extent that such provision for taxes was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus 

  
 6 

 (3) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted
Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued and whether or not capitalized (including, without limitation, amortization of debt issuance costs and original issue discount, non-cash interest payments,
the interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Finance Lease Obligations, imputed interest with respect to Attributable Debt, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges
incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings, but excluding Transaction Costs), and net of the effect of all payments made or received pursuant to interest rate Hedging Contracts, to the extent that any such expense
was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus 
 (4) depreciation and amortization (including amortization of
intangibles but excluding amortization of prepaid cash expenses that were paid in a prior period), impairment, non-cash equity based compensation expense and other
non-cash items (excluding any such non-cash item to the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenses in any future period or amortization of a
prepaid cash expense that was paid in a prior period) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period to the extent that such depreciation and amortization, impairment and other non-cash items
that were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus 
 (5) unrealized
non-cash losses resulting from foreign currency balance sheet adjustments required by GAAP to the extent such losses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus 

(6) cash receipts in respect of Hedging Contracts during such period to the extent not otherwise included in such Consolidated
Net Income; minus 
 (7) all extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring items of gain or
loss, or revenue or expense; minus 
 (8) non-cash items increasing such Consolidated
Net Income for such period, other than items that were accrued in the ordinary course of business or which represent a reversal of an accrual or reserve described above; 

in each case, on a consolidated basis and determined in accordance with GAAP. 

“Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such
Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP, provided that: 

(1) the Net Income (but not loss) of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity
method of accounting will be included, but only to the extent of (a) the amount of dividends or distributions paid in cash to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and (b) the fair market value of Hydrocarbons that are
readily convertible to cash delivered to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; 
 (2) the Net Income of any
Restricted Subsidiary will be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental
approval (that has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by operation of the terms of its charter or any judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders,
partners or members; 

  
 7 

 (3) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles will be
excluded; 
 (4) unrealized losses and gains under derivative instruments included in the determination of Consolidated Net
Income, including, without limitation those resulting from the application of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 815 will be excluded; and 

(5) any nonrecurring charges relating to any premium or penalty paid, write off of deferred finance costs or other charges in
connection with redeeming or retiring any Indebtedness prior to its Stated Maturity will be excluded. 
 “Consolidated Net Tangible
Assets” means, with respect to any Person at any date of determination, the aggregate amount of total assets included in such Person’s most recent quarterly or annual consolidated balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP less
applicable reserves reflected in such balance sheet, after deducting the following amounts: (a) all current liabilities reflected in such balance sheet, and (b) all right of use assets, goodwill, trademarks, patents, unamortized debt
discounts and expenses and other like intangibles reflected in such balance sheet. 
 “Corporate Trust Office of the
Trustee” means the office of the Trustee at which at any time its corporate trust business shall be administered, which office at the date hereof is located at 13737 Noel Rd Suite 800, Dallas, TX 75240, Attn: Corporate Trust
Administration, or such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Issuers (or such other address as a successor Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Issuers).

 “Credit Agreement” means that certain Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of March 28, 2013, as
amended, among the Operating Partnership, the Company and Royal Bank of Canada, as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent and L/C Issuer, and the other lenders party thereto, including any related notes, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments
and agreements executed in connection therewith, and in each case as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced from time to time with one or more Credit Facilities. 

“Credit Facilities” means one or more debt facilities (including, without limitation, the Credit Agreement), commercial paper
facilities, loan agreements or other financing agreements, in each case the majority of the loans or commitments under which, as of the date of the closing of such facilities or agreements, are provided by commercial banks customarily engaging in
making or providing commercial loans or other financing, and which facilities or agreements provide for revolving loans, term loans, letters of credit or similar financing arrangements, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed,
refunded, replaced or refinanced in whole or in part from time to time with facilities or agreements that satisfy the above requirements. 

“Custodian” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, sequestrator or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

  
 8 

 “Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the
giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default. 
 “Depositary” has the meaning provided in the Appendix. 

“Discharge of Junior Lien Obligations” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Intercreditor Agreement. 

“Discharge of Priority Lien Obligations” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Intercreditor Agreement. 

“Discharge of Senior Secured Lien Obligations” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Intercreditor Agreement.

 “Disqualified Stock” means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is
convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable
at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock, in each case other than in exchange for Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the date on which the Notes
mature. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders of the Capital Stock have the right to require the Company to repurchase or redeem such Capital Stock upon the
occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale will not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock provide that the Company may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such
repurchase or redemption complies with Section 4.07. 
 “DTC” means The Depository Trust Company. 

“Enforcement Action” means, with respect to any Series of Priority Lien Obligations, Series of Senior Secured Lien Debt or
Series of Junior Lien Debt, as applicable, (a) the taking of any action to enforce any Lien in respect of the Collateral, including the institution of any foreclosure proceedings, the noticing of any public or private sale or other disposition
under the Bankruptcy Law or any attempt to vacate or obtain relief from a stay or other injunction restricting any other action described in this definition, (b) the exercise of any right or remedy provided to a secured creditor on account of a
Lien under the Priority Lien Documents, Senior Secured Lien Documents, or Junior Lien Documents, as applicable (including, in each case, any delivery of any notice to seek to obtain payment directly from any account debtor of the Issuers or any
Guarantor or the taking of any action or the exercise of any right or remedy in respect of the setoff or recoupment against, collection or foreclosure on or marshalling of the Collateral or proceeds of Collateral), under applicable law, at equity,
in an Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding or otherwise, including the acceptance of Collateral in full or partial satisfaction of a Lien, (c) the sale, assignment, transfer, lease, license, or other disposition as a secured creditor on account
of a Lien of all or any portion of the Collateral, by private or public sale (judicial or non-judicial) or any other means, (d) the solicitation of bids from third parties to conduct the liquidation of
all or a portion of Collateral as a secured creditor on account of a Lien, (e) the exercise of any other enforcement right relating to the Collateral (including the exercise of any voting rights relating to any Capital Stock comprising a
portion of the Collateral) whether under the Priority Lien Documents, Senior Secured Lien Documents, or Junior Lien Documents, as applicable, under 

  
 9 

 
applicable law of any jurisdiction, in equity, in an Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding, or otherwise, or (f) the appointment of a receiver, manager or interim receiver of all or any
portion of the Collateral or the commencement of, or the joinder with any creditor in commencing, any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding against the Issuers or any Guarantor or any assets of the Issuers or any Guarantor; provided, that the
Priority Lien Agent’s exercise of its “control” (within the meaning of Articles 8 and 9 under the applicable UCC) in respect of any deposit account, securities account or commodities account during any period in which an Event of
Default does not then exist shall not constitute an Enforcement Action. 
 “Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all
warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock). 

“Equity Offering” means any public or private sale of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) made for cash on a
primary basis by the Company after the Issue Date, provided that at any time on or after a Change of Control, any sale of Capital Stock to an Affiliate of the Company shall not be deemed an Equity Offering. 

“Euroclear” means the Euroclear System or any successor securities clearing agency. 

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

“Existing Indebtedness” means the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries
(other than Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement, the Existing 2021 Notes or intercompany Indebtedness) in existence on the Issue Date, until such amounts are repaid. 

“Existing 2021 Notes” means Issuers’ 7.25% senior notes due 2021 outstanding on the Issue Date. 

The term “fair market value” means the value that would be paid by a willing buyer to an unaffiliated willing seller in a
transaction not involving distress or necessity of either party. 
 “Finance Corp.” means the party named as such above
until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor hereunder. 

“Finance Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a
finance lease that would at that time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet in accordance with GAAP. Notwithstanding anything contained in the Indenture, any lease (whether or not in existence on the Issue Date) that would have been
considered an operating lease under the provisions of GAAP as in effect on December 31, 2018 (and not as a capital lease or a finance lease) shall be treated as an operating lease (and not as a finance lease). 

  
 10 

 “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means with respect to any specified Person
for any four-quarter reference period, the ratio of the Consolidated Cash Flow of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurs,
assumes, guarantees, repays, repurchases or redeems any Indebtedness (other than ordinary working capital borrowings) or issues, repurchases or redeems preferred stock subsequent to the commencement of the applicable four-quarter reference period
and on or prior to the date on which the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio will be calculated giving pro forma effect to such
incurrence, assumption, guarantee, repayment, repurchase or redemption of Indebtedness, or such issuance, repurchase or redemption of preferred stock, and the use of the proceeds therefrom as if the same had occurred at the beginning of such period.

 In addition, for purposes of calculating the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio: 

(1) acquisitions that have been made by the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including through mergers,
consolidations or otherwise (including acquisitions of assets used in a Permitted Business), and including in each case any related financing transactions (including repayment of Indebtedness) during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent
to such reference period and on or prior to the Calculation Date, will be given pro forma effect as if they had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period, including any Consolidated Cash Flow and any pro forma expense and cost
reductions that have occurred; 
 (2) the Consolidated Cash Flow attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in
accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, will be excluded; 
 (3) the
Fixed Charges attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, will be excluded, but only to the extent that the obligations giving rise to such
Fixed Charges will not be obligations of the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries following the Calculation Date; and 

(4) interest income reasonably anticipated by such Person to be received during the applicable four-quarter period from cash or
Cash Equivalents held by such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person, which cash or Cash Equivalents exist on the Calculation Date or will exist as a result of the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio, will be included. 
 “Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the sum,
without duplication, of: 
 (1) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such
period, whether paid or accrued (including, without limitation, amortization of debt issuance costs and original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment
obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Finance Lease Obligations, imputed interest with respect to Attributable Debt, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or
bankers’ acceptance financings), and net of the effect of all payments made or received pursuant to interest rate Hedging Contracts; plus 

  
 11 

 (2) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted
Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period; plus 
 (3) any interest expense on Indebtedness of another Person that
is guaranteed by such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries, whether or not such guarantee or Lien is called upon; plus 

(4) the product of (a) all dividends, whether paid or accrued and whether or not in cash, on any series of Disqualified
Stock of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than dividends on Equity Interests payable solely in Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, times
(b) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined federal, state and local statutory tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal, 

in each case, on a consolidated basis and determined in accordance with GAAP. 

“Flood Insurance Regulations” means (a) the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 as now or hereafter in effect or any
successor statute thereto, (b) the Flood Disaster protection Act of 1973 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto, (c) the National Flood Insurance Reform Act of 1994 (amending 42 USC 4001, et seq.), as the same may
be amended or recodified from time to time, (d) the Flood Insurance Reform Act of 2004, and (e) any regulations promulgated thereunder. 

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, which are in effect on the Issue Date. 

“General Partner” means Martin Midstream GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and its successors and permitted
assigns as general partner of the Company. 
 “Global Note” has the meaning provided in the Appendix. 

“Government Securities” means direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed by, the United States of America for the
payment of which guarantee or obligations the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged. 
 The term
“guarantee” means a guarantee other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner including, without limitation, by way of a pledge of assets,
acting as co-obligor or through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness. When used as a verb, “guarantee” has a correlative meaning.

 “Guarantors” means each of (a) the Subsidiaries of the Company, other than Finance Corp. and Talen’s
Marine & Fuel, LLC, executing this Indenture on the Issue Date as initial Guarantors, (b) any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that executes a supplement to this Indenture in accordance with Section 4.13, 10.01 or 10.03
hereof and (c) the respective successors and assigns of such Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case, until such time as any such Restricted Subsidiary shall be released and relieved of its obligations pursuant to Section 8.02, 8.03 or 10.04
hereof. 

  
 12 

 “Hedging Contracts” means, with respect to any specified Person: 

(1) interest rate swap agreements, interest rate cap agreements and interest rate collar agreements entered into with one or
more financial institutions and designed to protect the Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries entering into the agreement against fluctuations in interest rates with respect to Indebtedness incurred; 

(2) foreign exchange contracts and currency protection agreements entered into with one or more financial institutions and
designed to protect the Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries entering into the agreement against fluctuations in currency exchanges rates with respect to Indebtedness incurred; 

(3) any commodity futures contract, commodity option or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect against
fluctuations in the price of Hydrocarbons used, produced, processed or sold by that Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries at the time; and 

(4) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries against fluctuations
in interest rates, commodity prices or currency exchange rates. 
 “Holder” or “Noteholder” means a Person
in whose name a Note is registered. 
 “Hydrocarbons” means crude oil, natural gas, casinghead gas, drip gasoline, natural
gasoline, condensate, distillate, liquid hydrocarbons, gaseous hydrocarbons, sulfur, sulfur derivative products and all constituents, elements or compounds thereof and products or byproducts refined or processed therefrom. 

“Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person, any indebtedness of such Person, whether or not contingent: 

(1) in respect of borrowed money; 

(2) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments; 

(3) in respect of all outstanding letters of credit issued for the account of such Person that support obligations that
constitute Indebtedness (provided that the amount of such letters of credit included in Indebtedness shall not exceed the amount of the Indebtedness being supported) and, without duplication, the unreimbursed amount of all drafts drawn under letters
of credit issued for the account of such Person; 
 (4) in respect of bankers’ acceptances; 

(5) representing Finance Lease Obligations; 

  
 13 

 (6) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of
any property, except any such balance that constitutes an accrued expense or trade payable; or 
 (7) representing any
obligations under Hedging Contracts, 
 if and to the extent any of the preceding items (other than letters of credit and obligations under Hedging
Contracts) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of the specified Person prepared in accordance with GAAP. In addition, the term “Indebtedness” includes all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of the specified
Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by the specified Person; provided that, to the extent such Indebtedness is not assumed, the amount of such Indebtedness for purposes of this definition will be the lesser of (a) the fair
market value of such asset at such date of determination and (b) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Person) and, to the extent not otherwise included, the guarantee by the specified Person of any Indebtedness of any other Person. For
the avoidance of doubt, the term “Indebtedness” excludes any obligation arising from any agreement providing for indemnities, purchase price adjustments, holdbacks, contingency payment obligations based on the performance of the acquired
or disposed assets or similar obligations (other than guarantees of Indebtedness) incurred by the specified Person in connection with the acquisition or disposition of assets. 

The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date will be: 

(1) the accreted value of the Indebtedness, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount; 

(2) in the case of obligations under any Hedging Contracts, the net termination value of the agreement or arrangement giving
rise to such obligations that would be payable by such Person at such date; and 
 (3) the principal amount of the
Indebtedness, in the case of any other Indebtedness. 
 “Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented
from time to time. 
 “Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding” means: 

(1) any case or proceeding commenced by or against the Issuers or any Guarantor under any Bankruptcy Law, any other case or
proceeding for the reorganization, recapitalization or adjustment or marshalling of the assets or liabilities of the Issuers or any Guarantor, any receivership or assignment for the benefit of creditors relating to the Issuers or any Guarantor or
any similar case or proceeding relative to the Issuers or any Guarantor or its creditors, as such, in each case whether or not voluntary; 

(2) any liquidation, dissolution, marshalling of assets or liabilities or other winding up of or relating to the Issuers or any
Guarantor, in each case whether or not voluntary and whether or not involving bankruptcy or insolvency; or 

  
 14 

 (3) any other case or proceeding of any type or nature in which
substantially all claims of creditors of the Issuers or any Guarantor are determined and any payment or distribution is or may be made on account of such claims. 

“Intercreditor Agreement” means the Intercreditor Agreement among the Collateral Trustee, the Priority Lien Agent, the Senior
Secured Lien Agent, the Issuers, the Guarantors and the other parties from time to time party thereto, dated the Issue Date, as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the Collateral
Agency Agreement. 
 “Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such Person in
other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of loans (including guarantees of Indebtedness), advances or capital contributions (excluding (1) commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees made in the ordinary course of
business and (2) advances to customers in the ordinary course of business that are recorded as accounts receivable on the balance sheet of the lender), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other
securities, together with all items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP. If the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of
any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of the Company such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, the Company will be deemed to have made an Investment on the
date of any such sale or disposition in an amount equal to the fair market value of the Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary not sold or disposed of in an amount determined as provided in the final paragraph of Section 4.07. The
acquisition by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company of a Person that holds an Investment in a third Person will be deemed to be an Investment made by the Company or such Subsidiary in such third Person in an amount equal to the fair market
value of the Investment held by the acquired Person in such third Person on the date of any such acquisition in an amount determined as provided in the final paragraph of Section 4.07. 

“Issue Date” means the date on which the Notes are first issued under this Indenture. 

“Issuer” means the parties named as such above until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of
this Indenture and thereafter means the successor hereunder. 
 “Joint Venture” means any Person that is not a direct or
indirect Subsidiary of the Company in which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries makes any Investment. 
 “Junior
Lien” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Intercreditor Agreement. 
 “Junior Lien Collateral”
shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Intercreditor Agreement. 
 “Junior Lien Collateral Trustee” shall have
the meaning assigned to such term in the Intercreditor Agreement. 
 “Junior Lien Debt” shall have the meaning assigned to
such term in the Intercreditor Agreement. 

  
 15 

 “Junior Lien Documents” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the
Intercreditor Agreement. 
 “Junior Lien Notes” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Intercreditor
Agreement. 
 “Junior Lien Obligations” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Intercreditor Agreement. 

“Legal Holiday” means any calendar day other than a Business Day. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday, payment may be made
on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period. 
 “Lien”
means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under Applicable Law, including any conditional sale
or other title retention agreement, and any lease (other than any operating lease) in the nature thereof. 
 “Make Whole
Premium” means, with respect to a Note at any time, the excess, if any, of (a) the present value at such time of (i) the redemption price of such Note at August 12, 2021 pursuant to Section 3.07(a) plus (ii) any required
interest payments due on such Note through August 12, 2021 (except for currently accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate plus 50 basis points, discounted to the redemption date
on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months), over (b) the principal amount of such Note. 

“Manufactured (Mobile) Homes” has the meaning assigned in the applicable Flood Insurance Regulations. “GAAP”
means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, which are in effect on the Issue Date. 
 “Martin ESOP
Trust” means (a) the Martin Employees’ Stock Profit Sharing Trust and (b) the MRMC ESOP Trust, in each case established by MRMC to hold common and preferred shares of MRMC for the benefit of MRMC’s employees, as such
trusts and related plans may be amended, restated, replaced, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time. 

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor to the rating agency business thereof. 

“Mortgages” means all mortgages, deeds of trust and similar documents, instruments and agreements (and all amendments,
modifications and supplements thereof) creating, evidencing, perfecting or otherwise establishing the Senior Secured Liens securing payment of the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees or any part thereof. 

“MRMC” means Martin Resource Management Corporation, a Texas corporation, and any successor thereto. 

  
 16 

 “Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person, the net income
(loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of preferred stock dividends, excluding, however: 

(1) any gain (but not loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such gain (but not loss), realized in connection
with: (a) any Asset Sale; or (b) the disposition of any securities by such Person or the extinguishment of any Indebtedness of such Person; and 

(2) any extraordinary gain (but not loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such extraordinary gain (but not
loss). 
 “Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in
respect of any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of: 

(1) the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees,
and sales commissions, severance costs and any relocation expenses incurred as a result of the Asset Sale, 
 (2) taxes paid
or payable as a result of the Asset Sale, in each case, after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements, 

(3) amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness (other than Priority Lien Obligations, Senior Secured Lien
Debt or Junior Lien Debt) secured by a Lien on the properties or assets that were the subject of such Asset Sale, and 
 (4)
any amounts to be set aside in any reserve established in accordance with GAAP or any amount placed in escrow, in either case for adjustment in respect of the sale price of such properties or assets or for liabilities associated with such Asset Sale
and retained by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries until such time as such reserve is reversed or such escrow arrangement is terminated, in which case Net Proceeds shall include only the amount of the reserve so reversed or the amount
returned to the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries from such escrow arrangement, as the case may be. 
 “Non-Recourse Debt” means Indebtedness: 
 (1) as to which neither the Company nor
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) provides credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness, but excluding operating leases and commercial contracts), (b) is directly or
indirectly liable as a guarantor or otherwise, or (c) is the lender; and 
 (2) no default with respect to which
(including any rights that the holders of the Indebtedness may have to take enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit upon notice, lapse of time or both any holder of any other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries to declare a default on such other Indebtedness or cause the payment of the Indebtedness to be accelerated or payable prior to its Stated Maturity. 

  
 17 

 For purposes of determining compliance with Section 4.09, in the event that any Non-Recourse Debt of any of the Company’s Unrestricted Subsidiaries ceases to be Non-Recourse Debt of such Unrestricted Subsidiary, such event will be deemed to
constitute an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company. 
 “Notes” has the meaning specified in
the Appendix. 
 “Notes Custodian” has the meaning specified in the Appendix. 

“Obligations” means any principal, premium, if any, interest (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any
petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization, whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceeding), penalties, fees, charges, expenses, indemnifications, reimbursement obligations, damages, guarantees, and other liabilities
or amounts payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness or in respect thereto. 
 “Offering Memorandum” means
the offering memorandum of the Issuers dated July 9, 2020 relating to the offering of the Notes. 
 “Officer” means,
with respect to any Person, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, the Secretary, any Assistant
Secretary or any Vice President of such Person or, with respect to the Company, of the General Partner. 
 “Officers’
Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of each of the Company and Finance Corp. by two of its Officers, one of whom, in the case of any Officers’ Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 4.04, must be the principal
executive officer, the principal financial officer, or the principal accounting officer of the Company or Finance Corp., as the case may be, that, in each case, meets the requirements of Section 11.05 hereof. 

“Operating Partnership” means Martin Operating Partnership L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and any successor thereto.

 “Operating Surplus” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Partnership Agreement, as in effect on the Issue Date.

 “Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee, Collateral
Trustee or Registrar, as applicable, that meets the requirements of Section 11.05 hereof. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company or the Trustee. 

“Partnership Agreement” means the Second Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Company dated as of
November 25, 2009, as amended and in effect on the Issue Date and as such may be further amended, modified or supplemented from time to time. 

  
 18 

 “Permitted Business” means either (1) gathering, transporting,
compressing, treating, processing, prilling or forming, refining, marketing, distributing, storing, terminalling or otherwise handling Hydrocarbons, or activities or services reasonably related or ancillary thereto including entering into Hedging
Contracts in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes to support these businesses and the development, manufacture and sale of equipment or technology related to these activities, or (2) any other business that generates
gross income that constitutes “qualifying income” under Section 7704(d) of the Code. 
 “Permitted
Investments” means: 
 (1) any Investment in the Company (including, without limitation, through purchases of Notes)
or in a Guarantor; 
 (2) any Investment in Cash Equivalents; 

(3) any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in a Person, if as a result of such Investment:

 (a) such Person becomes a Guarantor; or 

(b) such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its
properties or assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Guarantor; 
 (4) any Investment made as a result of the
receipt of non-cash consideration from an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with Section 4.10; 

(5) any Investment in any Person solely in exchange for the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the
Company; 
 (6) any Investments received in compromise of obligations of trade creditors or customers that were incurred in
the ordinary course of business, including pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of any trade creditor or customer, or as a result of a foreclosure by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment in default; 
 (7) Hedging Contracts entered into in the ordinary course
of business and not for speculative purposes; 
 (8) [reserved]; 

(9) any Investments of the South Texas Properties in one or more Joint Ventures to the extent such Investment is for fair
market value, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, and is made in a Permitted Business; 
 (10) other
Investments in any Person having an aggregate fair market value (measured on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this
clause (10) that are at the time outstanding, not to exceed $15.0 million; and 

  
 19 

 (11) Investments in any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company having an aggregate fair market value (measured on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (11) that
are at the time outstanding, do not exceed $15.0 million. 
 “Permitted Liens” means: 

(1) Liens securing Priority Lien Obligations incurred under clause (1) of the definition of “Permitted Debt”;

 (2) Liens in favor of the Company or the Guarantors; 

(3) Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged with or into or consolidated with the Company or
any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such merger or consolidation and do not extend to any assets (other than improvements thereon, accessions thereto and proceeds
thereof, and, with respect to Liens over classes or types of assets, assets of the same class or type) other than those of the Person merged into or consolidated with the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary; 

(4) Liens on property existing at the time of acquisition of the property by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company, provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such acquisition and do not extend to any other assets of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

(5) any interest or title of a lessor to the property subject to a Finance Lease Obligation; 

(6) Liens securing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause (4) of the definition of “Permitted Debt” for the
purpose of securing the payment of all or a part of the purchase price of, or Finance Lease Obligations, purchase money obligations or other payments incurred to finance the acquisition, lease, improvement or construction of or repairs or additions
to, assets or property acquired or constructed in the ordinary course of business; provided that: 
 (a) the aggregate
principal amount of Indebtedness secured by such Liens does not exceed the cost of the assets or property so acquired or constructed; and 

(b) such Liens are created within 180 days of the later of the acquisition, lease, completion of improvements, construction,
repairs or additions or commencement of full operation of the assets or property subject to such Lien and do not encumber any other assets or property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary other than the proceeds thereof and such assets or
property and assets affixed or appurtenant thereto; 
 (7) Liens existing on the Issue Date and not described in another
clause of this definition; 

  
 20 

 (8) Liens to secure the performance of tenders, bids, statutory obligations,
surety or appeal bonds, trade contracts, government contracts, operating leases, performance bonds or other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business; 

(9) Liens on and pledges of the Equity Interests of any Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Joint Venture owned by the Company or
any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the extent securing Non-Recourse Debt or other Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary or Joint Venture; 

(10) Liens on storage facilities, pipelines, pipeline facilities or marine vessels that arise by operation of law; 

(11) Liens not securing Indebtedness for borrowed money arising under operating agreements, joint venture agreements,
partnership agreements, oil and gas leases, farmout agreements, division orders, contracts for sale, transportation or exchange of crude oil and natural gas, unitization and pooling declarations and agreements, area of mutual interest agreements and
other agreements arising in the ordinary course of business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries that are customary in the Permitted Business; 

(12) Liens upon specific items of inventory, receivables or other goods or proceeds of the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances or receivables securitizations issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory,
receivables or other goods or proceeds and permitted by Section 4.09; 
 (13) (i) Liens securing Banking Services
Obligations and (ii) Liens to secure performance of Hedging Contracts of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries entered into in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes; 

(14) Liens securing any insurance premium financing under customary terms and conditions, provided that no such Lien may extend
to or cover any assets or property other than the insurance being acquired with such financing, the proceeds thereof and any unearned or refunded insurance premiums related thereto; 

(15) other Liens incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, provided that, after giving effect to any
such incurrence, the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness then outstanding and secured by any Liens incurred pursuant to this clause (15) does not exceed $10.0 million; 

(16) (a) Liens created for the benefit of (or to secure) the Notes (or the related note guarantees), incurred under clause
(2)(a) of the definition of “Permitted Debt” and (b) Liens securing the Junior Lien Notes (or the related note guarantees), incurred under clause (2)(b) of the definition of “Permitted Debt” so long as such Liens constitute
Junior Liens; and 

  
 21 

 (17) any Lien renewing, extending, refinancing or refunding a Lien permitted
by clauses (2) through (16) above, provided that (a) the principal amount of the Indebtedness secured by such Lien is not increased except by an amount equal to a reasonable premium or other reasonable amount paid, and accrued and unpaid
interest, fees and expenses reasonably incurred, in connection therewith and by an amount equal to any existing commitments unutilized thereunder and (b) no assets encumbered by any such Lien other than the assets permitted to be encumbered
immediately prior to such renewal, extension, refinance or refund are encumbered thereby (other than improvements thereon, accessions thereto and proceeds thereof, and, with respect to renewed, extended, refinanced or refunded Liens over classes or
types of assets, assets of the same class or type). 
 “Permitted Prior Liens” means Priority Liens and Liens described in
clauses (3), (4), (5), (6), (10), (11), (14) or, to the extent the initial Lien thereunder constituted a Lien incurred pursuant to any of the foregoing clauses, (17), in each case in the definition of “Permitted Liens.” 

“Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in
exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or refund other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than intercompany Indebtedness); provided that: 

(1) the principal amount of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of the Indebtedness
being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded (plus all accrued interest on the Indebtedness and the amount of all expenses and premiums incurred in connection therewith); 

(2) such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted
Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded; 

(3) if the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded is subordinated in right of payment
to the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees on terms at least as favorable to the Noteholders as those contained in the
documentation governing the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded; and 
 (4) such
Indebtedness is not incurred (other than by way of a guarantee) by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (other than Finance Corp. and Talen’s Marine & Fuel, LLC) if the Company is the issuer or other primary obligor on the
Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded. 
 Notwithstanding the preceding, any Indebtedness incurred under the
Credit Agreement pursuant to Section 4.09 shall be subject only to the refinancing provision in the definition of the Credit Agreement and not pursuant to the requirements set forth in this definition of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness. 

“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust,
unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or other entity. 

  
 22 

 “Priority Lien” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the
Intercreditor Agreement. 
 “Priority Lien Agent” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Intercreditor
Agreement. 
 “Priority Lien Collateral” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Intercreditor Agreement. 

“Priority Lien Collateral Documents” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Intercreditor Agreement. 

“Priority Lien Documents” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Intercreditor Agreement. 

“Priority Lien Obligations” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Intercreditor Agreement. 

“Priority Lien Secured Parties” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Intercreditor Agreement. 

“QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act. 

“Qualifying Owners” means, collectively, (1) the Martin ESOP Trust, Ruben S. Martin, III, Robert D. Bondurant, Randall
L. Tauscher, any entities or trusts established by any of the foregoing for estate planning purposes and owned by any of the foregoing or established for the benefit of the heirs of any of the foregoing, Statehouse Investor I, L.P. and Statehouse
Investor II, L.P., and any of their respective Affiliates, including Alinda Capital Partners and (2) MRMC and its Subsidiaries. 

“Regulation S” has the meaning provided in the Appendix. 

“Reporting Default” means a Default described in Section 6.01(d). 

“Required Senior Secured Lien Debtholders” means, at any time, the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of all
Senior Secured Lien Debt then outstanding, calculated in accordance with Section 7.2 of the Collateral Agency Agreement. For purposes of this definition, Senior Secured Lien Debt registered in the name of, or beneficially owned by, the Company
or any Affiliate of the Company will be deemed not to be outstanding. 
 “Responsible Officer,” when used with respect to
the Trustee, means any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant secretary, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily
performs functions similar to those performed by Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such Person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject
and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture. 

  
 23 

 “Restricted Global Note” has the meaning provided in the Appendix. 

“Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment. 

“Restricted Subsidiary” of a Person means any Subsidiary of the referent Person that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
Notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, Finance Corp. shall be a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company. 
 “Rule
144A” has the meaning provided in the Appendix. 
 “S&P” refers to S&P Global Ratings, a division of The
McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., or any successor to the rating agency business thereof. 
 “Sale and Leaseback Transaction”
means an arrangement relating to property owned by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary on the Issue Date or thereafter acquired by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary whereby the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary transfers such property to a
Person and the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary leases it from such Person. 
 “SEC” or “Commission”
means the Securities and Exchange Commission. 
 “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 

“Secured Debt Documents” means the Priority Lien Documents, the Senior Secured Lien Documents and the Junior Lien Documents.

 “Senior Debt” means 

(1) all Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding under the Credit Agreement and all
obligations under Hedging Contracts with respect thereto; 
 (2) any other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries permitted to be incurred under the terms of this Indenture, unless the instrument under which such Indebtedness is incurred expressly provides that it is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or any Subsidiary
Guarantee; and 
 (3) all Obligations with respect to the items listed in the preceding clauses (1) and (2). 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding sentence, Senior Debt will not include: 

 

	 	(a)	 any intercompany Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to the Company or any of its
Affiliates; or 

  

	 	(b)	 any Indebtedness that is incurred in violation of this Indenture. 

For the avoidance of doubt, “Senior Debt” will not include any trade payables or taxes owed or owing by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary.

  
 24 

 “Senior Secured Lien” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the
Intercreditor Agreement. 
 “Senior Secured Lien Collateral” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the
Intercreditor Agreement. 
 “Senior Secured Lien Collateral Documents” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the
Intercreditor Agreement. 
 “Senior Secured Lien Debt” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Intercreditor
Agreement. 
 “Senior Secured Lien Documents” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Intercreditor Agreement.

 “Senior Secured Lien Obligations” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Intercreditor Agreement. 

“Senior Secured Lien Representative” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Intercreditor Agreement. 

“Senior Secured Lien Secured Party” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Intercreditor Agreement. 

“Series of Junior Lien Debt” means, severally, each issue or series of Junior Lien Debt for which a single transfer register
is maintained. 
 “Series of Priority Lien Obligations” means, severally, the Credit Agreement and each other issue or
series of Priority Lien Obligations for which a single transfer register is maintained. 
 “Series of Senior Secured Lien
Debt” means, severally, the Notes and each other issue or series of Senior Secured Lien Debt for which a single transfer register is maintained. 

“Shared Collateral” means, at any time, any property and assets wherever located and whether now owned or later acquired, in
which holders of Priority Lien Obligations under at least one Priority Lien Document and the holders of Senior Secured Lien Obligations and/or the holders of Junior Lien Obligations hold a security interest or Lien (or are deemed to hold a Lien
pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement) at such time. If, at any time, any portion of the Priority Lien Collateral under one or more Priority Lien Documents does not constitute Senior Secured Lien Collateral in respect of one or more Series of
Senior Secured Lien Debt or Junior Lien Collateral in respect of one or more Series of Junior Lien Debt, then such portion of such Priority Lien Collateral shall constitute Shared Collateral only with respect to the Series of Senior Secured Lien
Debt or Junior Lien Debt, as applicable, for which it constitutes Senior Secured Lien Collateral or Junior Lien Collateral and shall not constitute Shared Collateral for any Series of Senior Secured Lien Debt or Junior Lien Debt which does not have
a security interest in such collateral at such time. 

  
 25 

 “Significant Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that would be a
“significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect on
the Issue Date. 
 “South Texas Properties” means (a) approximately 96 acres of real property and related assets
located in Jefferson County, Texas, commonly known as #1 Gulf States Rd, Beaumont, Texas 77701 and (b) approximately 18 acres of real property and related assets located in Nueces County, Texas, commonly known as NE of Old State Hwy 361,
Aransas Pass, Texas 78336. 
 “Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any
series of Indebtedness, the date on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the original documentation governing such Indebtedness, and will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any
such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof. 
 “Subsidiary” means, with
respect to any specified Person: 
 (1) any corporation, association or other business entity (other than a partnership or
limited liability company) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of Voting Stock is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination
thereof); and 
 (2) any partnership (whether general or limited) or limited liability company (a) the sole general
partner or member of which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person, or (b) if there is more than a single general partner or member, either (x) the only managing general partners or managing members of which are such Person or one or
more Subsidiaries of such Person (or any combination thereof) or (y) such Person owns or controls, directly or indirectly, a majority of the outstanding general partner interests, member interests or other Voting Stock of such partnership or
limited liability company, respectively. 
 “Subsidiary Guarantees” means the joint and several guarantees issued by all of
the Guarantors pursuant to Article 10 hereof. 
 “TIA” or “Trust Indenture Act”means the Trust
Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) and the rules and regulations thereunder, as in effect on the Issue Date. 

“Total Leverage Ratio” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Credit Agreement in effect on the Issue Date. 

“Treasury Management Arrangement” means any agreement or other arrangement governing the provision of treasury or cash
management services, including deposit accounts, overdraft, credit or debit card, funds transfer (including electronic funds transfer), automated clearinghouse, zero balance accounts, returned check concentration, controlled disbursement, lockbox,
account reconciliation and reporting and trade finance services and other cash management services. 

  
 26 

 “Treasury Rate” means the yield to maturity at the time of computation of
United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 which has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the date fixed for
redemption (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to August 12, 2021; provided, however, that if such period is not
equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury security for which a yield is given, the Company shall obtain the Treasury Rate by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a
year) from the yields of United States Treasury securities for which such yields are given, except that if the period from the redemption date to August 12, 2021 is less than one year, the yield on actually traded United States Treasury
securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used. The Company will (a) calculate the Treasury Rate on the second Business Day preceding the applicable redemption date and (b) prior to such redemption date file with the
Trustee an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the Make Whole Premium and the Treasury Rate and showing the calculation of each in reasonable detail. 

“Trustee” means the party named as such above until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of
this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder. 
 “Uniform Commercial Code” or “UCC”
means the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of New York or of any other state the laws of which are required to be applied in connection with the perfection of security interests in any Collateral. 

“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company (other than Finance Corp. or the Operating Partnership) that is
designated by the Board of Directors of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a Board Resolution, but only to the extent that such Subsidiary: 

(1) has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt; 

(2) except as otherwise permitted by Section 4.11, is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding
with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the
time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company; 
 (3) is a Person with respect to which neither the Company nor any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation (a) to subscribe for additional Equity Interests or (b) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified
levels of operating results; and 
 (4) has not guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit support for
any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. 
 All Subsidiaries of an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall also be Unrestricted
Subsidiaries. 

  
 27 

 Any designation of a Subsidiary of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be evidenced to the
Trustee by filing with the Trustee a Board Resolution giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the preceding conditions and was permitted by Section 4.07. If, at any
time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the preceding requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it will thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary will be
deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as of such date and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of such date under Section 4.09, the Company will be in default of such covenant. 

“Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled (without
regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person. 
 “Weighted Average
Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing: 

(1) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund,
serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect of the Indebtedness, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will
elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by 
 (2) the then outstanding principal amount of such
Indebtedness. 
 Section 1.02. Other Definitions. 
  

			
	 Term
	  	Defined in Section
	 “Act”
	  	11.14
	 “Affiliate Transaction”
	  	4.11
	 “Appendix”
	  	2.01
	 “Asset Sale Offer”
	  	3.09
	 “Change of Control Offer”
	  	4.15
	 “Change of Control Payment”
	  	4.15
	 “Change of Control Purchase Date”
	  	4.15
	 “Change of Control Settlement Date”
	  	4.15
	 “Covenant Defeasance”
	  	8.03
	 “Discharge”
	  	8.08
	 “Event of Default”
	  	6.01
	 “Excess Proceeds”
	  	4.10
	 “Incremental Funds”
	  	4.07
	 “incur”
	  	4.09
	 “Legal Defeasance”
	  	8.02
	 “Note Obligations”
	  	12.01(a)
	 “Offer Amount”
	  	3.09
	 “Offer Period”
	  	3.09
	 “Paying Agent”
	  	2.03
	 “Payment Default”
	  	6.01
	 “Permitted Debt”
	  	4.09
	 “Registrar”
	  	2.03

  
 28 

			
	 Term
	  	Defined in Section
	 “Restricted Payments”
	  	4.07
	 “Settlement Date”
	  	3.09
	 “Termination Date”
	  	3.09
	 “Unitholder Distribution”
	  	4.07

 Section 1.03. [Reserved] 

Section 1.04. Rules of Construction. 

Unless the context otherwise requires: 

(1) a term has the meaning assigned to it; 

(2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP; 

(3) “or” is not exclusive; 

(4) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular; 

(5) the meanings of the words “will” and “shall” are the same when used to express an obligation; 

(6) references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act shall be deemed to include substitute,
replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time; and 
 (7) “herein,”
“hereof” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole (as amended or supplemented from time to time) and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision 

ARTICLE 2 
 THE NOTES 

Section 2.01. Form and Dating. 

Provisions relating to the Notes are set forth in the Rule 144A/Regulation S Appendix attached hereto (the “Appendix”) which
is hereby incorporated in and expressly made part of this Indenture. The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication therefor shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit 1 to the Appendix which is hereby incorporated in and
expressly made a part of this Indenture. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule, agreements to which an Issuer is subject, if any, or usage (provided that any such notation, legend or endorsement
is in a form acceptable to the Company). Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The terms of the Notes set forth in the Appendix are part of the terms of this Indenture. 

  
 29 

 Section 2.02. Execution and Authentication. 

An Officer shall sign the Notes on behalf of each Issuer by manual or facsimile signature. 

If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid
nevertheless. 
 A Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee manually signs the certificate of authentication on
the Note. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture. 
 On the Issue Date, the
Trustee shall authenticate and deliver $53,749,957 of 10.00% Senior Secured 1.5 Lien Notes due 2024 and, at any time and from time to time thereafter, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver Notes for original issue in an aggregate principal
amount specified in such order, in each case upon a written order of the Issuers. Such order shall specify the amount of the Notes to be authenticated, the date on which the original issue of Notes is to be authenticated and to whom the Notes shall
be registered and delivered. 
 The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent reasonably acceptable to the Issuers to authenticate the
Notes. Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An
authenticating agent has the same rights as any Registrar, Paying Agent or agent for service of notices and demands. 
 Section 2.03. Registrar and
Paying Agent. 
 The Issuers shall maintain an office or agency in the United States where Notes may be presented for registration of
transfer or for exchange (the “Registrar”) and an office or agency in New York, New York where Notes may be presented for payment (the “Paying Agent”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and
exchange. The Issuers may have one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar, and the term
“Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. 
 The Issuers shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any
Registrar or Paying Agent not a party to this Indenture. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such agent. The Issuers shall notify the Trustee of the name and address of any such agent. If the Issuers fail to
maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation therefor pursuant to Section 7.07. The Company or any Subsidiary may act as Paying Agent or Registrar. 

The Issuers initially appoint the Trustee as Registrar and Paying Agent in connection with the Notes at the Corporate Trust Office of the
Trustee. If the Trustee is no longer the Registrar and Paying Agent, the Issuers shall provide the Trustee with access to inspect the Note register at all times and with copies of the Note register. 

  
 30 

 Section 2.04. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. 

Prior to 11:00 a.m. New York City time, on each due date of the principal and interest on any Note, an Issuer shall deposit with the Paying
Agent a sum sufficient to pay such principal and interest when so becoming due. The Issuers shall require each Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Noteholders or the
Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of or interest on the Notes and shall notify the Trustee of any default by the Issuers in making any such payment. If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall
segregate the money held by it as Paying Agent and hold it as a separate trust fund. The Issuers at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed by the Paying Agent. Upon
complying with this Section, the Paying Agent shall have no further liability for the money delivered to the Trustee. 
 Section 2.05. Noteholder
Lists. 
 The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names
and addresses of Noteholders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuers shall furnish to the Trustee, in writing at least five Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a
list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Noteholders and the principal amounts and number of Notes. 

Section 2.06. Transfer and Exchange. 

The Notes shall be issued in registered form and shall be transferable only upon the surrender of a Note for registration of transfer. When a
Note is presented to the Registrar or a co-registrar with a request to register a transfer, the Registrar shall register the transfer as requested if the requirements of this Indenture and Section 8-401(a) of the Uniform Commercial Code are met. When Notes are presented to the Registrar with a request to exchange them for an equal principal amount of Notes of other denominations, the Registrar
shall make the exchange as requested if the same requirements are met. The Issuers may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any taxes, assessments or other governmental charges in connection with any transfer or exchange pursuant to this
Section (other than any such transfer taxes, assessments or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Section 3.06, 4.10, 4.15 or 9.05). 

Section 2.07. Replacement Notes. 
 If
a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Registrar or if the Holder of a Note claims that the Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Issuers shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note if the requirements of Section 8-405 of the Uniform Commercial Code are met and the Holder satisfies any other reasonable requirements of the Trustee. If required by the Trustee or the Issuers, such Holder shall furnish an indemnity
bond sufficient in the judgment of the Issuers and the Trustee to protect the Issuers, the Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Registrar from any loss which any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Issuers and the Trustee may charge the
Holder for their expenses in replacing a Note. In the event any such Note shall have matured, instead of issuing a new Note, the Issuers may direct the Trustee to pay the same without surrender thereof upon the Holder furnishing the Issuers and the
Trustee with indemnity satisfactory to them and complying with such other reasonable regulations as the Issuers may prescribe and paying such reasonable expenses as the Issuer and the Trustee may incur in connection therewith. 

Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Issuers. 

  
 31 

 Section 2.08. Outstanding Notes. 

Notes outstanding at any time are all Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for
cancellation and those described in this Section as not outstanding. Except as otherwise provided herein, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note. 

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee, any provider of an indemnity bond and the
Issuers receive proof satisfactory to them that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser. 
 If the Paying Agent segregates and
holds in trust, in accordance with this Indenture, by 11:00 a.m. New York time, on a redemption date or other maturity date money sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest payable on that date with respect to the Notes (or
portions thereof) to be redeemed or maturing, as the case may be, then on and after that date such Notes (or portions thereof) cease to be outstanding and interest on them cease to accrue. 

Section 2.09. Temporary Notes. 

Until definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuers may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes
shall be substantially in the form of definitive Notes but may have variations that the Issuers consider appropriate for temporary Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuers shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate definitive Notes and
deliver them in exchange for temporary Notes. 
 Section 2.10. Cancellation. 

An Issuer at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any
Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel (subject to the record retention requirements of the Exchange Act) all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange,
payment or cancellation. Upon written request, the Trustee will deliver a certificate of such cancellation to the Issuers unless the Issuers direct the Trustee to deliver canceled Notes to the Issuers instead. The Issuers may not issue new Notes to
replace Notes they have redeemed, paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. 
 Section 2.11. Defaulted Interest. 

If the Issuers default in a payment of interest on the Notes, the Issuers shall pay defaulted interest (plus interest on such defaulted
interest to the extent lawful) in any lawful manner. The Issuers may pay the defaulted interest to the Persons who are Noteholders on a subsequent special record date. The Issuers shall fix or cause to be fixed any such special record date and
payment date to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee and shall promptly send to each Noteholder a notice that states the special record date, the payment date and the amount of defaulted interest to be paid. The Trustee will have no duty
whatsoever to determine whether any defaulted interest is payable or the amount thereof. 

  
 32 

 Section 2.12. CUSIP Numbers. 

The Issuers in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” numbers and corresponding “ISINs” (if then generally in use) and, if so,
the Trustee shall use “CUSIP” numbers and corresponding “ISINs” in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided, however, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such
numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or
omission of such numbers. The Issuers shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in any CUSIP number. 
 Section 2.13. Computation
of Interest. 
 Interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. 
 Section 2.14. Persons Deemed Owners. 

Prior to due presentment of a Note for registration of transfer, the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat
the Person in whose name such Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on, such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note be
overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any agent of the Company or the Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 

ARTICLE 3 
 REDEMPTION AND
PREPAYMENT 
 Section 3.01. Notices to Trustee. 

If the Issuers elect to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Section 3.07 hereof, they shall furnish to the
Trustee, at least five Business Days (unless a shorter period shall be agreeable to the Trustee) before the date of giving notice of the redemption pursuant to Section 3.03, an Officers’ Certificate setting forth (i) the clause of
Section 3.07 pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (ii) the redemption date, (iii) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed, (iv) the redemption price, and (v) whether it requests the Trustee to give notice of
such redemption. Any such notice may be cancelled at any time prior to the sending of notice of such redemption to any Holder and shall thereby be void and of no effect. 

Section 3.02. Selection of Notes to be Redeemed. 

If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed among the Holders of the Notes
as follows: (1) if the Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which the Notes are listed; or (2) if the Notes are not listed on any
national securities exchange, on a pro rata basis (and, in the case of Global Notes, in accordance with the procedures of the Depositary). In the event of partial redemption other than on a pro rata basis, the particular Notes to be redeemed shall
be selected, not less than three (3) Business Days (unless a shorter period shall be agreeable to the Trustee) prior to the giving of notice of the redemption pursuant to Section 3.03, by the Trustee from the outstanding Notes not
previously called for redemption. 

  
 33 

 The Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuers in writing of the Notes selected for
redemption and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. Notes and portions of Notes selected shall be in minimum denominations of $1 principal amount and integral multiples of $1 in
excess thereof. Provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption. 

The provisions of the two preceding paragraphs of this Section 3.02 shall not apply with respect to any redemption affecting only a
Global Note, whether such Global Note is to be redeemed in whole or in part. In case of any such redemption in part, the unredeemed portion of the principal amount of the Global Note shall be in an authorized denomination. 

Section 3.03. Notice of Redemption. 

At least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, except that redemption notices may be sent more than 60 days prior to a
redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a Legal Defeasance, Covenant Defeasance or Discharge, the Issuers shall mail or cause to be mailed, by first class mail (or otherwise sent in accordance with the applicable procedures of the
Depositary), a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address. 
 The notice shall identify
the Notes to be redeemed (including “CUSIP” numbers and corresponding “ISINs”, if applicable) and shall state: 

(a) the redemption date; 

(b) the redemption price or, if the redemption price is not then determinable, the manner in which it is to be determined; 

(c) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the
redemption date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in a principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion shall be issued in the name of the Holder upon cancellation of the original Note; 

(d) the name and address of the Paying Agent; 

(e) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price; 

(f) that, unless the Issuers default in making such redemption payment and interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to
accrue on and after the redemption date and the only remaining right of the Holders of such Notes is to receive payment of the redemption price upon surrender to the Paying Agent of the Notes redeemed; 

(g) the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being
redeemed; 

  
 34 

 (h) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the
CUSIP or ISIN number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes; and 
 (i) any conditions precedent to such
redemption. 
 If any of the Notes to be redeemed is in the form of a Global Note, then the Issuers shall modify such notice to the extent
necessary to accord with the procedures of the Depositary applicable to redemption. 
 At the Issuers’ request, the Trustee shall give
the notice of optional redemption in the Issuers’ names and at their expense; provided, however, that the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee, as provided in Section 3.01, an Officers’ Certificate requesting that the Trustee
give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the second preceding paragraph. 
 Section 3.04.
Effect of Notice of Redemption. 
 Once notice of redemption is sent in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, Notes called for
redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price. A notice of redemption may not be conditional, except that any redemption pursuant to Section 3.07(b) may, at the Issuers’ discretion, be subject
to the completion of the related Equity Offering. If sent in the manner provided for in Section 3.03, the notice of redemption shall be conclusively presumed to have been given whether or not a Holder receives such notice. Failure to give
timely notice or any defect in the notice shall not affect the validity of the redemption. 
 Section 3.05. Deposit of Redemption Price. 

Prior to 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the redemption date, the Issuers shall deposit with the Paying Agent (or, if the Company or a
Subsidiary thereof is acting as its own Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 2.04 hereof) money sufficient in same day funds to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest on all Notes to be redeemed on that
date. The Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Issuers any money deposited with the Paying Agent by an Issuer in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest on all Notes to be redeemed. 

If the Issuers comply with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the redemption date, interest shall cease to accrue on the
Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption whether or not such Notes are presented for payment, and the only remaining right of the Holders of such Notes shall be to receive payment of the redemption price upon surrender to the Paying
Agent of the Notes redeemed. If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption because of the failure of an Issuer to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the
redemption date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful, on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. 

  
 35 

 Section 3.06. Notes Redeemed in Part. 

Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Issuers shall issue in the name of the Holder and the Trustee shall authenticate for the
Holder at the expense of the Issuers a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered. 
 Section 3.07.
Optional Redemption. 
 (a) Except as set forth in clauses (b), (c) and (d) of this Section 3.07, the Issuers shall not have
the option to redeem the Notes pursuant to this Section 3.07 prior to August 12, 2021. On or after August 12, 2021, the Issuers shall have the option on one or more occasions to redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, at the redemption
prices (expressed as a percentage of the principal amount) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an
interest payment date that is on or prior to the redemption date), if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on August 12 of the years indicated below: 
  

					
	 YEAR
	  	PERCENTAGE	 
	 2021
	  	 	102.000	% 
	 2022
	  	 	101.000	% 
	 2023 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

 (b) Notwithstanding the provisions of clause (a) of this Section 3.07, at any time prior to
August 12, 2021, the Issuers may on one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under this Indenture at a redemption price of 110.000% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid
interest to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date that is on or prior to the redemption date), with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity
Offerings, provided that: 
 (1) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under this Indenture remains
outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption (excluding any Notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries); and 

(2) each such redemption occurs within 180 days of the date of the closing of each such Equity Offering. 

(c) Prior to August 12, 2021, the Issuers may on one or more occasions redeem all or part of the Notes at a redemption price equal to the
sum of: 
 (1) 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus 

(2) accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant
record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date that is on or prior to the redemption date), plus 
 (3) the
Make Whole Premium at the redemption date. 

  
 36 

 (d) The Notes may also be redeemed, as a whole, following certain Change of Control Offers,
at the redemption price and subject to the conditions set forth in Section 4.15(5). 
 (e) Any redemption pursuant to this
Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.01 through Section 3.06 hereof. 
 Section 3.08. Mandatory
Redemption. 
 Except as set forth under Sections 4.10 and 4.15 hereof, neither of the Issuers shall be required to make mandatory
redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes or to repurchase the Notes at the option of the Holders. 
 Section 3.09. Offer to
Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds. 
 In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof, the Company shall be required to
commence an offer to all Holders to purchase Notes (an “Asset Sale Offer”), it shall follow the procedures specified below. 
 The
Asset Sale Offer shall remain open for a period of 20 Business Days following its commencement and no longer, except to the extent that a longer period is required by Applicable Law (the “Offer Period”). No later than five Business Days
after the termination of the Offer Period (the “Settlement Date”), the Company shall purchase and pay for the principal amount of Notes required to be purchased pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof (the “Offer Amount”) or, if
less than the Offer Amount has been validly tendered (and not validly withdrawn), all Notes validly tendered (and not validly withdrawn) in response to the Asset Sale Offer. Payment for any Notes so purchased shall be made in the manner prescribed
in the Notes. 
 Upon the commencement of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company shall send, by first class mail (or otherwise send pursuant to
the applicable procedures of the Depositary), a notice to each of the Holders, with a copy to the Trustee. The notice shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. The
Asset Sale Offer shall be made to all Holders. The notice, which shall govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer, shall state: 

(a) that the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.09 and Section 4.10 hereof and the length of
time the Asset Sale Offer shall remain open, including the time and date the Asset Sale Offer will terminate (the “Termination Date”); 

(b) the Offer Amount and the purchase price; 

(c) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment shall continue to accrue interest; 

(d) that, unless the Company defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer
shall cease to accrue interest after the Settlement Date; 
 (e) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to
any Asset Sale Offer shall be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, to the Company or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice, before
the Termination Date; 

  
 37 

 (f) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Company
or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, prior to the Termination Date, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase, and a statement
that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased; 
 (g) that, if the aggregate principal amount of
Notes surrendered by Holders, and other Senior Secured Lien Debt surrendered by holders or lenders, collectively, exceeds the amount the Company is required to repurchase, the Trustee shall select the Notes and the Company shall select such other
Senior Secured Lien Debt to be purchased on a pro rata basis on the basis of the aggregate principal amount of tendered Notes and other Senior Secured Lien Debt (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Trustee so that only Notes in
minimum denominations of $1 principal amount and integral multiples of $1 in excess thereof, shall be purchased); and 
 (h)
that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer). 

If any of the Notes subject to an Asset Sale Offer is in the form of a Global Note, then the Company shall modify such notice to the extent
necessary to accord with the procedures of the Depositary applicable to repurchases. 
 Promptly after the Termination Date, the Company
shall, to the extent lawful, accept for payment Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer in the aggregate principal amount required by Section 4.10 hereof, and prior to the Settlement Date it shall deliver to the
Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Company in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.09 and Section 4.10. Prior to 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the
Settlement Date, the Company or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall mail or deliver to each tendering Holder (or, if any Notes are then in global form, it will promptly make such payment thereon through the facilities of DTC) an amount equal
to the purchase price of the Notes tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Company for purchase, and the Company shall issue a new Note, and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail or deliver (or cause to be transferred by book entry) such new
Note to such Holder, in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Company to the Holder thereof. The Company shall publicly announce the results
of the Asset Sale Offer on or before the Settlement Date. 
 ARTICLE 4 

COVENANTS 
 Section 4.01. Payment of
Notes. 
 The Issuers shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the
manner provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Company or a Subsidiary thereof, holds as of 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the due date money
deposited by an Issuer or a Guarantor in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due. 

  
 38 

 The Issuers shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any
Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the rate equal to the interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; and they shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of
interest (without regard to any applicable grace period), at the same rate to the extent lawful. 
 The Company may at any time, for the
purpose of obtaining satisfaction and discharge with respect to the Notes or for any other purpose, pay, or direct any Paying Agent to pay, to the Trustee all sums held in trust by the Company or such Paying Agent, such sums to be held by the
Trustee upon the same terms as those upon which such sums were held by the Company or such Paying Agent; and, upon such payment by any Paying Agent to the Trustee, such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such
money. 
 Subject to any applicable escheat laws, any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in
trust for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, and premium, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on its request,
or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money,
and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease. 
 Section 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency. 

The Issuers shall maintain an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee) in New York, New York
where Notes may be presented or surrendered for payment and they shall maintain an office or agency in the United States (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of
transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuers in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Issuers shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of
such office or agency. If at any time the Issuers shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at
the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee. 
 The Issuers may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where
the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations. Further, if at any time there shall be no such office or agency in the City of New York where the Notes may be presented or
surrendered for payment, the Issuers shall forthwith designate and maintain such an office or agency in the City of New York, in order that the Notes shall at all times be payable in the City of New York. The Issuers shall give prompt written notice
to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency. 

  
 39 

 The Issuers hereby designate the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or
agency of the Company in accordance with Section 2.03. In addition, Notes may be presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange, and notices and demands to or upon the Issuers in respect of the Notes and this Indenture
may be served, at the corporate trust office of the Trustee, which on the Issue Date is located at 13737 Noel Rd, Suite 800, Dallas, TX 75240. 

With respect to any Global Notes, the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee shall be the office or agency where such Global Notes may be
presented or surrendered for payment or for registration of transfer or exchange, or where successor Notes may be delivered in exchange therefor; provided, however, that any such presentation, surrender or delivery effected pursuant to the
Applicable Procedures of the Depositary shall be deemed to have been effected at such office or agency in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture. 

Section 4.03. Reports. 
 (a)
Notwithstanding that the Company may not be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company will file with the SEC (unless the SEC will not accept such a
filing) for public availability within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations under the Exchange Act and, within five Business Days of filing, or attempting to file, the same with the SEC, furnish to the Trustee and, upon
its prior request, to any of the Holders or Beneficial Owners of the Notes: 
 (1) all quarterly and annual financial and
other information with respect to the Company and its Subsidiaries that would be required to be contained in a filing with the SEC on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Company
were required to file such Forms, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and, with respect to the annual information only, a report thereon by the Company’s certified
independent accountants; and 
 (2) all current reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Form 8-K if the Company were required to file such reports. 
 The availability of the foregoing reports on the
SEC’s EDGAR filing system will be deemed to satisfy the foregoing delivery requirements. 
 (b) For as long as any Notes remain
outstanding and constitute “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144, the Company and the Guarantors shall furnish to the Holders and Beneficial Owners of the Notes, prospective purchasers of the Notes and securities analysts,
upon their request, the information, if any, required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. 
 (c) If the
Company has designated any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries, then, to the extent material, the quarterly and annual financial information required by paragraph (a) of this Section 4.03 shall include a reasonably detailed
presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes to the financial statements and in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”, of the financial condition
and results of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries. 

  
 40 

 (d) The Trustee shall have no obligation whatsoever to monitor or confirm, on a continuing
basis or otherwise, the Company’s compliance with this Section 4.03, to determine whether or not such information, documents or reports have been posted on any website or online data system or filed with the Commission via the EDGAR filing
system (or other successor system). The posting or delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute actual or constructive knowledge or
notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Issuers’ compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on officers’
certificates). 
 (e) The Company will be deemed to have delivered to the Holders (or beneficial owners) and to the prospective investors
the information or reports referred to in Section 4.03(a)(1) and (2) or the information referred to in Section 4.03(b) if the Company has posted such information or reports on the Company Website. For purposes of this
Section 4.03 the term “Company Website” means the collection of web pages that may be accessed on the World Wide Web using the URL address https://martinmidstream.com or such other address as the Company may from time to time
designate in writing to the Trustee. 
 Section 4.04. Compliance Certificate. 

(a) The Issuers shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year ending after the Issue Date, an Officers’
Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether (i) the Company
and its Restricted Subsidiaries have kept, observed, performed and fulfilled their respective obligations under this Indenture and the other Senior Secured Lien Documents and (ii) the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries have taken action
with respect to the recording, filing, rerecording, and refiling as is necessary to maintain and perfect the liens and security interests in the Collateral as required by the Senior Secured Lien Collateral Documents, and further stating, as to each
such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge (i) the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries have kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this Indenture and the other
Senior Secured Lien Documents, (ii) the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries are not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture and the other Senior Secured Lien Documents
(or, if a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto), and (iii) all
action necessary to maintain and perfect the liens and security interests in the Collateral as required by the Senior Secured Lien Collateral Documents has been taken. 

(b) The Issuers shall, so long as any of the Notes are outstanding, deliver to the Trustee, within 5 days of any Officer of the General Partner
or Finance Corp. becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, unless such Default or Event of Default has been cured before the end of the 30-day period, a statement specifying such Default or Event of
Default. 

  
 41 

 Section 4.05. Taxes. 

The Company shall pay, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, all taxes, assessments, and governmental levies
except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes. 

Section 4.06. Stay, Extension and Usury Laws. 

Each of the Issuers and each of the Guarantors covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon,
plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and each
Issuer (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it shall not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the
Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted. 
 Section 4.07. Limitation on
Restricted Payments. 
 The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly: 

(1) declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution on account of the Company’s or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests (including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) or to the direct or indirect holders of the
Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests in their capacity as such (other than dividends or distributions payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or payable to the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) (all such payments and other actions set forth in this clause (1) being collectively referred to as “Unitholder Distributions”); 

(2) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including, without limitation, in connection with any merger or
consolidation involving the Company) any Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company; 

(3) make any payment on or with respect to, or purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any
Indebtedness that is subordinated to the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees (excluding any intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), except (A) a payment of interest due and payable in
accordance with the terms thereof either (x) in cash to the extent an Event of Default does not then exist or (y) in kind, and (B) a payment of interest and principal at the Stated Maturity thereof; or 

(4) make any Restricted Investment (all such payments and other actions set forth in these clauses (1) through (4) above
being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”), 

  
 42 

 unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment, no Default (other than a
Reporting Default) or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment and either: 

(1) if the Total Leverage Ratio as of the end of the Company’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which
internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (the “Trailing Four Quarters”) is not greater than 3.75 to 1.0, such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments
made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (2), (3), (4) and (6) of the next succeeding paragraph) with respect to the quarter for which such Restricted Payment is made, is less than
the sum, without duplication, of: 
 (a) Available Cash from Operating Surplus with respect to the Company’s preceding
fiscal quarter, plus 
 (b) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds received by the Company (including the fair market value
of any Permitted Business or long-term assets that are used or useful in a Permitted Business to the extent acquired in consideration of Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock)) after the Issue Date as a contribution to its
common equity capital or from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or from the issue or sale of convertible or exchangeable Disqualified Stock or convertible or exchangeable debt securities of the
Company that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests (other than Equity Interests (or Disqualified Stock or debt securities) sold to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company), plus 

(c) to the extent that any Restricted Investment that was made after the Issue Date is sold for cash or otherwise liquidated or
repaid for cash, the cash return of capital with respect to such Restricted Investment (less the cost of disposition, if any, and not to exceed the amount of the original Restricted Investment), plus 

(d) the net reduction in Restricted Investments resulting from dividends, repayments of loans or advances, or other transfers
of assets in each case to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from any Person (including, without limitation, Unrestricted Subsidiaries) or from redesignations of Unrestricted Subsidiaries as Restricted Subsidiaries, to the extent such
amounts have not been included in Available Cash from Operating Surplus for any period commencing on or after the Issue Date (items (b), (c) and (d) being referred to as “Incremental Funds”) and such reduction shall not exceed the
amount of the original Restricted Investment, minus 
 (e) the aggregate amount of Incremental Funds previously expended
pursuant to this clause (1) and clause (2) below; or 
 (2) if the Total Leverage Ratio as of the end of the
Trailing Four Quarters is greater than 3.75 to 1.0, such Restricted Payment (other than Unitholder Distributions), together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments (other than Unitholder Distributions) made by the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (2), (3), (4), (6) and (7) of the next succeeding paragraph) with respect to the quarter for which such Restricted Payment (other than Unitholder Distributions) is
made, is less than the sum, without duplication, of: 
 (a) $10.0 million less the aggregate amount of all prior
Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to this clause (2)(a) since the Issue Date, plus 

  
 43 

 (b) Incremental Funds to the extent not previously expended pursuant to this
clause (2) or clause (1) above. 
 So long as no Default (except a Reporting Default) or Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing or would be caused thereby (except with respect to clause (1) below under which the payment of a distribution or dividend is permitted), the preceding provisions will not prohibit: 

(1) the payment of any dividend or distribution within 60 days after the date of its declaration, if at the date of declaration
the payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture; 
 (2) the purchase, redemption, defeasance or other
acquisition or retirement of any subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuers or any Guarantor or of any Equity Interests of the Company in exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent (a) contribution (other than
from a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) to the equity capital of the Company or (b) sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) of, Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock), with a sale being deemed
substantially concurrent if such purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement occurs not more than 120 days after such sale; provided, however, that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such
purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement will be excluded (or deducted, if included) from the calculation of Available Cash from Operating Surplus and Incremental Funds; 

(3) the purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuers or any
Guarantor with the net cash proceeds from an incurrence of, or in exchange for, Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; 
 (4)
the payment of any dividend or distribution by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the holders of its Equity Interests on a pro rata basis; 

(5) the purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company pursuant to any director or employee equity subscription agreement or equity option agreement or other employee benefit plan or to satisfy obligations under any Equity Interests appreciation rights or option plan
or similar arrangement; provided, however, that the aggregate price paid for all such purchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Equity Interests may not exceed $2.0 million in any calendar year or, if the Total Leverage Ratio as of the end of
the Trailing Four Quarters is not greater than 3.75 to 1.00 at the time of such purchase, redemption or other acquisition, up to $5.0 million in any calendar year; 

  
 44 

 (6) the purchase, repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement
for value of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon the exercise of unit options, warrants, incentives, rights to acquire Equity Interests or other convertible securities if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise or exchange price
thereof, and any purchase, repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests made in lieu of withholding taxes in connection with any exercise or exchange of unit options, warrants, incentives or rights to
acquire Equity Interests; or 
 (7) Unitholder Distributions up to the greater of (a) $1.0 million in the aggregate
trailing twelve month period or (b) any statutory amount to comply with rules governing the Company’s master limited partnership designation. 

The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) will be the fair market value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the Restricted
Investment proposed to be made or the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment. The fair market value of any Restricted
Investment, assets or securities that are required to be valued by this covenant will be determined, in the case of amounts under $10.0 million, by an officer of the General Partner and, in the case of amounts over $10.0 million, by the
Board of Directors of the Company, whose determination shall be evidenced by a Board Resolution. Not later than the date of making any Restricted Payment (excluding any Restricted Payment described in the preceding clause (2), (3), (4), (5), (6) or
(7)) the Company will deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Restricted Payment is permitted and setting forth the basis upon which the calculations required by this Section 4.07 were computed. 

Section 4.08. Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries. 

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or become
effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to: 
 (1) pay dividends or
make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or pay any Indebtedness or other obligations owed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

(2) make loans or advances to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or 

(3) transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. 

However, the preceding restrictions of this Section 4.08 will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

 (1) agreements as in effect on the Issue Date and any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases,
supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of those agreements or the Indebtedness to which they relate, provided that the amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings
are no more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such dividend, distribution and other payment restrictions than those contained in those agreements on the Issue Date; 

  
 45 

 (2) the Senior Secured Lien Documents; 

(3) Applicable Law; 

(4) any instrument governing Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such acquisition, which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired,
provided that, in the case of Indebtedness, such Indebtedness was otherwise permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be incurred; 

(5) customary non-assignment provisions in Hydrocarbon purchase and sale or exchange
agreements or similar operational agreements or in licenses, easements or leases, in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices; 

(6) Finance Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations, in each case for property acquired in the
ordinary course of business that impose restrictions on that property of the nature described in clause (3) of the preceding paragraph; 

(7) any agreement for the sale or other disposition of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that restricts distributions by
that Restricted Subsidiary pending its sale or other disposition; 
 (8) Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness, provided that
the restrictions contained in the agreements governing such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness are no more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced; 

(9) Liens securing Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred under the provisions of Section 4.12 that limit the
right of the debtor to dispose of the assets subject to such Liens; 
 (10) provisions with respect to the disposition or
distribution of assets or property in joint venture agreements, asset sale agreements, stock sale agreements and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business; 

(11) any agreement or instrument relating to any property or assets acquired after the Issue Date, so long as such encumbrance
or restriction relates only to the property or assets so acquired and is not and was not created in anticipation of such acquisitions; 

(12) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary
course of business; and 

  
 46 

 (13) any other agreement governing Indebtedness of the Issuers or any
Guarantor that is permitted to be incurred by Section 4.09; provided, however, that such encumbrances or restrictions are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in this Indenture or the Credit Agreement as it
exists on the Issue Date. 
 Section 4.09. Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock. 

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume,
guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to (collectively, “incur”) any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt), the Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, issue any Disqualified Stock, and the Company will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any preferred securities; provided, however, that the Issuers and any Guarantor may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired
Debt) or issue Disqualified Stock or preferred securities, if, for the Company’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional
Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or preferred securities are issued, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio would have been at least 2.0 to 1.0, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds
therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred or Disqualified Stock or preferred securities had been issued, as the case may be, at the beginning of such four-quarter period. 

The first paragraph of this Section 4.09 will not prohibit the incurrence of any of the following items of Indebtedness or the issuance
of Disqualified Stock (collectively, “Permitted Debt”) or the issuance of any preferred securities described in clause (11) below: 

(1) the incurrence by the Issuers or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness (with letters of credit being deemed to
have a principal amount equal to the maximum potential liability thereunder) under one or more Credit Facilities, provided that, after giving effect to any such incurrence, the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness incurred under this
clause (1) and then outstanding does not exceed $400.0 million; 
 (2) the incurrence by the Issuers or any
Guarantor of Indebtedness represented by: 
 (a) the Notes issued on the Issue Date in an aggregate principal amount of
$53,749,957, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (2)(a); and 

(b) the Junior Lien Notes to be issued on August 12, 2020 in an aggregate principal amount of $291,969,885, including all
Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (2)(b); 

(3) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of the Existing Indebtedness; 

  
 47 

 (4) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of
Indebtedness represented by Finance Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations, in each case, incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of construction or improvement of property,
plant or equipment used in the business of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or refund any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause
(4), provided that after giving effect to any such incurrence, the principal amount of all Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (4) and then outstanding does not exceed $25.0 million; 

(5) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange for,
or the net proceeds of which are used to, extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or refund Indebtedness that was permitted by this Indenture to be incurred under the first paragraph of this Section 4.09 or clause (2) or (3) of this
paragraph or this clause (5); 
 (6) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of intercompany
Indebtedness between or among the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that: 
 (a) if the
Company is the obligor on such Indebtedness and a Guarantor is not the obligee, such Indebtedness must be unsecured and expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations with respect to the Notes, or if a Guarantor is
the obligor on such Indebtedness and neither the Company nor any Guarantor is the obligee, such Indebtedness must be unsecured and expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations with respect to the Subsidiary
Guarantee of such Guarantor; and 
 (b) (i) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any
such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and (ii) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person that is neither the Company nor a Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company will be deemed, in each case, to constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that was not permitted by this clause (6); 

(7) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Hedging Contracts in the ordinary course of business
and not for speculative purposes; 
 (8) the guarantee by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness
of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that was permitted to be incurred by another provision of this Section 4.09; 

(9) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations relating to net Hydrocarbon balancing
positions arising in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice; 

  
 48 

 (10) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of
Indebtedness in respect of bid, performance, surety and similar bonds issued for the account of the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business, including guarantees and obligations of the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to letters of credit supporting such obligations (in each case other than an obligation for money borrowed); 

(11) the issuance by any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries to the Company or to any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
of any preferred securities; provided, however, that: 
 (a) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that
results in any such preferred securities being held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; and 

(b) any sale or other transfer of any such preferred securities to a Person that is not either the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company 
 shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an issuance of such preferred securities by such Restricted
Subsidiary that was not permitted by this clause (11); 
 (12) [reserved]; 

(13) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Acquired Debt in connection with a merger or
consolidation meeting either one of the financial tests set forth in clause (d) of Section 5.01; and 
 (14) the
incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of additional Indebtedness, provided that, after giving effect to any such incurrence, the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness incurred under this clause (14) and then
outstanding does not exceed $25.0 million. 
 For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09, in the event that an
item of Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (1) through (14) above, or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this
Section 4.09, the Company will be permitted to classify (or later classify or reclassify in whole or in part in its sole discretion) such item of Indebtedness in any manner that complies with this Section 4.09; provided that any
Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement and the indenture governing the Junior Lien Notes on the Issue Date shall be considered incurred under the clause (1) and 2(b), respectively, of the second paragraph of this Section 4.09 and may not
be reclassified. 
 The accrual of interest, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest on any
Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, and the payment of dividends on Disqualified Stock in the form of additional shares of the same class of Disqualified Stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of
Indebtedness or an issuance of Disqualified Stock for purposes of this Section 4.09, provided, in each such case, that the amount thereof is included in Fixed Charges of the Company as accrued. Further, the accounting reclassification of any
obligation of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as Indebtedness will not be deemed an incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this Section 4.09. 

  
 49 

 Section 4.10. Limitation on Asset Sales. 

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless: 

(1) the Company (or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at least
equal to the fair market value of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of; 
 (2) the fair
market value is determined by (a) an executive officer of the General Partner if the value is less than $10.0 million and evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee, or (b) the Company’s Board of
Directors if the value is $10.0 million or more and evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors set forth in an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee; and 

(3) at least 75% of the aggregate consideration received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Asset Sale and
all other Asset Sales since the Issue Date is in the form of cash. For purposes of this provision, each of the following will be deemed to be cash: 

(a) any liabilities, as shown on the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet, of the
Company or such Subsidiary (other than contingent liabilities and liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets pursuant to a customary novation
agreement that releases the Company or such Subsidiary from further liability; and 
 (b) any securities, notes or other
obligations received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are, within 90 days after the Asset Sale, converted by the Company or such Subsidiary into cash, to the extent of the cash received in that conversion. 

Within 360 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may apply those Net
Proceeds at its option to any combination of the following: 
 (I) to repay Senior Debt; 

(II) to acquire all or substantially all of the properties or assets of a Person primarily engaged in a Permitted Business; 

(III) to acquire a majority of the Voting Stock of a Person primarily engaged a Permitted Business; 

(IV) to make capital expenditures; or 

(V) to acquire other long-term assets that are used or useful in a Permitted Business; 

  
 50 

 provided, that in the case of clauses (2), (3), (4) or (5), with respect to any Collateral Disposition, any
property or assets acquired with such Net Proceeds must, to the extent required by the Senior Secured Lien Collateral Documents, become Collateral. 

Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may invest the Net Proceeds in any manner that is
not prohibited by this Indenture. Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as provided in the preceding paragraph will constitute “Excess Proceeds.” 

On the 361st day after the Asset Sale (or, at the Company’s option, any earlier date), if the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds then
exceeds $10.0 million, the Company, after making any required offer to holders of Priority Lien Debt and Senior Secured Lien Debt, will make an Asset Sale Offer to all Holders of Notes, and to all holders of other Senior Secured Lien Debt then
outstanding containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets, to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes and such other Senior Secured Lien
Debt that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds. The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer will be equal to 100% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the Settlement Date, subject to the right of Holders of record
on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date that is on or prior to the Settlement Date, and will be payable in cash. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company may use
those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other Senior Secured Lien Debt tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee
will select the Notes and the Company will select such other Senior Secured Lien Debt to be purchased on a pro rata basis (and in the case of Global Notes, in accordance with the applicable procedures of the Depositary), with such adjustments as may
be deemed appropriate by the Trustee so that only Notes in minimum denominations of $1 principal amount and integral multiples of $1 in excess thereof, shall be purchased, as set forth in Section 3.09(h) of this Indenture. Upon completion of
each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero. 
 The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale
Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Section 4.10, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have
breached its obligations under such provisions by virtue of such conflict. 
 All references herein to “Net Proceeds” and
“Excess Proceeds” shall be deemed to mean cash in an amount equal to the amount of Net Proceeds or Excess Proceeds but not necessarily the actual cash received from the relevant Asset Sale. The Company and its Subsidiaries shall have no
obligation to segregate, trace or otherwise identify Net Proceeds or Excess Proceeds (other than the amount thereof), it being agreed that cash is fungible and that the Company’s obligations under this covenant may be satisfied by the
application of funds from other sources. 

  
 51 

 Section 4.11. Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates. 

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise
dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate (each,
an “Affiliate Transaction”), unless: 
 (1) the Affiliate Transaction is on terms, taken as a whole, that are no
less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and 

(2) the Company delivers to the Trustee, with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions
involving aggregate consideration in excess of $10.0 million, a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company set forth in an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with this Section 4.11 and
that such Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions has been approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors. 

The following items will not be deemed to be Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, will not be subject to the provisions of the prior
paragraph of this Section 4.11: 
 (1) any employment, equity award, equity option or equity appreciation agreement or
plan entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; 
 (2)
transactions between or among any of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (3) transactions with a Person (other
than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) that is an Affiliate of the Company solely because the Company owns an Equity Interest in such Person; 

(4) transactions effected in accordance with the terms of (a) corporate sharing agreements that are with MRMC and its
Subsidiaries with respect to general overhead and other administrative matters and (b) other agreements that are identified in Schedule I to this Indenture, in each case as such agreements are in effect on the Issue Date, and any amendment or
replacement of any of such agreements so long as such amendment or replacement agreement is no less advantageous to the Company in any material respect than the agreement so amended or replaced; 

(5) customary compensation, indemnification and other benefits made available to officers, directors or employees of the
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company, including reimbursement or advancement of out-of-pocket expenses and provisions of officers’ and
directors’ liability insurance; 
 (6) sales of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) to Affiliates of the
Company; 

  
 52 

 (7) Restricted Payments that are permitted by Section 4.07; 

(8) payments to the General Partner with respect to reimbursement for expenses in accordance with the Partnership Agreement as
in effect on the Issue Date and as it may be amended, provided that any such amendment is not less favorable to the Company in any material respect than the agreement prior to such amendment; and 

(9) in the case of contracts for gathering, transporting, treating, processing, prilling or forming, refining, marketing,
distributing, storing, terminalling or otherwise handling Hydrocarbons, or activities or services reasonably related or ancillary thereto, or other operational contracts, any such contracts are entered into in the ordinary course of business on
terms substantially similar to those contained in similar contracts entered into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and third parties. 

Section 4.12. Limitation on Liens. 

The Company will not and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or
become effective any Lien of any kind (other than Permitted Liens) securing Indebtedness or Attributable Debt upon any of their property or assets, now owned or hereafter acquired. 

Section 4.13. Additional Subsidiary Guarantees. 

If, after the Issue Date, any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is not already a Guarantor guarantees any other Indebtedness for
borrowed money of either of the Issuers or any Guarantor, then that Subsidiary will become a Guarantor by executing a supplemental indenture substantially in the form of Annex A hereto and delivering it to the Trustee within twenty
(20) Business Days of the date on which it guaranteed or incurred such Indebtedness, together with any Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel required by Section 9.06; provided, however, that the preceding shall not apply to
Subsidiaries of the Company that have properly been designated as Unrestricted Subsidiaries in accordance with this Indenture for so long as they continue to constitute Unrestricted Subsidiaries. Notwithstanding the preceding, any Subsidiary
Guarantee of a Restricted Subsidiary that was incurred pursuant to this Section 4.13 will be released as provided in Section 10.04. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Talen’s Marine & Fuel, LLC, as of the most recent quarter for which internal financial
statements are available, has greater than $2.5 million of assets or, if at any time, its operations would be material to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, as determined by senior management of the Company in good
faith, Talen’s Marine & Fuel, LLC shall be required to become a Guarantor pursuant to the preceding paragraph. 
 Section 4.14.
Corporate Existence. 
 Except as otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms hereof (including consolidation and merger permitted by
Section 5.01), the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence, and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in
accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to preserve the existence of any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries (except Finance Corp.) if the Company shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole and that the loss
thereof is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes. 

  
 53 

 Section 4.15. Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control. 

(1) Within 30 days following the occurrence of a Change of Control, unless the Issuers have previously or concurrently
exercised their right to redeem all of the Notes pursuant to Section 3.07, the Company shall make an offer (a “Change of Control Offer”) to repurchase all or any part (equal to a minimum of $1 or an integral multiple of $1in excess
thereof) of each Holder’s Notes at a purchase price (the “Change of Control Payment”) in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the date of settlement
(the “Change of Control Settlement Date”), subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date that is on or prior to the Change of Control Settlement Date. Within 30
days following a Change of Control, unless the Issuers have previously or concurrently exercised their right to redeem all of the Notes pursuant to Section 3.07, the Company shall send a notice of the Change of Control Offer to each Holder and
the Trustee describing the transaction that constitutes the Change of Control and stating: 
 (a) that the Change of Control
Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.15 and that all Notes validly tendered and not validly withdrawn will be accepted for payment; 

(b) the purchase price and the purchase date, which shall be no earlier than 30 days but no later than 60 days from the date
such notice is sent (the “Change of Control Purchase Date”); 
 (c) that the Change of Control Offer will expire as
of the time specified in such notice on the Change of Control Purchase Date and that the Company shall pay the Change of Control Purchase Price for all Notes accepted for purchase as of the Change of Control Purchase Date promptly thereafter on the
Change of Control Settlement Date; 
 (d) that any Note not tendered will remain Outstanding and continue to accrue interest;

 (e) that, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment
pursuant to the Change of Control Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Change of Control Settlement Date; 
 (f)
that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender the Notes, properly endorsed for transfer, together with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the
reverse of the Notes completed and such customary documents as the Company may reasonably request, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the termination of the Change of Control Offer on the Change of Control Purchase
Date; 

  
 54 

 (g) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying
Agent receives, prior to the termination of the Change of Control Offer, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of Notes delivered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is
withdrawing its election to have the Notes purchased; and 
 (h) that Holders whose Notes are being purchased only in part
will be issued (or transferred by book-entry transfer) new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, which unpurchased portion must be equal to a minimum of $1 and integral multiples of $1 in excess
thereof. 
 If any of the Notes subject to a Change of Control Offer is in the form of a Global Note, then the Company shall modify such
notice to the extent necessary to accord with the procedures of the Depositary applicable to repurchases. Further, the Company shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any
other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes as a result of a Change of Control. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or
regulations conflict with the provisions of this Section 4.15, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under such provisions by virtue of such conflict.

 (2) On the Change of Control Purchase Date, the Company shall, to the extent lawful, accept for payment all Notes or
portions thereof (in minimum denominations of $1 and integral multiples of $1 in excess thereof) properly tendered (and not validly withdrawn) pursuant to the Change of Control Offer. Promptly thereafter on the Change of Control Settlement Date the
Company shall: 
 (a) deposit with the Paying Agent by 11:00 a.m., New York City time, an amount equal to the Change of
Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered (and not validly withdrawn); and 
 (b) deliver or
cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased by the Company. 

On the Change of Control Settlement Date, the Paying Agent shall mail (or otherwise send pursuant to the applicable procedures of the
Depositary) to each Holder of Notes properly tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes (or, if such Notes are then in global form, make such payment through the facilities of the Depositary) and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail
(or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided, however, that each such new Note will be in a minimum principal amount of $1 or an
integral multiple of $1 in excess thereof. The Company shall publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Purchase Date. 

  
 55 

 (3) The Change of Control provisions of this Section 4.15 shall be
applicable whether or nor any other provisions of this Indenture are applicable. 
 (4) The Company shall not be required to
make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the time and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 4.15 applicable to a Change
of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, a Change of Control Offer by the Company or a third party
may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditioned upon the consummation of such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time the Change of Control Offer is made. 

(5) In the event that Holders of not less than 90% of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes accept a Change
of Control Offer and the Company, or any third party making a Change of Control Offer in lieu of the Company as described above, purchases all of the Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by such Holders, the Company will have the right, upon not
less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice as provided in Section 3.03, given not more than 30 days following such purchase pursuant to the Change of Control Offer described above, to redeem all Notes that remain outstanding
following such purchase at a redemption price in cash equal to the Change of Control Payment plus, to the extent not included in the Change of Control Payment, accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the date of redemption (subject to the
right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date that is on or prior to the redemption date). 

Section 4.16. No Inducements. 
 The
Company will not, and the Company will not permit any of its Subsidiaries, either directly or indirectly, to pay or cause to be paid any consideration, whether by way of interest, fee or otherwise, to any Beneficial Owner or Holder of any Notes for
or as an inducement to any consent to any waiver, amendment or supplement of any terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes, unless such consideration is offered to be paid or agreed to be paid to all Beneficial Owners and Holders of the
Notes which so consent in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent. 
 Section 4.17. Permitted Business
Activities. 
 The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, engage in any business other than a Permitted
Business, except to such extent as would not be material to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole. 
 Finance Corp.
shall not incur Indebtedness for borrowed money unless (1) the Company is a co-obligor or guarantor of such Indebtedness or (2) the net proceeds of such Indebtedness are loaned to the Company, used
to acquire outstanding debt securities issued by the Company or used to repay Indebtedness of the Company as permitted under Section 4.09. Finance Corp. shall not engage in any business not related directly or indirectly to obtaining money or
arranging financing for the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries. 

  
 56 

 Section 4.18. Sale and Leaseback Transactions. 

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into any Sale and Leaseback Transaction; provided,
however, that the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may enter into a Sale and Leaseback Transaction if: 
 (1)
the Company or that Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, could have (a) incurred Indebtedness in an amount equal to the Attributable Debt relating to such Sale and Leaseback Transaction under the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test in the first
paragraph of Section 4.09 and (b) incurred a Lien to secure such Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.12; 
 (2)
the gross cash proceeds of that Sale and Leaseback Transaction are at least equal to the fair market value, as determined in accordance with the definition of that term in Section 1.01 and set forth in an Officers’ Certificate delivered to
the Trustee, of the property that is the subject of that Sale and Leaseback Transaction; and 
 (3) the transfer of assets in
that Sale and Leaseback Transaction is permitted by, and the Company applies the proceeds of such transaction in compliance with, Section 4.10. 

Section 4.19. [Reserved]. 
 Section 4.20.
Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries. 
 The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company (other than Finance Corp. or the Operating Partnership) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if that designation would not cause a Default and, if after giving effect to such designation as if the same had occurred at the
beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, the Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of Section 4.09. If a
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the aggregate fair market value of all outstanding Investments owned by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary properly designated will be
deemed to be either an Investment made as of the time of the designation that will reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under the first paragraph of Section 4.07 or represent Permitted Investments, as determined by the Company.
That designation shall only be permitted if the Investment would be permitted at that time and if the Subsidiary so designated otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 

The Board of Directors of the Company may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;
provided that such designation will be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary and such designation will only be permitted if (1) such
Indebtedness is permitted under Section 4.09, calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the four-quarter reference period, and (2) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence following
such designation. 

  
 57 

 Section 4.21. [Reserved]. 

Section 4.22. Optional Repurchases of Existing 2021 Notes. 

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make or offer to repurchase the
Existing 2021 Notes prior to the Stated Maturity thereof at a price that is greater than $800 in cash per $1,000 of principal amount. 
 Section 4.23.
Participation in Industry Conferences or Conventions. 
 The Company will cause its senior management team to participate in at least
one industry conference or convention in any twelve-month period. 
 ARTICLE 5 

SUCCESSORS 
 Section 5.01. Merger,
Consolidation, or Sale of Assets. 
 Neither of the Issuers may, directly or indirectly, (1) consolidate or merge with or into
another Person (whether or not such Issuer is the survivor), or (2) sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets in one or more related transactions to another Person,
unless: 
 (a) either (1) such Issuer is the survivor or (2) the Person formed by or surviving any such
consolidation or merger (if other than such Issuer ) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made is a Person organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state of the
United States or the District of Columbia; provided, however, that Finance Corp. may not consolidate or merge with or into any Person other than a corporation satisfying such requirement so long as the Company is not a corporation; 

(b) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger or the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer,
lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made (collectively, the “Successor”) (i) if other than such Issuer, assumes all the obligations of such Issuer under the Senior Secured Lien Documents pursuant to a supplemental
indenture, and (ii) takes such action (or agrees to take such action) as may be necessary to cause any property or assets that constitute Collateral owned by or transferred to such Person to be subject to the Senior Secured Liens in the manner
and to the extent required under the Senior Secured Lien Documents and shall deliver a customary Opinion of Counsel and officers’ certificate with respect to such customary matters as the Trustee or Collateral Trustee, as applicable, may
reasonably request; 
 (c) immediately after such transaction no Default or Event of Default exists; 

(d) in the case of a transaction involving the Company and not Finance Corp., either; 

  
 58 

 (i) the Company or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation
or merger (if other than the Company), or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made will, at the time of such transaction and after giving pro forma effect thereto and any related financing
transactions as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of
Section 4.09 hereof; or 
 (ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis and any related
financing transactions as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the Company’s most recently ended four full quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of the transactions, the Fixed
Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company), or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition has been made, will be equal
to or greater than the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company immediately before such transactions; and 
 (e) such
Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or disposition and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with this Indenture and the Senior Secured Lien
Collateral Documents and that this Indenture, the Senior Secured Lien Collateral Documents and the Notes constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of any Successor, subject to customary exceptions. 

Notwithstanding the restrictions described in the foregoing clause (d), any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Finance Corp.) may consolidate
with, merge into or dispose of all or part of its properties and assets to the Company without complying with the preceding clause (d) in connection with any such consolidation, merger or disposition. 

Notwithstanding the second preceding paragraph of this Section 5.01, the Company may reorganize as any other form of entity in accordance
with the following procedures provided that: 
 (1) the reorganization involves the conversion (by merger, sale, contribution
or exchange of assets or otherwise) of the Company into a form of entity other than a limited partnership formed under Delaware law; 

(2) the entity so formed by or resulting from such reorganization is an entity organized or existing under the laws of the
United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia; 
 (3) the entity so formed by or resulting from such
reorganization assumes all the obligations of the Company under the Senior Secured Lien Documents pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; 

(4) immediately after such reorganization no Default or Event of Default exists; and 

  
 59 

 (5) such reorganization is not materially adverse to the Holders or
Beneficial Owners of the Notes (for purposes of this clause (5) a reorganization will not be considered materially adverse to the Holders or Beneficial Owners of the Notes solely because the successor or survivor of such reorganization
(a) is subject to federal or state income taxation as an entity or (b) is considered to be an “includible corporation” of an affiliated group of corporations within the meaning of Section 1504(b) of the Code or any similar
state or local law). 
 Section 5.02. Successor Substituted. 

Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the
properties or assets of an Issuer in accordance with Section 5.01 hereof, the successor formed by such consolidation or into or with which such Issuer is merged or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition
is made shall succeed to, and may exercise every right and power of, such Issuer under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor had been named as such Issuer herein and shall be substituted for such Issuer (so that from and after the
date of such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this Indenture referring to the “Company” or “Finance Corp.,” as the case may be, shall refer instead to
the successor and not to the Company or Finance Corp., as the case may be); and thereafter, if an Issuer is dissolved following a transfer of all or substantially all of its properties or assets in accordance with this Indenture, it shall be
discharged and released from all obligations and covenants under this Indenture and the Notes. The Trustee shall enter into a supplemental indenture to evidence the succession and substitution of such successor and such discharge and release of such
Issuer. 
 ARTICLE 6 

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES 
 Section 6.01.
Events of Default. 
 An “Event of Default” occurs if one of the following shall have occurred and be continuing (whatever
the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be involuntary or be effected by operation of law): 
 (a) an
Issuer defaults in the payment when due of interest with respect to the Notes, and such default continues for a period of 30 days; 

(b) an Issuer defaults in the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, on the Notes when due at its Stated Maturity,
upon optional redemption, upon required repurchase, upon declaration or when otherwise due; 
 (c) the Company fails to
comply with the provisions of Section 3.09, 4.10, 4.15 or 5.01 hereof; 
 (d) the Company fails to comply with the
provisions of Section 4.03 for 60 days after notice to the Company by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding of such failure; 

  
 60 

 (e) the Company fails to comply with any other covenant or other provision
in this Indenture or the Notes for 30 days after notice to the Company by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding of such failure; 

(f) a default occurs under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be
secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), whether such Indebtedness or guarantee exists
on the Issue Date or is created after the Issue Date, if such default: 
 (1) is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or
interest or premium, if any, on such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of any grace period provided in such Indebtedness (a “Payment Default”); or 

(2) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its Stated Maturity, 

and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which
there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $20.0 million or more; provided, however, that if any such Payment Default is cured or waived or any such acceleration rescinded, or such Indebtedness
is repaid, within a period of 30 days from the continuation of such Payment Default beyond the applicable grace period or the occurrence of such acceleration, as the case may be, such Event of Default and any consequential acceleration of the Notes
shall be automatically rescinded, so long as such rescission does not conflict with any judgment or decree; 
 (g) Finance
Corp., the Company or any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary of the Company fails to pay final
judgments aggregating in excess of $20.0 million (to the extent not covered by insurance by a reputable and creditworthy insurer as to which the insurer has not disclaimed coverage), which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a
period of 60 days; 
 (h) except as permitted by this Indenture, any Subsidiary Guarantee is held in any judicial proceeding
to be unenforceable or invalid or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect or any Guarantor, or any Person validly acting on behalf of any Guarantor, denies or disaffirms in writing its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee; and

 (i) the Company, Finance Corp., any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary of the
Company or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary of the Company pursuant to or within the meaning of Bankruptcy Law: 

(1) commences a voluntary case, 

(2) consents in writing to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case, 

  
 61 

 (3) consents in writing to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for all
or substantially all of its property, 
 (4) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or 

(5) admits in writing it generally is not paying its debts as they become due; or 

(j) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that: 

(1) is for relief against the Company, Finance Corp., any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant
Subsidiary of the Company or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary of the Company in an involuntary case; 

(2) appoints a Custodian of the Company, Finance Corp., any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant
Subsidiary of the Company or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary of the Company or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company, Finance Corp., any of the
Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary of the Company or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company, that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary of the Company; or 

(3) orders the liquidation of the Company, Finance Corp., any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries that is a
Significant Subsidiary of the Company or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary of the Company; 

and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; and 

(k) the occurrence of any of the following: 
  

	 	(1)	 except as permitted by the Senior Secured Lien Documents, any Senior Secured Lien Collateral Document
establishing the Senior Secured Liens ceases for any reason to be enforceable; provided that it will not be an Event of Default under this clause (k)(1) if the sole result of the failure of one or more Senior Secured Lien Collateral Documents to be
fully enforceable is that any Senior Secured Lien purported to be granted under such Senior Secured Lien Collateral Documents on Collateral, individually or in the aggregate, having a fair market value of not more than $20.0 million, ceases to
be an enforceable and perfected Senior Secured Lien; 

  
 62 

	 	(2)	 except as permitted by the Senior Secured Lien Documents or as a direct result of the failure of the Collateral
Trustee to act in accordance with the Senior Secured Lien Collateral Documents, any Senior Secured Lien purported to be granted under any Senior Secured Lien Collateral Document on Collateral, individually or in the aggregate, having a fair market
value in excess of $20.0 million, ceases to be an enforceable and perfected second-priority Lien, subject to the Intercreditor Agreement and Permitted Liens; and 

 

	 	(3)	 the Issuers or any Guarantor, or any Person validly acting on behalf of any of them, denies or disaffirms, in
writing, any obligation of the Issuers or any Guarantor set forth in or arising under any Senior Secured Lien Collateral Document establishing Senior Secured Liens. 

Section 6.02. Acceleration. 
 If any
Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee, by notice to the Issuers, or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, by notice to the Issuers and the Trustee, may declare the principal of, and accrued
and unpaid interest on, all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Upon any such declaration, the Notes shall become due and payable immediately, together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if
an Event of Default specified in clause (i) or (j) of Section 6.01 hereof occurs with respect to the Company, Finance Corp., any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary of the Company or any group of
Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary of the Company, the principal of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all outstanding Notes shall become due and payable without further
action or notice. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of all of the Holders rescind an acceleration and its consequences if the rescission would not conflict with any
judgment or decree and if all existing Events of Default (except with respect to nonpayment of principal or interest that have become due solely because of the acceleration) have been cured or waived. 

Section 6.03. Other Remedies. 

Subject to the Collateral Agency Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement, if an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may
pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal of and premium and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture. 

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay
or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are
cumulative to the extent permitted by law. 
 Section 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults. 

Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the
Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences hereunder, except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of or premium or interest on the Notes. Upon any such waiver, such Default shall
cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon. 

  
 63 

 Section 6.05. Control by Majority. 

Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for
exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or that the Trustee determines may be unduly
prejudicial to the rights of other Holders of Notes (it being understood that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not any such direction is unduly prejudicial to the rights of such other Holders) or that may involve
the Trustee in personal liability. 
 Section 6.06. Limitation on Suits. 

A Holder of a Note may pursue a remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes only if: 

(a) the Holder of a Note gives to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default; 

(b) the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes make a written request to the Trustee to
pursue the remedy; 
 (c) such Holder of a Note or Holders of Notes offer and, if requested, provide to the Trustee indemnity
or security satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense; 
 (d) the Trustee does not comply with the
request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer and, if requested, the provision of indemnity; and 
 (e)
during such 60-day period the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a direction inconsistent with the request. 

A Holder of a Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder of
a Note (it being understood that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not any such use by a Holder prejudices the rights of any other Holders or obtains priority or preference over such other Holders). 

Section 6.07. Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment. 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal of and premium and
interest on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired
or affected without the consent of such Holder (provided that the exercise of such right conforms to the requirements of Section 3.3(e) of, and otherwise does not conflict with, the Collateral Agency Agreement or the Intercreditor
Agreement). 

  
 64 

 Section 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee. 

Subject to the Collateral Agency Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement, if an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a) or
(b) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuers and the Guarantors for the whole amount of principal of, premium and interest remaining unpaid on
the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances
of the Trustee, its agents and counsel. 
 Section 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. 

The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the
claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuers (or any
other obligor upon the Notes), their creditors or their property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial
proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the
reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses,
disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by
a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or
arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes
or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding. 
 Section 6.10.
Priorities. 
 Subject to the Collateral Agency Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement, if the Trustee collects any money pursuant
to this Article, it shall pay out such money in the following order: 
 First: to the Trustee (acting in any capacity), the
Collateral Trustee, and their respective agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07 hereof, including payment of all compensation, expense and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the Trustee’s costs
and expenses of collection; 
 Second: to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium and
interest ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium and interest respectively; and 

  
 65 

 Third: any surplus remaining after the Discharge of Senior Secured Lien
Obligations shall be paid to the Issuers or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct. 
 The Trustee may fix a record
date and payment date for any payment to Holders of Notes pursuant to this Section 6.10. 
 Section 6.11. Undertaking for Costs. 

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted
by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’
fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a Note pursuant to
Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes. 
 ARTICLE 7 

TRUSTEE 
 Section 7.01. Duties of
Trustee. 
 (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in
it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent man would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs. 

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default: 

(i) the duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need
perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and 

(ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the
correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not
they conform to the requirements of this Indenture. 
 (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own gross negligent
action, its own gross negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that: 
 (i) this paragraph does not
limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01; 
 (ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of
judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; 

  
 66 

 (iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or
omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof; and 
 (iv)
no provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall
have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it. 

(d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to
paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 7.01. 
 (e) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it
except as the Trustee may agree in writing with an Issuer. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 

Section 7.02. Rights of Trustee. 

(a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person.
The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document. 
 (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may
require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may
consult with counsel and the written advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in
reliance thereon. 
 (c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence
of any agent appointed with due care. 
 (d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it
believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture. 
 (e) Unless otherwise specifically provided
in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from an Issuer shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of such Issuer. 
 (f)
The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holder shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory
to the Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction. 
 (g)
The Trustee shall have no duty to inquire as to the performance of the Company’s covenants in Article 4 hereof. In addition, the Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any Default or Event of Default except: (1) any Event of
Default occurring pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or 6.01(b) hereof; or (2) any Default or Event of Default of which a Responsible Officer shall have received written notification at its address specified in Section 11.02 hereof or
obtained actual knowledge. 

  
 67 

 (h) The permissive right of the Trustee to act hereunder shall not be construed as a duty.

 (i) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be
indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder and in its capacity as Trustee under any other agreement executed in connection with this Indenture to which the Trustee is a party. 

(j) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement,
instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or documents, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such
facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine during normal business hours the books, records and premises of the Issuers, personally or by
agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Issuers, and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation. 

(k) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be
compensated and indemnified under this Article 7, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Collateral Trustee, the Agents and to each other agent, custodian and Person employed to act hereunder. 

(l) The Trustee may request that the Issuers and each of the Guarantors shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate setting
forth the names of individuals and/or titles of Officers of the Issuers and each Guarantor, as applicable, authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture of the Issuers, the Notes and the Guarantees, which
Officers’ Certificate may be signed by any Person authorized to sign an Officers’ Certificate, including any Person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded. 

(m) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, punitive, or consequential loss or damage of any kind
whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action. 

Section 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee. 

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuers, any
Guarantor or any Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest (as defined in the TIA) after a Default has occurred and is continuing, it
must eliminate such conflict within 90 days or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof. 

  
 68 

 Section 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer. 

The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall
not be accountable for either Issuer’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to an Issuer or upon either Issuer’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any
money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it shall not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture
other than its certificate of authentication. 
 Section 7.05. Notice of Defaults. 

If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has knowledge or notice as provided in
Section 7.02(g) hereof, the Trustee shall send to Holders of Notes a notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of or premium, if any, or
interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Notes. 

Section 7.06. [Reserved]. 
 Section 7.07.
Compensation and Indemnity. 
 The Issuers shall pay to the Trustee from time to time such reasonable compensation as the Issuers and
the Trustee may agree in writing for the Trustee’s acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuers shall
reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and
expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel. 
 The Issuers and the Guarantors shall indemnify the Trustee (which for purposes of this
Section 7.07 shall include officers, directors, employees and agents of the Trustee), jointly and severally, against any and all losses, liabilities, claims, damages, costs or expenses incurred by it (including, without limitation, the fees and
expenses of its agents and counsel) arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Issuers and the Guarantors
(including this Section 7.07) and defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by an Issuer, any Guarantor or any Holder or any other Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties
hereunder, except to the extent any such loss, liability or expense may be attributable to its gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent
jurisdiction. The Trustee shall notify the Issuers and the Guarantors promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Issuers and the Guarantors shall not relieve the Issuers or the Guarantors of their
obligations hereunder. The Issuers and the Guarantors shall defend the claim and the Trustee shall cooperate in the defense. The Trustee may have one separate counsel and the Issuers and the Guarantors shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of
such counsel. The Issuers and the Guarantors need not pay for any settlement made without their consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Neither the Issuers nor the Guarantors need reimburse the Trustee for any expense or indemnity
against any liability or loss of the Trustee to the extent such expense, liability or loss is attributable to the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Trustee as determined by a final, non-appealable
judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction. 

  
 69 

 The obligations of the Issuers and the Guarantors under this Section 7.07 shall survive
the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the payment of the Notes or the resignation or removal of the Trustee. 
 To secure the
Issuers’ and the Guarantors’ payment obligations in this Section 7.07, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal and interest
on particular Notes. Such Lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. 
 When the Trustee incurs expenses or
renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(i) or (j) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute
expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law. 
 Section 7.08. Replacement of Trustee. 

A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s
acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section. 
 The Trustee may resign in writing upon 30 days notice at any time and be
discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Issuers. The Holders of Notes of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Issuers in writing not less
than 30 days prior to the effective date of such removal and may appoint a successor trustee with the consent of the Issuers. The Issuers may remove the Trustee if: 

(a) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof; 

(b) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any
Bankruptcy Law; 
 (c) a receiver, Custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or 

(d) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting. 

If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Issuers shall promptly appoint a
successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the
Issuers. 

  
 70 

 If a successor Trustee does not take office within 30 days after the retiring Trustee
resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee (at the Issuers’ expense), the Issuers or the Holders of Notes of at least 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of
a successor Trustee. 
 If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder of a Note who has been a Holder of a Note for at least six
months, fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof, such Holder of a Note may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. 

A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuers. Thereupon, the
resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall send a notice of its succession to Holders
of the Notes. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof.
Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Issuers’ and the Guarantors’ obligations under Section 7.07 hereof shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. 

Section 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger, etc. 

If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another
corporation, the successor corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee. As soon as practicable, the successor Trustee shall send a notice of its succession to the Issuers and the Holders of the Notes. 

Section 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification. 

There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of
America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least
$50 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. 
 Section 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against
Issuers. 
 If the Trustee becomes a creditor of an Issuer or any Guarantor, the Trustee’s right to obtain payment of claims
in certain cases, or to realize on certain property received in respect of any such claim as security or otherwise, shall be limited as specified in TIA § 311(a) as if the Trustee were subject to TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor
relationship listed in TIA § 311(b). 
 ARTICLE 8 

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE 

Section 8.01. Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 

The Issuers may, at the option of their respective Boards of Directors evidenced by a resolution set forth in an Officers’ Certificate,
at any time, exercise their rights under either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof with respect to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8. 

  
 71 

 Section 8.02. Legal Defeasance and Discharge. 

Upon the Issuers’ exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Issuers shall, subject
to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have discharged their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes, and each Guarantor shall be deemed to have discharged its obligations with respect to
its Subsidiary Guarantee, on the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Issuers shall be deemed to have paid and
discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes, and each Guarantor shall be deemed to have paid and discharged its Subsidiary Guarantee (which in each case shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for
the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in (a) and (b) below) and to have satisfied all its other obligations under such Notes or Subsidiary Guarantee and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on
demand of and at the expense of the Issuers, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: (a) the rights of Holders of
outstanding Notes to receive solely from the trust fund described in Section 8.04 hereof, and as more fully set forth in such Section, payments in respect of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on such Notes when such payments
are due, (b) the Issuers’ obligations with respect to such Notes under Sections 2.03, 2.04, 2.06, 2.07, 2.09 and 4.02 hereof and the Appendix, (c) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the
Issuers’ and the Guarantors’ obligations in connection therewith and (d) the Legal Defeasance provisions of this Article 8. Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Issuers may exercise their option under this
Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof. 
 If the Issuers exercise their Legal
Defeasance option, each Guarantor will be released and relieved of any obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee, and any security for the Notes (other than the trust) will be released and the Trustee and Collateral Trustee, on demand of and at the
expense of the Issuers along with an Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel as to compliance with all conditions precedent relating to such Legal Defeasance, shall execute such instruments as reasonably requested by the Issuers
acknowledging or evidencing the same. 
 Section 8.03. Covenant Defeasance. 

Upon the Issuers’ exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Issuers shall, subject
to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from their obligations under the covenants contained in Article 4 (other than those in Sections 4.01, 4.02, 4.06 and 4.14) and in clause (d) of
Section 5.01 hereof on and after the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction,
waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder. For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance
means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Issuers and any Guarantor may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by
reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default
under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Issuers’ exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this
Section 8.03 hereof, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Sections 6.01(f) through 6.01(h) and Section 6.01(k) hereof shall not constitute Events of Default. 

  
 72 

 If the Issuers exercise their Covenant Defeasance option, each Guarantor will be released
and relieved of any obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee and any security for the Notes (other than the trust) will be released and the Trustee and Collateral Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuers along with an Officers’
Certificate and Opinion of Counsel as to compliance with all conditions precedent relating to such Covenant Defeasance, shall execute such instruments as reasonably requested by the Issuers acknowledging or evidencing the same. 

Section 8.04. Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance. 

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance: 

(a) the Issuers must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the case of non-callable U.S. Government Securities or a combination of
cash in U.S. Dollars and non-callable U.S. Government Securities, in the written opinion of a nationally recognized investment bank, appraisal firm, or firm of independent public accountants, delivered to the
Trustee, to pay the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the outstanding Notes on the date of fixed maturity or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Issuers must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to
the date of fixed maturity or to a particular redemption date; 
 (b) in the case of an election under Section 8.02
hereof only, the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel confirming that: 
 (1) the Issuers have
received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling; or 
 (2) since the Issue Date, there
has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, 
 in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel
shall confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner
and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred; 
 (c) in the case of an
election under Section 8.03 hereof only, the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for
federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

  
 73 

 (d) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on
the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit); 

(e) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under,
any material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound; 

(f) the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the
Issuers with the intent of preferring the Holders over any other creditors of the Issuers or with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of the Issuers or others; and 

(g) the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that
all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as applicable, have been complied with. 

Section 8.05. Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions. 

Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all money and non-callable Government Securities (including the
proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 8.04 or 8.08 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to
the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company or any of its Subsidiaries acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of
principal, premium, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 

The Issuers shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or non-callable Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 or 8.08 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for
the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes. 
 Anything in this Article 8 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall
deliver or pay to the Issuers from time to time upon the written request of the Issuers any money or non-callable Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 or 8.08 hereof which, in the
opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(a) or Section 8.08(1)(b) hereof), are in
excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance, Covenant Defeasance or Discharge, as the case may be. 

  
 74 

 Section 8.06. Repayment to Issuers. 

Subject to applicable escheat and abandoned property laws, any money or non-callable Government
Securities deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by an Issuer, in trust for the payment of the principal of or premium or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium or interest has
become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuers on their written request or (if then held by an Issuer) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter, as an unsecured creditor, look only to the Issuers for
payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money or non-callable Government Securities, and all liability of the Issuers as trustee thereof, shall
thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, shall at the written direction and expense of the Issuers cause to be published once, in the New York Times and
The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of
such money then remaining will be repaid to the Issuers. 
 Section 8.07. Reinstatement. 

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or non-callable Government Securities in
accordance with Section 8.05 hereof, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Issuers’ obligations under this Indenture and the
Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02, 8.03 or 8.08 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.05
hereof; provided, however, that, if an Issuer makes any payment of principal of or premium or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, such Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive
such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 
 Section 8.08. Discharge. 

This Indenture shall be satisfied and discharged and shall cease to be of further effect as to all Notes issued hereunder (except for
(a) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive solely from the trust fund described in clause (1)(b) of this Section 8.08, and as more fully set forth in such clause (1)(b), payments in respect of the principal of and premium,
if any, and interest on such Notes when such payments are due, (b) the Issuers’ obligations with respect to such Notes under Sections 2.03, 2.04, 2.06, 2.07, 2.09 and 4.02 hereof and the Appendix, (c) Sections 8.05, 8.06 and 8.07 and
(d) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the Issuers’ obligations in connection therewith), and the Trustee, at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging
satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to all the Notes, when: 
 (1) either: 

(a) all Notes that have been authenticated, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes
for whose payment money has been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to the Issuers, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or 

  
 75 

 (b) all Notes that have not been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation
(i) have become due and payable, whether at maturity or otherwise, (ii) will become due and payable at their stated maturity within one year or (iii) if redeemable at the option of the Issuers, are to be called for redemption within
one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer, and, in the case of this clause (b), the Issuer shall have irrevocably deposited or caused
to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be
sufficient in the case of non-callable U.S. Government Securities or a combination of cash in U.S. Dollars and non-callable Government Securities, the written opinion of
a nationally recognized investment bank, appraisal firm, or firm of independent public accountants delivered to the Trustee, without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes not
theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of fixed maturity or redemption, as the case may be; 

(2) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of the deposit or will occur as a result of the deposit (other
than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit) and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement or instrument (other than this
Indenture) to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound; 
 (3) the
Issuers or any Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this Indenture; 
 (4) the Issuers have delivered
irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at fixed maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be; and 

(5) the Issuers have delivered an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to
satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture (“Discharge”) have been satisfied. 
 ARTICLE 9 

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER 

Section 9.01. Without Consent of Holders of Notes. 

Notwithstanding Section 9.02 of this Indenture, the Issuers, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Collateral Trustee, as applicable, may
amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes, any Senior Secured Lien Collateral Documents or other Senior Secured Lien Document without the consent of any Holder of a Note: 

(a) to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency; 

(b) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes; 

  
 76 

 (c) to provide for the assumption of an Issuer’s obligations to the
Holders of Notes pursuant to Article 5 hereof; 
 (d) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits
to the Holders of the Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under this Indenture or the Senior Secured Lien Documents of any Holder; 

(e) to secure the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees pursuant to the requirements of Section 4.12, the applicable Senior
Secured Lien Documents or otherwise; 
 (f) [reserved]; 

(g) to add any additional Guarantor with respect to the Notes or to evidence the release of any Guarantor from its Subsidiary
Guarantee in accordance with Article 10 hereof and the applicable Senior Secured Lien Documents; 
 (h) add property or
assets of any Issuer or any Guarantor to constitute Collateral or to make, complete or confirm any grant of Liens on Collateral permitted or required by this Indenture or the Senior Secured Lien Collateral Documents; 

(i) to evidence or provide for the acceptance of appointment under this Indenture of a successor Trustee; 

(k) to release, discharge, terminate or subordinate Liens on Collateral in accordance with the Senior Secured Lien Documents
and the Intercreditor Agreement and to confirm and evidence any such release, discharge, termination or subordination; 
 (l)
to conform the text of the Indenture or the Notes to any provision of the disclosure in the Offering Memorandum appearing under the caption “Description of Exchange Notes” to the extent that such provision was intended (as evidenced by an
Officers’ Certificate) to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture or the Notes; 
 (m) to conform the
text of this Indenture, the Senior Secured Lien Collateral Documents or the Notes or any other such documents (in recordable form) as may be necessary or advisable to confirm the relative priorities of the Priority Lien Documents, Senior Secured
Lien Documents, and Junior Lien Documents, as such priorities are set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement; or 
 (m) to make
any changes or enter into any supplement with respect to the Intercreditor Agreement, the Collateral Agency Agreement or the Senior Secured Lien Collateral Documents in accordance with the Intercreditor Agreement or the Collateral Agency Agreement.

 In addition, the Intercreditor Agreement and the Collateral Agency Agreement may be amended in accordance with their terms and without
the consent of any Holder or the Trustee with the consent of the parties thereto or otherwise in accordance with their terms, including to add additional Indebtedness as Priority Lien Obligations, Senior Secured Lien Debt or Junior Lien Debt and add
other parties (or any authorized agent thereof or trustee therefor) holding such 

  
 77 

 
Indebtedness thereto and to establish that the Liens on any Collateral securing such Indebtedness shall rank equally with the Liens on such Collateral securing the other Priority Lien
Obligations, Senior Secured Lien Debt or Junior Lien Debt, as applicable, then outstanding, in each case to the extent permitted by the Secured Debt Documents. As and to the extent provided in the Intercreditor Agreement, the Senior Secured Lien
Collateral Documents may be amended automatically without the consent of Holders of Notes, the Trustee or the Collateral Trustee in connection with any amendments to corresponding security documents creating Priority Liens. 

The consent of the Holders of the Notes is not necessary under the Indenture to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment,
supplement or waiver. It is sufficient if such consent approves the substance of the proposed amendment, supplement or waiver. 
 Upon the
request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 9.06 hereof, the Trustee
shall join with the Issuers and the Guarantors in the execution of any amended or supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein
contained, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental Indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. 

Section 9.02. With Consent of Holders of Notes. 

Except as provided above in Section 9.01 and below in this Section 9.02, the Issuers, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Collateral
Trustee, as applicable, may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes, the Senior Secured Lien Collateral Documents and the other Senior Secured Lien Documents with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the
then outstanding Notes (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any
provision of this Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, tender offer or exchange offer for
Notes), in each case, in addition to any required consent of holders of other Senior Secured Lien Obligations with respect to any amendment or waiver under any Senior Secured Lien Document also constituting a Senior Secured Lien Document. However,
without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment, supplement or waiver may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder): 

(a) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver; 

(b) reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any Note or alter any of the provisions with respect to the redemption or
repurchase of the Notes (except as provided in Sections 3.09, 4.10 and 4.15 hereof); 
 (c) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment
of interest on any Note; 
 (d) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of or premium or interest on the Notes
(except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration); 

  
 78 

 (e) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Notes; 

(f) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or Events of Default or the rights of Holders of
Notes to receive payments of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes (except as permitted in clause (g) below); 
 (g)
waive a redemption or repurchase payment with respect to any Note (other than a payment required by Sections 3.09, 4.10 and 4.15 hereof prior to the commencement of any related offer); 

(h) release any Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee or this Indenture or release all or substantially all of
the Collateral of any Guarantor, except in accordance with the terms of this applicable Senior Secured Lien Documents; or 
 (i) make any
change in the preceding amendment, supplement and waiver provisions in this Section 9.02. 
 In addition, the consent of Holders
representing at least two-thirds of the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes will be required to release the Liens for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes on all or substantially all of the
Collateral, other than in accordance with the Senior Secured Lien Documents. 
 Upon the request of the Issuers accompanied by Board
Resolutions authorizing their execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee
of the documents described in Section 9.06 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Issuers and the Guarantors in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture, unless such amended or supplemental indenture affects the Trustee’s
own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental indenture. 

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed
amendment, supplement or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. 
 After an amendment,
supplement or waiver under this Section becomes effective, the Company shall mail to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect
therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental Indenture or waiver. 
 Section 9.03.
Tender or Exchange Consents. 
 A consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver under this Indenture by any Holder given in
connection with a purchase, tender or exchange of such Holder’s Notes shall not be rendered invalid by such purchase, tender or exchange. 

  
 79 

 Section 9.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents. 

Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a
Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a
Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee received notice of revocation before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes effective. An amendment, supplement, or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and,
after an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Holder, unless it makes a change described in any of clauses (a) through (i) of Section 9.02, in which case, the amendment, supplement or waiver shall bind
only each Holder of a Note who has consented to it and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same indebtedness as the consenting Holder’s Note. 

Section 9.05. Notation on or Exchange of Notes. 

The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Issuers, in
exchange for all Notes, may issue and the Trustee shall authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver. 
 Failure
to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver. 
 Section 9.06.
Trustee and Collateral Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc. 
 The Trustee shall sign any amended or supplemental indenture authorized
pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. In executing any amended or supplemental indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive and
(subject to Section 7.01) shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and
that all conditions precedent are satisfied. 
 Section 9.07. Effect of Supplemental Indentures. 

Subject to the last sentence of Section 9.04, upon the execution of any amended or supplemental indenture under this Article 9, this
Indenture shall be modified in accordance therewith, and such amended or supplemental indenture shall form a part of this Indenture for all purposes; and every Holder theretofore or thereafter authenticated and delivered hereunder shall be bound
thereby. 
 ARTICLE 10 

GUARANTEES OF NOTES 
 Section 10.01.
Subsidiary Guarantees. 
 Subject to this Article 10, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally
guarantees, on a senior secured basis, to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes held thereby
and the Obligations of the Issuers hereunder and thereunder, that: (a) the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, subject to any applicable grace period, whether at

  
 80 

 
Stated Maturity, by acceleration, upon repurchase or redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and premium and (to the extent permitted by law) interest on the Notes, and
all other payment Obligations of the Issuers to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in full and performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (b) in case of any extension of time of
payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other Obligations, the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, subject to any applicable grace period, whether at Stated
Maturity, by acceleration, upon repurchase or redemption or otherwise. Failing payment when so due of any amount so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors will be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. An Event of
Default under this Indenture or the Notes shall constitute an event of default under the Subsidiary Guarantees, and shall entitle the Holders to accelerate the obligations of the Guarantors hereunder in the same manner and to the same extent as the
Obligations of the Issuers. 
 The Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the
validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against an
Issuer, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance (other than complete performance) which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a Guarantor. Each Guarantor further, to the extent permitted by law,
hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of an Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against an Issuer, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and
covenants that its Subsidiary Guarantee will not be discharged except by complete performance of the Obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture. 

If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to an Issuer, the Guarantors, or any Custodian, Trustee or other
similar official acting in relation to any of the Issuers or the Guarantors, any amount paid by an Issuer or any Guarantor to the Trustee or such Holder, the Subsidiary Guarantees, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full
force and effect. Each Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to, and hereby waives, any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any Obligations guaranteed hereby. 

Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand,
(a) the maturity of the Obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 hereof for the purposes of its Subsidiary Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in
respect of the Obligations guaranteed thereby, and (b) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such Obligations as provided in Article 6 hereof, such Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable
by the Guarantor for the purpose of its Subsidiary Guarantee. The Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the
rights of the Holders under the Subsidiary Guarantees. 
 Section 10.02. [Reserved]. 

  
 81 

 Section 10.03. Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms. 

(a) No Guarantor shall sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets to, or consolidate with or merge with
or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person), another Person (other than the Company or another Guarantor), unless, (i) either (1) the Person acquiring the properties or assets in any such sale or other disposition or the
Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Guarantor) unconditionally assumes, pursuant to a supplemental indenture, substantially in the form of Annex A hereto, or pursuant to such other agreements as are
reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, all the obligations of such Guarantor under this Indenture, the Notes and its Subsidiary Guarantee and all other obligations of such Guarantor under the Senior Secured Lien Documents to which it is a party on
terms set forth therein and takes such other action (as set forth in the Officers’ Certificate) as may be reasonably necessary to cause any property or assets that constitute Collateral owned by or transferred to such Person to be subject to
the Senior Secured Liens, and perfected by filings or other methods, all in the manner and to the extent required under the Senior Secured Lien Documents, or (2) the Net Proceeds of such sale or other disposition are applied in accordance with
the provisions of Section 4.10, and (ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists. 

(b) In the case of any such consolidation or merger and upon the assumption by the successor Person, by supplemental indenture, executed and
delivered to the Trustee and substantially in the form of Annex A hereto, of the Subsidiary Guarantee and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants of this Indenture to be performed by the Guarantor, such successor Person shall
succeed to and be substituted for the Guarantor with the same effect as if it had been named herein as a Guarantor. 
 Section 10.04. Releases
of Subsidiary Guarantees. 
 The Subsidiary Guarantee of a Guarantor shall be released automatically and without the need for
further action by any Person: (1) in connection with any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of such Guarantor (including by way of merger or consolidation) to a Person that is not (either before or
after giving effect to such transaction) a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, if the sale or other disposition complies with Section 4.10; (2) in connection with any sale or other disposition of all of the Capital Stock of such Guarantor to
a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, if the sale or other disposition complies with Section 4.10; (3) if the Company designates any Restricted Subsidiary that is
a Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with Section 4.20 of this Indenture; (4) upon Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance or Discharge in accordance with Article 8; (5) upon the liquidation or dissolution of such
Guarantor, provided no Default or Event of Default has occurred that is continuing; or (6) prior to a Discharge of Priority Lien Obligations and provided no Default or Event of Default has occurred that is continuing, in the case of any
Guarantor other than the Operating Partnership, at such time as such Guarantor ceases to guarantee any other Indebtedness for borrowed money of either of the Issuers, any Guarantor or the Operating Partnership. 

  
 82 

 Upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of
Counsel to the effect that any of the conditions described in the foregoing clauses (1) – (6) has occurred, the Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably requested by the Company in order to evidence the release of any Guarantor from its
obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee. Any Guarantor not released from its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee shall remain liable for the full amount of principal of and premium and interest on the Notes and for the other obligations of
such Guarantor under this Indenture as provided in this Article 10. 
 Section 10.05. Execution and Delivery of Guaranty. 

The execution by each Guarantor of this Indenture (or a Supplemental Indenture) evidences the Subsidiary Guaranty of such Guarantor, whether or
not the person signing as an officer of the Guarantor still holds that office at the time of authentication of any Note. The delivery of any Note by the Trustee after authentication constitutes due delivery of the Subsidiary Guaranty set forth in
this Indenture on behalf of each Guarantor. 
 Section 10.06. Limitation on Guarantor Liability. 

The obligations of each Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee will be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to all
other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor and after giving effect to any collections from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee or
pursuant to its contribution obligations under this Indenture, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under federal or state law and not otherwise
being void or voidable under any similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally. 
 ARTICLE 11 

MISCELLANEOUS 
 Section 11.01. Trust
Indenture Act Not Applicable. 
 Although, pursuant to Sections 7.03 and 7.11, certain terms in the Indenture are defined by reference to
their respective meanings, or conduct of the Trustee is regulated by reference to requirements, under the Trust Indenture Act, this Indenture will not be subject to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act. 

Section 11.02. Notices. 
 Any notice
or communication by an Issuer, any Guarantor, the Trustee or the Collateral Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing (in the English language) and delivered in person or mailed by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt
requested), telecopier or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address: 

  
 83 

 If to any of the Issuers or the Guarantors: 

Martin Midstream Partners L.P. 

4200 Stone Road 
 Kilgore, Texas
75662 
 Attention: Chief Financial Officer 

Telecopier No.: (903) 983-6262 

with a copy (not constituting notice) to: 

Akin Gump Strauss Hauer & Feld LLP 

1111 Louisiana Street, 44th Floor 

Houston, Texas 77002 
 Attention:
Chad M. Nichols 
 Telecopier No.: (713) 236-0822 

If to the Trustee: 
 U.S. Bank
National Association 
 13737 Noel Road, Suite 800 

Dallas, Texas 75240 
 Facsimile
Number: (972)581-1670 
 Attention: Global Corporate Trust Services 

If to the Collateral Trustee: 

U.S. Bank National Association 

13737 Noel Road, Suite 800 

Dallas, Texas 75240 
 Facsimile
Number: (972)581-1670 
 Attention: Global Corporate Trust Services 

An Issuer, any of the Guarantors, the Trustee or the Collateral Trustee, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different
addresses for subsequent notices or communications. 
 All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) shall be deemed to
have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt is acknowledged, if telecopied; and the next Business Day after timely
delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery in each case to the address shown above. 
 Any
notice or communication to a Holder shall be mailed by first class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar.
Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. 

If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee
receives it. 
 If either of the Issuers mails a notice or communication to Holders, it shall mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at
the same time. 

  
 84 

 In case by reason of the suspension of regular mail service or by reason of any other cause
it shall be impracticable to give such notice by mail, then such notification as shall be made with the approval of the Trustee shall constitute a sufficient notification for every purpose hereunder. 

Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice,
either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Holders shall be filed with the Trustee, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance
upon such waiver. 
 Where this Indenture provides for notice of any event or any communication to a Holder of a Global Note, such notice or
communication shall be sufficiently given if given to the Depositary for such Note (or its designee), pursuant to its Applicable Procedures, not later than the latest date (if any), and not earlier than the earliest date (if any), prescribed for the
giving of such notice or communication. 
 Section 11.03. Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes. 

Holders may communicate with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. To the extent permitted by
applicable law, none of the Company, the Trustee, the Registrar or anyone else shall be held accountable by reason of mailing any material pursuant to a request made hereunder, including the disclosure of information as to the names and addresses of
the Holders in accordance with the provisions of this section, regardless of the source from which such information was derived. 
 Section 11.04.
Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. 
 Upon any request or application by an Issuer to the Trustee to take any action
under this Indenture, such Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee: 
 (a) an Officers’ Certificate in form and substance
reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 11.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating
to the proposed action have been satisfied; and 
 (b) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to
the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 11.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied. 

Section 11.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. 

Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include: 

(a) a statement that the person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; 

  
 85 

 (b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or
investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 
 (c) a statement
that, in the opinion of such person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been satisfied; and 

(d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such person, such condition or covenant has been satisfied. 

In any case where several matters are required to be certified by, or covered by an opinion of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that
all such matters be certified by, or covered by the opinion of, only one such Person, or that they be so certified or covered by only one document, but one such Person may certify or give an opinion with respect to some matters and one or more other
such Persons as to other matters, any any such Person may certify or give an opinion as to such matters in one or several documents. 
 Any
certificate or opinion of an Officer with respect to any Person may be based, insofar as it related to legal matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, counsel. Any such certificate or opinion of, or representation by, counsel
may be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon certificates of public officials or upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, an Officer or Officers with respect to any Person stating that the information with respect to
such factual matters is in the possession of such Person (or, if such Person is a limited partnership, such Person’s general partner). 

Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or
other instruments under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and form one instrument. 
 Section 11.06. Rules by Trustee and
Agents. 
 The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make
reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions. 
 Section 11.07. No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and
Unitholders. 
 None of the General Partner or any past, present or future director, officer, partner, employee, incorporator, manager or
unitholder or other owner of Capital Stock of the General Partner, the Issuers or any Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or any Guarantor under the Notes, the Subsidiary Guarantees or this Indenture, or
for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the
Notes. 

  
 86 

 Section 11.08. Governing Law. 

THIS INDENTURE, THE INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT, THE COLLATERAL AGENCY AGREEMENT, THE NOTES AND THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND
CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 
 Section 11.09. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements. 

This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or its Subsidiaries or of any other
Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture. 
 Section 11.10. Successors. 

All agreements of the Issuers and the Guarantors in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind their respective successors. All agreements of the
Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors. 
 Section 11.11. Severability. 

In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability
of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 
 Section 11.12. Table of Contents, Headings, etc. 

The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of
reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 

Section 11.13. Counterparts. 
 The
parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture, and each party hereto may sign any number of separate copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. The exchange of
copies of this Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Indenture for all purposes.
Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes. 
 Section 11.14.
Acts of Holders. 
 (a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action
provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by the Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by agents duly appointed in writing, and may be given or
obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, outstanding Notes; and, except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the
Trustee and, 

  
 87 

 
where it is hereby expressly required, to the Company. Such instrument or instruments (and the action embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the
“Act” of the Holders signing such instrument or instruments. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and conclusive in favor of the Trustee
and the Issuers if made in the manner provided in this Section 11.14. 
 Without limiting the generality of this
Section, unless otherwise provided in or pursuant to this Indenture, (i) a Holder, including a Depositary or its nominee that is a Holder of a Global Note, may give, make or take, by an agent or agents duly appointed in writing, any request,
demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in or pursuant to this Indenture be given, made or taken by Holders, and a Depositary or its nominee that is a Holder of a Global Note may duly appoint in writing as
its agent or agents members of, or participants in, such Depositary holding interests in such Global Note in the records of such Depositary; and (ii) with respect to any Global Note the Depositary for which is DTC, any consent or other action
given, made or taken by an Agent Member of DTC by electronic means in accordance with the Automated Tender Offer Procedures system or other customary procedures of, and pursuant to authorization by, DTC shall be deemed to constitute the Act of the
Holder of such Global Note, and such Act shall be deemed to have been delivered to the Company and the Trustee upon the delivery by DTC of an “agent’s message” or other notice of such consent or other action having been so given, made
or taken in accordance with the customary procedures of DTC. 
 (b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any
such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by a certificate of a notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such
instrument or writing acknowledged to such witness, notary or officer the execution thereof. Where such execution is by a signer acting in a capacity other than his individual capacity, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute sufficient
proof of authority. The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner which the Trustee deems sufficient. 

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 11.14, the principal amount and serial numbers of
Notes held by any Holder, and the date of holding the same, shall be proved by the register of the Notes maintained by the Registrar as provided in Section 2.03. 

(d) If the Issuers shall solicit from the Holders of the Notes any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent,
waiver or other Act, the Issuers may, at their option, by or pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company, fix in advance a record date for the determination of Holders entitled to give such request, demand, authorization,
direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, but the Issuers shall have no obligation to do so. Such record date shall be the record date specified in or pursuant to such Board Resolution, which shall be a date not earlier than the date 30 days
prior to the first solicitation of Holders generally in connection therewith or the date of the most recent list of Holders forwarded to the Trustee prior to such solicitation pursuant to Section 2.05 and not later than the date such
solicitation is completed. If such a record date 

  
 88 

 
is fixed, then, notwithstanding Section 9.04, any instrument embodying and evidencing such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act may be given before
or after such record date, but only the Holders of record at the close of business on such record date shall be deemed to be Holders for the purposes of determining whether Holders of the requisite proportion of the then outstanding Notes have
authorized or agreed or consented to such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, and for that purpose the then outstanding Notes shall be computed as of such record date; provided that no such authorization,
agreement or consent by the Holders on such record date shall be deemed effective unless it shall become effective pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture not later than eleven months after the record date. 

(e) Subject to Section 9.04, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act of the
Holder of any Note shall bind every future Holder of the same Note and the Holder of every Note issued upon the registration or transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof in respect of anything done, omitted or suffered to be done
by the Trustee or an Issuer in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note. 
 (f)
Without limiting the foregoing, a Holder entitled hereunder to take any action hereunder with regard to any particular Note may do so itself with regard to all or any part of the principal amount of such Note or by one or more duly appointed agents
each of which may do so pursuant to such appointment with regard to all or any part of such principal amount. 
 (g) For
purposes of this Indenture, any action by the Holders that may be taken in writing may be taken by electronic means or as otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. 

Section 11.15. Patriot Act. 
 The
parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the U.S.A. Patriot Act, the Trustee, like all financial institutions and in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, is required to obtain, verify, and
record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account with the Trustee. The parties to this Indenture agree that they will provide the Trustee with such information within their possession
or control as it may reasonably request in order for the Trustee to satisfy the requirements of the U.S.A. Patriot Act. 
 Section 11.16. Benefits
of Indenture. 
 Nothing in this Indenture or the Notes, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto and
their successors hereunder, and the Holders, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture. 

  
 89 

 Section 11.17. Language of Notices, Etc. 

Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or Act required or permitted under this Indenture shall be in the
English language, except that any publiched notice may be in an official language of the country of publication. 
 Section 11.18. Payment Date
Other Than a Business Day. 
 If any payment with respect to any principal of, premium on, if any, or interest on, any Note (including
any payment to be made on any date fixed for redemption or purchase of any Note) is due on a day that is not a Business Day, the payment need not be made on such date, but may be made on the next Business Day with the same force and effect as if
made on such date, and no interest will accrue for the intervening period. 
 Section 11.19. Waiver of Jury Trial. 

EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY
LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS INDENTURE OR THE NOTES. 
 Section 11.20. Force Majeure. 

In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of
or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, fire, riots, strikes, or stoppages for any reason, embargoes, governmental actions, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances,
nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services, it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent
with accepted practices in the U.S. banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances. 
 ARTICLE 12

 COLLATERAL AND SECURITY 

Section 12.01. Security Interest Requirements. 

(a) The due and punctual payment of the Obligations on the Notes and the Obligations of the Guarantors under the Subsidiary Guarantees, when
and as the same shall be due and payable, whether on an interest payment date, at maturity, by acceleration, repurchase, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of, premium on, if any, and interest (to the extent permitted by
law), on the Notes, the Subsidiary Guarantees and performance of all other payment obligations of the Issuers and the Guarantors to the Holders or the Trustee under the Senior Secured Lien Documents, according to the terms hereunder or thereunder
(collectively, the “Notes Obligations”), are secured, as provided in the Senior Secured Lien Collateral Documents. The Issuers and each of the Guarantors consent and agree to be bound by the terms of the Senior Secured Lien Collateral
Documents to which they are parties, as the same may be in effect from time to time, and agree to perform their obligations thereunder in accordance therewith. The Issuers and the Guarantors hereby agree that the Collateral Trustee shall hold the
Collateral (directly or through co-trustees or agents) on behalf of and for the benefit of all of the Holders and the other holders of Senior Secured Lien Obligations. 

  
 90 

 (b) Each Holder, by its acceptance of any Note and of the Subsidiary Guarantees, consents
and agrees to the terms of the Collateral Agency Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement and the Senior Secured Lien Collateral Documents (including, without limitation, the provisions providing for foreclosure and release of Collateral and
amendments to the Senior Secured Lien Collateral Documents), as the same may be in effect or may be amended from time to time in accordance with their terms, and authorizes and appoints U.S. Bank National Association as the Trustee and U.S. Bank
National Association as the Collateral Trustee. Each Holder, by accepting the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees of the Guarantors, authorizes and directs the Collateral Trustee to enter into the Senior Secured Lien Collateral Documents (including
any amendments thereto contemplated by Section 7.1 of the Collateral Agency Agreement and any Senior Secured Lien Collateral Documents to secure additional Senior Secured Lien Debt in accordance with Section 3.8 of the Collateral Agency
Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement) and to perform its obligations and exercise its rights thereunder in accordance therewith, subject to the terms and conditions thereof, including, without limitation, the limitations on duties of the
Collateral Trustee provided in Section 5.12 of the Collateral Agency Agreement. Each of the Trustee, the Collateral Trustee and the Holders, by accepting the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees of the Guarantors, acknowledges that, as more
fully set forth in the Senior Secured Lien Collateral Documents, the Collateral as now or hereafter constituted shall be held, subject to the Collateral Agency Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement, for the benefit of all the holders of Senior
Secured Lien Obligations, the Collateral Trustee and the Trustee, and the Lien of this Indenture and the Senior Secured Lien Collateral Documents is subject to and qualified and limited in all respects by the Collateral Agency Agreement, the
Intercreditor Agreement and the Senior Secured Lien Collateral Documents and actions that may be taken thereunder. 
 (c) Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary set forth in this Indenture or any Senior Secured Lien Collateral Document, the Collateral shall not include any property or asset that may constitute Priority Lien Collateral to the extent such property or asset is or may
be provided as cash collateral to certain issuers of letters of credit pursuant to the Priority Lien Documents rather than generally to the holders of Priority Lien Obligations or to the Priority Lien Agent for the benefit of the holders of the
Priority Lien Obligations as a whole. 
 (d) In addition, notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Indenture or any Senior
Secured Lien Collateral Document, the Issuers and the Guarantors shall not be required under this Indenture or any Senior Secured Lien Collateral Document to record any Lien on a certificate of title or take any action to provide possession or
control of any Collateral in which a security interest may be perfected by possession or control or take any other action to perfect any Senior Secured Lien in any Collateral to the extent such actions are not required by, or would otherwise not be
consistent with, the actions required to be taken by the provisions of the Priority Lien Collateral Documents or the Senior Secured Lien Collateral Documents securing the Priority Lien Obligations and the Senior Secured Lien Obligations,
respectively. 
 (e) Anything contained in this Indenture or the other Senior Secured Lien Documents to the contrary notwithstanding, each
Holder hereby agrees that no Holder shall have any right individually to realize upon any of the Collateral, it being understood and agreed that all powers, rights and remedies of the Collateral Trustee hereunder and under the Senior Secured Lien
Collateral Documents may be exercised solely by the Collateral Trustee in accordance with the terms of the Collateral Agency Agreement and all powers, rights and remedies in respect of the Collateral under the Senior Secured Lien Collateral
Documents may be exercised solely by the Collateral Trustee. 

  
 91 

 Section 12.02. Post-Issue Date Collateral Requirements. 

(a) With respect to the Collateral specified on Schedule II hereto (the “Post-Closing Collateral”) as to which security interests or
Liens may not be in place on the Issue Date or may not be perfected on the Issue Date, the Issuers will, or will cause the applicable Guarantor, to execute and deliver to the Collateral Trustee as mortgagee or beneficiary, as applicable, such
Mortgages or other Senior Secured Lien Collateral Documents, and any supplements or amendments related thereto, together with one or more opinions of counsel with respect to the execution, delivery and enforceability of such Mortgages or other
Senior Secured Lien Collateral Documents and satisfactory evidence of the completion (or satisfactory arrangements for the completion) of all recordings and filings of such Mortgages or other Senior Secured Lien Collateral Documents in the proper
recorders’ offices or appropriate public records (and payment of any taxes or fees in connection therewith) as may be necessary to create a valid, perfected second-priority Lien (subject to the Intercreditor Agreement and to Permitted Prior
Liens), on or against such Post-Closing Collateral on the Issue Date or as soon as practicable thereafter (and in any event within 60 days after the Issue Date). 

(b) Any Senior Secured Lien Collateral Documents entered into after the Issue Date shall be substantially in the form of the corresponding
documents, agreements and instruments providing for the Priority Liens, with such changes as are reasonably necessary to reflect the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and with such deletions or modifications of representations, warranties and
covenants as are customary with respect to security documents establishing Liens securing debt securities sold in similar private transactions that are not subject to registration requirements of the Securities Act (in each case, as set forth in an
Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Collateral Trustee). 
 (c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, any opinion of
counsel required to be delivered pursuant to Section 12.02(a), Section 12.03(b) or Section 12.03(c) may contain customary assumptions and qualifications and may expressly state that no opinion is expressed therein as to the priority
of any Lien on any Collateral. 
 Section 12.03. Further Assurances; Liens on Additional Property. 

(a) The Issuers and each of the Guarantors will do or cause to be done all acts and things that may be required, or that the Collateral Trustee
from time to time may reasonably request (but no more burdensome than under the Priority Lien Documents), to assure and confirm that the Collateral Trustee holds, for the benefit of the holders of Senior Secured Lien Obligations, duly created and
enforceable and perfected Liens upon the Collateral (including any property or assets constituting Collateral that are acquired or otherwise become, or are required by any Senior Secured Lien Document to become, Collateral after the Issue Date), in
each case, as contemplated by, and with the Lien priority required under, the Senior Secured Lien Documents; and, in connection with any merger, consolidation or sale of assets of the Issuers or any Guarantor, the property and assets of the Person
which is consolidated or merged with or into the Issuers or any Guarantor, to the extent that they are property or assets of the types which would constitute Collateral under the Senior Secured Lien Collateral Documents, shall be treated as
after-acquired property and the Issuers or such Guarantor shall take such action as may be reasonably necessary to cause such property and assets to be made subject to the Senior Secured Liens, in the manner and to the extent required under the
Senior Secured Lien Documents and in the manner and to the extent required under the Senior Secured Lien Collateral Documents. 

  
 92 

 (b) Upon the reasonable request of the Collateral Trustee at any time and from time to time
(but in a manner no more burdensome than the Priority Lien Documents), the Issuers and each of the Guarantors will promptly execute, acknowledge and deliver such Senior Secured Lien Collateral Documents, instruments, certificates, opinions of
counsel, notices and other documents, and take such other actions as shall be reasonably required, or that the Collateral Trustee may reasonably request, to create, perfect, protect, assure or enforce the Liens and benefits intended to be conferred,
in each case as contemplated by the Senior Secured Lien Documents for the benefit of the holders of Senior Secured Lien Obligations and subject, in each case, to the Intercreditor Agreement, Collateral Agency Agreement and Permitted Liens. 

(c) In addition, from and after the Issue Date, if an Issuer or any Guarantor acquires any property or asset, and any Priority Lien Document,
Senior Secured Lien Document or Junior Lien Document, as applicable, requires any supplemental security document for such property or asset or other actions to achieve a perfected Lien on such property or asset, then the Issuers shall, or shall
cause the applicable Guarantor to, promptly (but in no event later than the date that is ten (10) Business Days after the date on which supplemental security documents are executed and delivered (or other action taken) under the Priority Lien
Documents, Senior Secured Lien Documents or Junior Lien Documents, as applicable), to the extent permitted by applicable law, execute and deliver to the Collateral Trustee appropriate Senior Secured Lien Collateral Documents (or amendments thereto),
together with one or more opinions of counsel with respect to the execution, delivery and enforceability of such Senior Secured Lien Collateral Documents and satisfactory evidence of completion (or satisfactory arrangements for the completion) of
all recordings and filings of such Senior Secured Lien Collateral Documents in the proper recorders’ offices or appropriate public records (and payment of any taxes or fees in connection therewith), in such form as shall be necessary to grant
the Collateral Trustee a perfected second-priority Lien on such property or asset or take such other actions in favor of the Collateral Trustee as shall be necessary to grant a perfected Lien on such Collateral to the Collateral Trustee, subject to
the terms of this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement and the other Senior Secured Lien Documents. Additionally, subject to the Senior Secured Lien Documents, if an Issuer or any Guarantor creates any additional Lien upon any property or asset
that would constitute Collateral, or takes any additional actions to perfect any existing Lien on property or asset, in each case for the benefit of the holders of the Priority Lien Obligations or the holders of the Junior Lien Debt, after the Issue
Date, the Issuers or such Guarantor, as applicable, shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law and the Intercreditor Agreement, within ten (10) Business Days after the date such Lien is granted or such other action is taken, grant a
second-priority Lien upon such property or asset to the Collateral Trustee, or take such additional perfection actions, as applicable, for the benefit of the Senior Secured Lien Secured Parties and deliver to the Collateral Trustee all related
deliverables substantially the same as those delivered to the Priority Lien Agent or Junior Lien Collateral Trustee, as applicable, in each case as security for the Senior Secured Lien Obligations and subject, in each case, to the Intercreditor
Agreement and Permitted Liens. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that any Lien on any Collateral is perfected by the possession or control of such Collateral or of any account in which such Collateral is held, and if such Collateral or
any such account has been delivered to, or is under the control of the Priority Lien Agent, or of agents or bailees of the Priority Lien Agent, the perfection actions and related deliverables described in this Section 12.03(c) shall not be
required. 

  
 93 

 (d) The Issuers will, or will cause the applicable Guarantor to, (i) prior to
delivering any Mortgage securing Buildings or Manufactured (Mobile) Homes, or any amendment of or supplement to any Mortgage adding Buildings or Manufactured (Mobile) Homes as “Collateral” (as defined in such Mortgage), deliver to the
Collateral Trustee (A) a standard flood hazard determination with respect to the real property subject to such Mortgage, and (B) if such real property is located in a special flood hazard area, (1) confirmation of receipt by the
Issuers or applicable Guarantor of notice from the Collateral Trustee as to the existence of a special flood hazard and, if applicable, the unavailability of flood hazard insurance under applicable Flood Insurance Regulations, and (2) evidence
of applicable flood insurance, if available, in each case in such form, on such terms and in such amounts as required by applicable Flood Insurance Regulations or as otherwise reasonably required by the Collateral Trustee, in each case as shall be
reasonably requested by the Collateral Trustee in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Trustee; and (ii) deliver to Collateral Trustee any evidence of title, title opinions, title insurance, evidence of insurance and
other documents, and use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain landlord and mortgagee waivers and third party consents, in each case relating to the Post-Closing Collateral (or any portion thereof), and in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to the Collateral Trustee but only to the extent the same has been or will be delivered to or for the benefit of the Priority Lien Secured Parties (and for the avoidance of doubt, any such landlord waivers and mortgagee consents
delivered for the benefit of the Priority Lien Secured Parties shall also be made for the benefit of the Collateral Trustee on behalf of the Senior Secured Lien Secured Parties). 

Section 12.04. Intercreditor Agreement. 

This Article 12 and the provisions of each other Senior Secured Lien Collateral Document are subject to the terms, conditions and benefits set
forth in the Intercreditor Agreement. The Issuers and each Guarantor consents to, and agrees to be bound by, the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, as the same may be in effect from time to time, and to perform its obligations thereunder in
accordance with the terms thereof. Each Holder, by its acceptance of the Notes (a) agrees that it will be bound by, and will take no actions contrary to, the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement and (b) authorizes and instructs the
Collateral Trustee on behalf of each Holder to enter into the Intercreditor Agreement as “Senior Secured Lien Representative” (as such term is defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) on behalf of such Holders as “Senior Secured Lien
Secured Parties” (as such term is defined in the Intercreditor Agreement). In addition, each Holder authorizes and instructs the Collateral Trustee to enter into any amendments or joinders to the Intercreditor Agreement in accordance with its
terms with the consent of the parties thereto or otherwise in accordance with its terms, without the consent of any Holder or the Trustee, to add additional Indebtedness as Priority Lien Debt, Senior Secured Lien Debt, Junior Lien Debt and add other
parties (or any authorized agent or trustee therefor) holding such Indebtedness thereto and to establish that the Lien on any Collateral securing such Indebtedness shall rank equally with the Liens on such Collateral securing the Priority Lien Debt,
Senior Secured Lien Debt or Junior Lien Debt, as applicable, then outstanding to the extent permitted by the Senior Secured Lien Documents. The Trustee and the Collateral Trustee shall be entitled to rely upon an Officers’ Certificate or an
Opinion of Counsel certifying that any such amendment or joinder is authorized or permitted under the Senior Secured Lien Documents. To the extent the Intercreditor Agreement conflicts with the Collateral Agency Agreement, the terms of the
Intercreditor Agreement shall prevail. 

  
 94 

 Section 12.05. Collateral Agency Agreement. 

This Article 12 and the provisions of each other Senior Secured Lien Collateral Document are subject to the terms, conditions and benefits set
forth in the Collateral Agency Agreement. Each of the Issuers and other Guarantors consents to, and agrees to be bound by, the terms of the Collateral Agency Agreement, as the same may be in effect from time to time, and to perform its obligations
thereunder in accordance with the terms therewith. Each Holder, by its acceptance of the Notes (a) agrees that it will be bound by, and will take no actions contrary to, the provisions of the Collateral Agency Agreement and (b) authorizes
and instructs the Collateral Trustee on behalf of the Holders of the Notes and each other holder of Senior Secured Lien Obligations to enter into the Collateral Agency Agreement as Collateral Trustee on behalf of such holders of Senior Secured Lien
Obligations. In addition, each Holder authorizes and instructs the Collateral Trustee to enter into any amendments or joinders to the Collateral Agency Agreement in accordance with its terms with the consent of the parties thereto or otherwise in
accordance with its terms, without the consent of any Holder or the Trustee, to add additional Indebtedness as Senior Secured Lien Obligations and add other parties (or any authorized agent or trustee therefor) holding such Indebtedness thereto and
to establish that the Lien on any Collateral securing such Indebtedness shall rank equally with the Liens on such Collateral securing the other Senior Secured Lien Debt then outstanding, to the extent permitted by the Senior Secured Lien Documents.
The Trustee and the Collateral Trustee shall be entitled to rely on an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel certifying that any such amendment or joinder is authorized or permitted under the Senior Secured Lien Documents. 

Section 12.06. Release of Liens in Respect of Notes. 

(a) The Collateral Trustee’s Senior Secured Liens upon the Collateral will no longer secure the Notes outstanding under this Indenture or
any other Notes Obligations, and the right of the Holders to the benefits and proceeds of the Collateral Trustee’s Senior Secured Liens on the Collateral will terminate and be discharged: 

(i) upon satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture in accordance with Article 8 hereof; 

(ii) upon a Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance of the Notes in accordance with Article 8 hereof; 

(iii) subject to Section 8.07, upon payment in full in cash and discharge of all Notes outstanding under this Indenture
and all other Notes Obligations that are outstanding and are due and payable under this Indenture and the other Senior Secured Lien Documents at the time the Notes are paid in full in cash and discharged (other than contingent indemnity obligations
and reimbursement obligations for which no claim has been made); 

  
 95 

 (iv) as to any Collateral of the Issuers or a Guarantor that is sold,
transferred or otherwise disposed of by the Issuers or any Guarantor to a Person that is not (either before or after such sale, transfer or disposition) the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a transaction or other circumstance that
complies with Section 4.10 hereof (other than the obligation to apply proceeds of such Asset Sale as provided in Section 4.10 hereof) and is permitted by the applicable Senior Secured Lien Documents, at the time of such sale, transfer or
other disposition or to the extent of the interest sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of; provided that the Collateral Trustee’s Liens upon the Collateral will not be released pursuant to this clause (iv) if the sale or disposition is
subject to Section 5.01; 
 (v) in whole or in part, with the consent of the Holders of the requisite percentage of
Notes in accordance with Article 9 hereof; 
 (vi) with respect to the assets of any Guarantor, at the time that such
Guarantor is released from its Subsidiary Guarantee in accordance with Section 10.3; 
 (vii) if and to the extent
required by the provisions of the Collateral Agency Agreement or the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement; or 
 (viii)
as order pursuant to applicable law under a final and non-appealable order of judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction. 

(b) In addition, the Collateral Trustee’s Liens on the Collateral will be released upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth
in Section 4.1 of the Collateral Agency Agreement. 
 Section 12.07. Release Documentation. 

Subject to compliance with the conditions to release of all or any portion of the Collateral set forth in Section 12.06(a) or (b), and
subject to the terms and conditions of the Collateral Agency Agreement, upon request of the Company, the Collateral Trustee will execute (with such acknowledgements and/or notarizations as are required) and deliver written evidence of such release
(and any related Collateral in its possession or control) to the Company; provided, however, to the extent the Company requests the Collateral Trustee to deliver written evidence of the release of Collateral (or any such Collateral in
its possession or control) in accordance with this Section 12.07, the Company will deliver to the Collateral Trustee (i) an Officers’ Certificate to the effect that such release of Collateral pursuant to the provisions described in
this paragraph does not violate the terms of any Senior Secured Lien Document and (ii) an Opinion of Counsel to the Company stating that all conditions precedent to such release of Collateral have been satisfied or will be satisfied
substantially concurrently with the delivery of such Opinion of Counsel. 
 Section 12.08. Collateral Trustee. 

(a) The Collateral Trustee will hold (directly or through co-trustees or agents) and, subject to the
terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, will be entitled to enforce, all Liens on the Collateral created by the Senior Secured Lien Collateral Documents. The Senior Secured Lien Representative for each Series of Senior Secured Lien Debt will be the
party designated as the Senior Secured Lien Representative in respect of such Series of Senior Secured Lien Debt in accordance with the Collateral Agency Agreement. 

(b) Except as provided in the Collateral Agency Agreement or as directed by an Act of Senior Secured Lien Debtholders in accordance with the
Collateral Agency Agreement, the Collateral Trustee will not be obligated: 
 (i) to act upon directions purported to be
delivered to it by any Person; 

  
 96 

 (ii) take any Enforcement Action; or 

(iii) to take any other action whatsoever with regard to any or all of the Senior Secured Lien Collateral Documents, the Liens
created thereby or the Collateral. 
 The Collateral Trustee will deliver to each Senior Secured Lien Representative copies of all Senior
Secured Lien Collateral Documents received by the Collateral Trustee. 
 Section 12.09. Purchaser Protected. 

No purchaser or grantee of any property or rights purporting to be released from the Liens in favor of the Collateral Trustee shall be bound to
ascertain the authority of the Collateral Trustee or Trustee to execute any written evidence of the release or to inquire as to the existence of any conditions herein prescribed for the exercise of such authority. 

Section 12.10. Authorization of Receipt of Funds by the Trustee under the Senior Secured Lien Collateral Documents. 

The Trustee is authorized to receive any funds for the benefit of Holders distributed under the Senior Secured Lien Collateral Documents and to
apply such funds as provided in Section 6.10. 
 Section 12.11. Powers Exercisable by Receiver or Trustee. 

In case the Collateral shall be in the possession of a receiver or trustee, lawfully appointed, the powers conferred in this Article 12 upon
the Issuers or any of the Guarantors, as applicable, with respect to the release, sale or other disposition of such property may be exercised by such receiver or trustee, and an instrument signed by such receiver or trustee shall be deemed the
equivalent of any similar instrument of the Issuers or any of the Guarantors, as applicable, or of any officer or officers thereof required by the provisions of this Article 12. 

 

  
 97 

 SIGNATURES 

 

			
	MARTIN MIDSTREAM PARTNERS L.P.
		
	By:	 	Martin Midstream GP LLC,
		 	as general partner
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Robert D. Bondurant

		 	 Robert D. Bondurant

		 	 Executive Vice President, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer

	
	MARTIN MIDSTREAM FINANCE CORP.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Robert D. Bondurant

		 	 Robert D. Bondurant

		 	 Executive Vice President and

		 	 Chief Financial Officer

	
	Guarantors:
	
	MARTIN OPERATING GP LLC
		
	By:	 	Martin Midstream Partners L.P.,
		 	as sole member
		
	By:	 	Martin Midstream GP LLC,
		 	as general partner
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Robert D. Bondurant

		 	 Robert D. Bondurant

		 	 Executive Vice President, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer

 Signature Page 

Indenture (10.00% Senior Secured 1.5 Lien Notes due 2024) 

 
			
	MARTIN OPERATING PARTNERSHIP L.P.
		
	By:	 	Martin Operating GP LLC,
		 	as general partner
		
	By:	 	Martin Midstream Partners L.P.,
		 	as sole member
		
	By:	 	Martin Midstream GP LLC,
		 	as general partner
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Robert D. Bondurant

		 	 Robert D. Bondurant

		 	 Executive Vice President, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer

	
	REDBIRD GAS STORAGE LLC
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Robert D. Bondurant

		 	 Robert D. Bondurant

		 	 Executive Vice President and

		 	 Chief Financial Officer

	
	MARTIN TRANSPORT, INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Robert D. Bondurant

		 	 Robert D. Bondurant

		 	 Executive Vice President and

		 	 Chief Financial Officer

 Signature Page 

Indenture (10.00% Senior Secured 1.5 Lien Notes due 2024) 

 
			
	U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
		
	    By:	 	 /s/ Michael K. Herberger

		 	Michael K. Herberger
		 	Vice President
	
	U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Collateral Trustee
		
	    By:	 	 /s/ Michael K. Herberger

		 	Michael K. Herberger
		 	Vice President

 Signature Page 

Indenture (10.00% Senior Secured 1.5 Lien Notes due 2024) 

 RULE 144A/REGULATION S APPENDIX 

PROVISIONS RELATING TO NOTES 
 1.
Definitions 
 1.1 Definitions. 

For the purposes of this Appendix the following terms shall have the meanings indicated below: 

“Depositary” means The Depository Trust Company, its nominees and their respective successors. 

“Notes” means the 10.00% Senior Secured 1.5 Lien Notes due 2024 issued pursuant to the Indenture in connection with a Registered
Exchange Offer. 
 “Notes Custodian” means the custodian with respect to a Global Note (as appointed by the Depositary), or any
successor Person thereto and shall initially be the Trustee. 
 “Transfer Restricted Securities” means Notes that bear or are
required to bear the legend set forth in Section 2.3(b) hereof. 
 1.2 Other Definitions. 

 

			
	 Term
	  	Defined in Section:
	“Agent Members”	  	2.1(b)
	“Distribution Compliance Period”	  	2.1(b)
	“Global Note”	  	2.1(a)
	“Regulation S”	  	2.1(a)
	“Regulation S Notes”	  	2.1(a)
	“Restricted Global Note”	  	2.1(a)
	“Rule 144A”	  	2.1(a)
	“Rule 144A Notes”	  	2.1(a)

 2. The Notes. 

2.1 (a) Form and Dating. Notes offered and sold to QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A (“Rule 144A Notes”) under the
Securities Act (“Rule 144A”) or in reliance on Regulation S (“Regulation S Notes”) under the Securities Act (“Regulation S”), shall be issued in the form of one or more permanent global Notes in
definitive, fully registered form without interest coupons with the global Notes legend and restricted Notes legend set forth in Exhibit 1 hereto (each, a “Restricted Global Note”), which shall be deposited on behalf of the holders of the
Existing 2021 Notes exchanging such notes pursuant to the ‘Exchange Offer” described in the Offering Memorandum for Notes represented thereby with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary (or with such other custodian as the Depositary
may direct), and registered in the name of the Depositary or a nominee of the Depositary, duly executed by the Issuers and authenticated by the 

  
 App. - 1 

 
Trustee as hereinafter provided. Beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note representing Notes sold in reliance on either Rule 144A or Regulation S may be held through Euroclear
or Clearstream, as indirect participants in the Depositary. The aggregate principal amount of the Global Notes may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the Depositary or its nominee as
hereinafter provided. Notes shall be issued in global form (with the global Notes legend set forth in Exhibit 1 hereto) or in certificated form as provided in Section 2.4 of this Appendix. Notes issued in global form and Restricted Global Notes
are sometimes referred to in this Appendix as “Global Notes.” 
 (b) Book-Entry Provisions. This Section 2.1(b) shall
apply only to a Global Note deposited with or on behalf of the Depositary. 
 The Issuers shall execute and the Trustee shall, in accordance
with this Section 2.1(b), authenticate and deliver one or more Global Notes that (a) shall be registered in the name of the Depositary for such Global Note or Global Notes or the nominee of such Depositary and (b) shall be delivered
by the Trustee to such Depositary or pursuant to such Depositary’s instructions or held by the Trustee as custodian for the Depositary. If such Global Notes are Restricted Global Notes, then separate Global Notes shall be issued to represent
Rule 144A Notes and Regulation S Notes so long as required by law or the Depositary. 
 Members of, or participants in, the
Depositary (“Agent Members”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depositary or by the Trustee as the custodian of the Depositary or under such Global Note, and the Issuers,
the Trustee and any agent of the Issuers or the Trustee shall be entitled to treat the Holder as the absolute owner of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuers, the Trustee
or any agent of the Issuers or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or impair, as between the Depositary and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices of
such Depositary governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Note. 
 Until the 40th day after
the later of the commencement of the offering of any Notes and the original issue date of such Notes (such period, the “Distribution Compliance Period”), a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note representing Regulation S
Notes may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in a Restricted Global Note representing Rule 144A Notes only if the transferor first delivers to the Trustee a written certificate (in the form provided in
Exhibit 1 hereto) to the effect that such transfer is being made to a Person who the transferor reasonably believes is purchasing for its own account or accounts as to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that such Person is a QIB,
in each case in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States or any other jurisdiction. After the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, such
certification requirements shall not apply to such transfers of beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note representing Regulation S Notes. 

Beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note representing Rule 144A Notes may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery in the
form of an interest in a Restricted Global Note representing Regulation S Notes, whether before or after the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, only if the transferor first delivers to the Trustee a written certificate (in the
form provided in Exhibit 1 hereto) to the effect that such transfer is being made in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S or Rule 144 (if available). 

  
 App. - 2 

 (c) Certificated Notes. Except as provided in Section 2.3 or 2.4, owners of
beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes shall not be entitled to receive physical delivery of certificated Notes. Certificated Notes shall not be exchangeable for beneficial interests in Global Notes, except with the consent of the Company.

 2.2 Authentication. The Trustee shall authenticate and deliver on the Issue Date an aggregate principal amount of $53,749,957
10.00% Senior Secured 1.5 Lien Notes due 2024 upon a written order of the Issuers. Such order shall specify the amount of the Notes to be authenticated, the date on which the original issue of Notes is to be authenticated and to whom the Notes shall
be registered and delivered. 
 2.3 Transfer and Exchange. 

(a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. 

(i) The transfer and exchange of Global Notes or beneficial interests therein shall be effected through the Depositary, in
accordance with this Indenture (including applicable restrictions on transfer set forth herein, if any) and the procedures of the Depositary therefor. A transferor of a beneficial interest in a Global Note shall deliver to the Registrar a written
order given in accordance with the Depositary’s procedures containing information regarding the participant account of the Depositary to be credited with a beneficial interest in the Global Note. The Registrar shall, in accordance with such
instructions instruct the Depositary to credit to the account of the Person specified in such instructions a beneficial interest in the Global Note and to debit the account of the Person making the transfer the beneficial interest in the Global Note
being transferred. 
 (ii) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Appendix, a Global Note may not be transferred as a
whole except by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary or by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or another nominee of the Depositary or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor
Depositary. 
 (iii) In the event that a Restricted Global Note is exchanged for Notes in certificated form pursuant to
Section 2.4 of this Appendix, such Notes may be exchanged only in accordance with such procedures as are substantially consistent with the provisions of this Section 2.3 (including the certification requirements set forth on the reverse of
the Notes intended to ensure that such transfers comply with Rule 144A or Regulation S, as the case may be) and such other procedures as may from time to time be adopted by the Company. 

(b) Legends. 

(i) Except as permitted by the following paragraphs (ii), (iii) and (iv), each Note certificate evidencing the Restricted
Global Notes (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or in substitution thereof) shall bear a legend in substantially the following form: 

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE
SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR
UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. 

  
 App. - 3 

 [FOR REGULATION S ONLY: THIS SECURITY (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A
TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED IN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT 

OR BENEFIT OF, ANY U.S. PERSON (AS DEFINED IN REGULATION S) EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE
SECURITIES ACT AND ALL APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW, BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP INTERESTS IN THIS TEMPORARY REGULATION S SECURITY SHALL NOT BE EXCHANGEABLE FOR DEFINITIVE SECURITIES THAT DO NOT CONTAIN A LEGEND CONTAINING
RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER UNTIL THE EXPIRATION 
 OF THE APPLICABLE “DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF
REGULATION S) AND THEN ONLY UPON CERTIFICATION IN FORM REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE TRUSTEE AND/OR TRANSFER AGENT, AS APPLICABLE, THAT SUCH BENEFICIAL INTERESTS ARE OWNED EITHER BY NON¬U.S. PERSONS OR U.S. PERSONS WHO PURCHASED SUCH INTERESTS
IN A TRANSACTION THAT DID NOT REQUIRE REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.] 
 SUBSEQUENT TO THE INITIAL ISSUANCE OF THIS CERTIFICATE, EACH
HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”)) OR (B) IT IS NOT A “U.S. PERSON”
AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS APPLICABLE TO IT IN THE JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH ACQUISITION IS MADE. 

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY AGREES (1) TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE APPLICABLE
HOLDING PERIOD WITH RESPECT TO RESTRICTED SECURITIES SET FORTH IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”), ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY OF THE COMPANY’S SUBSIDIARIES, (B) FOR SO LONG
AS THIS SECURITY IS ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED
INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHICH NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) PURSUANT TO 

  
 App. - 4 

 
OFFERS AND SALES TO PERSONS WHO ARE NOT “U.S. PERSONS” THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS APPLICABLE TO THEM IN THE
JURISDICTIONS IN WHICH SUCH PURCHASES ARE MADE, (D) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE
SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT, IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES, TO ANY REQUIREMENT OF LAW THAT THE DISPOSITION OF ITS PROPERTY OR THE PROPERTY OF SUCH INVESTOR ACCOUNT OR ACCOUNTS BE AT ALL TIMES WITHIN ITS OR THEIR CONTROL AND, IN EACH CASE, IN COMPLIANCE
WITH APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY U.S. STATE OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION, AND (2) THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS SECURITY IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND; PROVIDED, THAT THE
COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE, WITH RESPECT TO THIS SECURITY SHALL HAVE THE RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER (I) PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (B) AND (E), PRIOR TO THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE, OR PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (C), PRIOR
TO, AND UPON COMPLETION OF, THE DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD (WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT), TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM, AND
(II) IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES, TO REQUIRE THAT A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING ON THE REVERSE OF THIS SECURITY IS COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE AND/OR TRANSFER AGENT, AS APPLICABLE. 

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED AND WARRANTED THAT EITHER (1) NO PORTION OF THE
ASSETS USED BY SUCH HOLDER TO ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY CONSTITUTES THE ASSETS OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN THAT IS SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE U.S. EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), OF A PLAN,
INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER ARRANGEMENT THAT IS SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE U.S. INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE CODE) OR PROVISIONS UNDER ANY OTHER FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S.
OR OTHER LAWS OR REGULATIONS THAT ARE SIMILAR TO SUCH PROVISIONS OF ERISA OR THE CODE (“SIMILAR LAWS”), OR OF AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS ARE CONSIDERED TO INCLUDE PLAN ASSETS OF ANY SUCH PLAN, ACCOUNT OR ARRANGEMENT, OR (2) THE
ACQUISITION AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR A SIMILAR VIOLATION UNDER ANY APPLICABLE SIMILAR LAWS.

  
 App. - 5 

 THIS NOTE IS ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT FOR PURPOSES OF SECTION 1271 ET SEQ. OF THE
INTERNAL REVENUE CODE. A HOLDER MAY OBTAIN THE ISSUE PRICE, AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT, ISSUE DATE AND YIELD TO MATURITY FOR THE NOTES BY SUBMITTING A WRITTEN REQUEST FOR SUCH INFORMATION TO THIS ISSUERS AT THE FOLLOWING ADDRESS: 4200 B STONE
ROAD, KILGORE, TEXAS 75662, ATTENTION: CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER. 
 (ii) The Company, acting in its discretion, may remove the
legend set forth in paragraph (i) above from any Transfer Restricted Security at any time on or after the Resale Restriction Termination Date applicable to such Transfer Restricted Security. Without limiting the generality of the preceding
sentence, the Company may effect such removal by issuing and delivering, in exchange for such Transfer Restricted Security, a Note without such legend, registered to the same Holder and in an equal principal amount, and upon receipt of a written
order of the Company given at least three Business Days in advance of the proposed date of exchange specified therein (which shall be no earlier than the Resale Restriction Termination Date), the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver such Note as
directed in such order. 
 (c) Cancellation or Adjustment of Global Note. At such time as all beneficial interests in a Global Note
have either been exchanged for certificated Notes, redeemed, purchased or canceled, such Global Note shall be returned to the Trustee for cancellation or retained and canceled by the Trustee. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial
interest in a Global Note is exchanged for certificated Notes, redeemed, purchased or canceled, or if any certificated Note is exchanged for such a beneficial interest, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced
or increased, as appropriate, and an adjustment shall be made on the books and records of the Trustee (if it is then the Notes Custodian for such Global Note) with respect to such Global Note, by the Trustee or the Notes Custodian, to reflect such
reduction or increase, as the case may be. 
 (d) Obligations with Respect to Transfers and Exchanges of Notes. 

(i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuers shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate
certificated Notes and Global Notes at the Registrar’s request. 
 (ii) No service charge shall be made for any
registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuers may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax, assessments or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes, assessments or
similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 3.06, 4.10, 4.15 and 9.05 and of the Indenture). 

(iii) The Registrar shall not be required to register the transfer of or exchange of any Note or portion of a Note selected for
redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, it need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed. 

  
 App. - 6 

 (iv) Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Note,
the Issuers, the Guarantors, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar may deem and treat the Person in whose name a Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of, premium, if any,
and interest on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note is overdue, and none of the Issuers, the Guarantors, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 

(v) All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of this Indenture shall evidence the same debt and
shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange. 
 (e) No Obligation
of the Trustee. 
 (i) The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Note, a
member of, or a participant in the Depositary or other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of the Depositary or its nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect
to the delivery to any participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than the Depositary) of any notice (including any notice of optional redemption) or the payment of any amount, under or with respect to such Notes. All notices and
communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders under the Notes shall be given or made only to or upon the order of the registered Holders (which shall be the Depositary or its nominee in the case of a Global Note).
The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Note shall be exercised only through the Depositary subject to the applicable rules and procedures of the Depositary. The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information
furnished by the Depositary with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners. 
 (ii) The Trustee shall
have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under Applicable Law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers
between or among Depositary participants, members or beneficial owners in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly
required by, the terms of this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof. 

2.4 Certificated Notes. 

(a) A Global Note deposited with the Depositary or with the Trustee as custodian for the Depositary pursuant to Section 2.1 shall be
transferred to the beneficial owners thereof in the form of certificated Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such Global Note, in exchange for such Global Note, only if such transfer complies with Section 2.3
and (i) the Depositary notifies the Issuers that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for such Global Note or if at any time such Depositary ceases to be a “clearing agency” registered under the Exchange Act and in
either event a successor depositary is not appointed by the Issuers within 90 days, or (ii) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Depositary notifies the Trustee of its decision to exchange the Global Notes. Except as
provided in the preceding sentence, and notwithstanding any contrary indication in Section 2.3(b), beneficial interests in a Global Note may be exchanged for certificated Notes only with the consent of the Company, including if an affiliate (as
defined in Rule 144) of the Company acquires such interests. 

  
 App. - 7 

 (b) Any Global Note that is transferable to the beneficial owners thereof pursuant to this
Section shall be surrendered by the Depositary or the Notes Custodian to the Trustee located at its Corporate Trust Office to be so transferred, in whole or from time to time in part, without charge, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver,
upon such transfer of each portion of such Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of certificated Notes of authorized denominations. Any portion of a Global Note transferred pursuant to this Section shall be executed, authenticated and
delivered only in minimum denominations of $1 and integral multiples of $1 in excess thereof and registered in such names as the Depositary shall direct. Any certificated Note delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note shall, except as
otherwise provided by Section 2.3(b), bear the restricted Notes legend set forth in Exhibit 1 hereto. 
 (c) Subject to the provisions
of Section 2.4(b), the Holder of a Global Note shall be entitled to grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is
entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes. 
 (d) In the event of the occurrence of any of the circumstances specified in
Section 2.4(a), the Issuers shall promptly make available to the Trustee a reasonable supply of certificated Notes in definitive, fully registered form without interest coupons. 

 

  
 App. - 8 

 EXHIBIT 1 TO RULE 144A/REGULATION S APPENDIX 

[FORM OF FACE OF NOTE] 
 [Global
Notes Legend] 
 UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK
CORPORATION (“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO AN ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO., OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC) ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS
WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. 
 TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE
LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET
FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF. 
 [Restricted Notes Legend] 

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE
SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR
UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. 
 [FOR REGULATION S
ONLY: THIS SECURITY (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED IN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, ANY U.S. PERSON (AS
DEFINED IN REGULATION S) EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND ALL APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW, BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP INTERESTS IN THIS TEMPORARY
REGULATION S SECURITY SHALL NOT BE EXCHANGEABLE FOR DEFINITIVE SECURITIES THAT DO NOT CONTAIN A LEGEND CONTAINING RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER UNTIL THE EXPIRATION OF THE APPLICABLE “DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF
REGULATION S) AND THEN ONLY UPON CERTIFICATION IN FORM REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE TRUSTEE AND/OR TRANSFER AGENT, AS APPLICABLE, THAT SUCH BENEFICIAL INTERESTS ARE OWNED EITHER BY NON¬U.S. PERSONS OR U.S. PERSONS WHO PURCHASED SUCH INTERESTS
IN A TRANSACTION THAT DID NOT REQUIRE REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.] 

  
 Ex. 1 to App. - 1 

 SUBSEQUENT TO THE INITIAL ISSUANCE OF THIS CERTIFICATE, EACH HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS
ACCEPTANCE HEREOF REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”)) OR (B) IT IS NOT A “U.S. PERSON” AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN
AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS APPLICABLE TO IT IN THE JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH ACQUISITION IS MADE. 

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY AGREES (1) TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE APPLICABLE
HOLDING PERIOD WITH RESPECT TO RESTRICTED SECURITIES SET FORTH IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”), ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY OF THE COMPANY’S SUBSIDIARIES, (B) FOR SO LONG
AS THIS SECURITY IS ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED
INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHICH NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO PERSONS WHO ARE NOT “U.S. PERSONS” THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED
STATES IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS APPLICABLE TO THEM IN THE JURISDICTIONS IN WHICH SUCH PURCHASES ARE MADE, (D) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT
OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT, IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES, TO ANY REQUIREMENT OF LAW THAT THE DISPOSITION OF ITS PROPERTY OR THE PROPERTY OF SUCH INVESTOR
ACCOUNT OR ACCOUNTS BE AT ALL TIMES WITHIN ITS OR THEIR CONTROL AND, IN EACH CASE, IN COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY U.S. STATE OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION, AND (2) THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS
SECURITY IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND; PROVIDED, THAT THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE, WITH RESPECT TO THIS SECURITY SHALL HAVE THE RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER (I) PURSUANT TO CLAUSES
(B) AND (E), PRIOR TO THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE, OR PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (C), PRIOR TO, AND UPON COMPLETION OF, THE DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD (WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT), TO REQUIRE THE
DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM, AND (II) IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES, TO REQUIRE THAT A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING ON THE REVERSE OF THIS SECURITY IS
COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE AND/OR TRANSFER AGENT, AS APPLICABLE. 

  
 Ex. 1 to App. - 2 

 THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED AND
WARRANTED THAT EITHER (1) NO PORTION OF THE ASSETS USED BY SUCH HOLDER TO ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY CONSTITUTES THE ASSETS OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN THAT IS SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE U.S. EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974,
AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), OF A PLAN, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER ARRANGEMENT THAT IS SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE U.S. INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE CODE) OR PROVISIONS UNDER ANY OTHER FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER LAWS OR REGULATIONS THAT ARE SIMILAR TO SUCH PROVISIONS OF ERISA OR THE CODE (“SIMILAR LAWS”), OR OF AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS ARE CONSIDERED TO INCLUDE PLAN ASSETS OF ANY SUCH
PLAN, ACCOUNT OR ARRANGEMENT, OR (2) THE ACQUISITION AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR A
SIMILAR VIOLATION UNDER ANY APPLICABLE SIMILAR LAWS. 
 THIS NOTE IS ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT FOR PURPOSES OF SECTION 1271 ET
SEQ. OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE. A HOLDER MAY OBTAIN THE ISSUE PRICE, AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT, ISSUE DATE AND YIELD TO MATURITY FOR THE NOTES BY SUBMITTING A WRITTEN REQUEST FOR SUCH INFORMATION TO THIS ISSUERS AT THE FOLLOWING ADDRESS:
4200 B STONE ROAD, KILGORE, TEXAS 75662, ATTENTION: CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER. 

  
 Ex. 1 to App. - 3 

 MARTIN MIDSTREAM PARTNERS L.P. 

MARTIN MIDSTREAM FINANCE CORP. 
  

					
	 No.
	  	$	             	 

 CUSIP No. 

ISIN No. 
 10.00% Senior Secured 1.5
Lien Note due 2024 
 Martin Midstream Partners L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and Martin Midstream Finance Corp., a Delaware
corporation, jointly and severally promise to pay to __________, or registered assigns, the principal sum of _________ Dollars [or such greater or lesser amount as may be indicated on Schedule A hereto]1 on February 29, 2024. 
 Interest Payment Dates: February 15 and August 15. 

Record Dates: February 1 and August 1. 

Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note. 

 

			
	MARTIN MIDSTREAM PARTNERS L.P.
		
	By:	 	Martin Midstream GP LLC,
		 	as general partner
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	  

	Title:	 	  

	
	MARTIN MIDSTREAM FINANCE CORP.
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	  

	Title:	 	  

  

	1 	 If this Note is a Global Note, add this provision. 

  
 Ex. 1 to App. - 4 

			
	TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF
	AUTHENTICATION
		
		 	U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee, certifies that this is one of the Notes referred to in the Indenture.
		
	By	 	  

		 	    Authorized Signatory

 Dated: 

  
 Ex. 1 to App. - 5 

 [FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF NOTE] 

10.00% Senior Secured 1.5 Lien Note due 2024 

Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise
indicated. 
 1. Interest. Martin Midstream Partners L.P., a Delaware limited liability company (the ”Company”), and
Martin Midstream Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation (“Finance Corp.” and, together with the Company, the “Issuers”), jointly and severally promise to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of this Note at 10.00% per annum
until maturity. The Issuers will pay interest, if any, semi-annually in arrears on February 15 and August 15 of each year, commencing February 15, 2021, and at maturity or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next
succeeding Business Day (each an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from August 12, 2020; provided that if there is
no existing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding
Interest Payment Date, except in the case of the original issuance of Notes, in which case interest shall accrue from the date of authentication. The Issuers shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy
Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate that is the rate then in effect; they shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of
interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. 
 2. Method of Payment. Payments on Global Notes will be made through the facilities
of DTC. The Issuers will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the February 1 or August 1 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such
Notes are cancelled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.11 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. Holders must surrender Notes to collect payments of principal and
premium, if any, together with accrued and unpaid interest due at maturity. The Notes will be payable as to principal, premium, if any, and interest at the office or agency of the Issuers maintained for such purpose within the City and State of New
York, or, at the option of the Issuers, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders, and provided that payment by wire transfer to an account in the United States of
immediately available funds will be required with respect to any amounts due on all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of at least $5.0 million principal amount of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Issuers or
the Paying Agent. Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. 

3. Paying Agent and Registrar. Initially, U.S. Bank National Association, the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and
Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity. 

  
 Ex. 1 to App. - 6 

 4. Indenture. The Issuers issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of
August 12, 2020 (“Indenture”) among the Issuers, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Collateral Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are
referred to the Indenture for a statement of such terms. The Notes are senior secured obligations of the Issuers limited to $53,749,957 aggregate principal amount. Any conflict between the Notes and the Indenture will be governed by the Indenture.
Each Holder, by accepting a Note, agrees to be bound by all of the terms and provisions of the Indenture, as the same may be amended from time to time. The Notes will be secured by Senior Secured Liens on the Collateral pursuant to the Senior
Secured Lien Collateral Documents. The rights of the Holders of the Notes with respect to the Collateral will be subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, the Collateral Agency Agreement and the other Senior Secured Lien Collateral
Documents. 
 5. Optional Redemption. 

(a) Except as set forth in subparagraphs (b), (c) and (d) of this Paragraph 5, the Issuers shall not have the option to redeem the
Notes prior to August 12, 2021. On or after August 12, 2021, the Issuers shall have the option on one or more occasions to redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, upon prior notice as set forth in Paragraph 8, at the redemption prices
(expressed as a percentage of the principal amount) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an
Interest Payment Date that is on or prior to the redemption date), if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on August 12 of the years indicated below: 
  

					
	 YEAR
	  	PERCENTAGE	 
	 2021
	  	 	102.000	% 
	 2022
	  	 	101.000	% 
	 2023 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

 (b) Notwithstanding the provisions of subparagraph (a) of this Paragraph 5, at any time prior to
August 12, 2021, the Issuers may on one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture at a redemption price of 110.000% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid
interest, if any, thereon to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date that is on or prior to the redemption date), with the net cash proceeds of
one or more Equity Offerings by the Company; provided that (i) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption (excluding any Notes
held by the Company and its Subsidiaries) and (ii) each such redemption occurs within 180 days of the date of the closing of each such Equity Offering. 

(c) Prior to August 12, 2021, the Issuers may on one or more occasions redeem all or part of the Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than
60 days’ notice, at a redemption price equal to the sum of (1) 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus (2) accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record
date to receive interest due on an interest payment date that is on or prior to the redemption date), plus (3) the Make Whole Premium at the redemption date. 

  
 Ex. 1 to App. - 7 

 (d) The Notes may also be redeemed, as a whole, following certain Change of Control Offers,
at the redemption price and subject to the conditions set forth in Section 4.15(5) of the Indenture. 
 6. Mandatory Redemption.

 Except as set forth in Paragraph 7 below, neither of the Issuers shall be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments
with respect to the Notes or to repurchase the Notes at the option of the Holders. 
 7. Repurchase at Option of Holder. 

(a) Within 30 days following the occurrence of a Change of Control, unless the Issuers have previously or concurrently exercised their right to
redeem all of the Notes as described in paragraph 5 above, the Company shall make an offer (a “Change of Control Offer”) to repurchase all or any part (equal to a minimum of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess of $2,000) of
each Holder’s Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of settlement (the “Change of Control Settlement Date”), subject to
the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date that is on or prior to the Change of Control Settlement Date. Within 30 days following a Change of Control, unless the Issuers have
previously or concurrently exercised their right to redeem all of the Notes as described in paragraph 5 above, the Company shall mail (or otherwise send pursuant to the applicable procedures of the Depositary) a notice of the Change of Control Offer
to each Holder and the Trustee describing the transaction that constitutes the Change of Control and setting forth the procedures governing the Change of Control Offer as required by Section 4.15 of the Indenture. 

(b) On the 361st day after an Asset Sale, if the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds then exceeds $10.0 million, after making any required
offer to holders of Priority Lien Obligations and Senior Secured Lien Debt, the Company shall commence an offer to all Holders of Notes (an “Asset Sale Offer”) pursuant to Section 3.09 of the Indenture, and to all holders of
other Senior Secured Lien Debt then outstanding, to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes and other Senior Secured Lien Debt that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds, at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the
principal amount of the Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to the date of settlement, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date that is on or prior
to the Settlement Date, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company may use such remaining Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise
prohibited by the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other Senior Secured Lien Debt surrendered by Holders thereof and other Senior Secured Lien Debt surrendered by holders or lenders, collectively, exceeds the amount of
Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes and the Company will select such other Senior Secured Lien Debt to be purchased on a pro rata basis (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Trustee so that only Notes in minimum
denominations of $1 principal amount and in multiples of $1 in excess thereof, shall be purchased) on the basis of the aggregate principal amount of tendered Notes and other Senior Secured Lien Debt. Holders of Notes that are the subject of an offer
to purchase will receive an Asset Sale Offer from the Company prior to any related purchase date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Notes.

  
 Ex. 1 to App. - 8 

 8. Notice of Redemption. Notice of redemption will be sent at least 30 days but not
more than 60 days (except as otherwise provided in the Indenture if the notice is issued in connection with a Legal Defeasance, Covenant Defeasance or Discharge) before the redemption date to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its
registered address. If sent in the manner provided for in Section 3.03 of the Indenture, the notice of optional redemption shall be conclusively presumed to have been given whether or not a Holder receives such notice. Failure to give timely
notice or any defect in the notice shall not affect the validity of the redemption. Notes in denominations larger than $1 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed. On and
after the redemption date interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption. 
 9. Guarantees. The payment
by the Issuers of the principal of and premium and interest on the Notes is fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a joint and several senior secured basis by each of the Guarantors to the extent set forth in the Indenture. 

10. Denominations, Transfer, Exchange. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in minimum denominations of $1 principal amount
and in multiples of $1 in excess thereof. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements
and transfer documents, and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes due on transfer or exchange. The Issuers need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed
portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, they need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed. 

11. Persons Deemed Owners. The registered holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes. 

12. Amendment, Supplement and Waiver. Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture or the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the
consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, and any existing default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in
principal amount of the then outstanding Notes. Without the consent of any Holder of a Note, the Indenture or the Notes may be amended or supplemented as provided in the Indenture. 

13. Defaults and Remedies. Events of Default include: (i) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on the Notes;
(ii) default in payment when due of the principal of or premium, if any, on the Notes when due at Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon required repurchase, upon declaration or otherwise; (iii) failure by the Company to comply
with Section 3.09, 4.10, 4.15 or 5.01 of the Indenture; (iv) failure by the Company for 60 days after notice to comply with Section 4.03 of the Indenture; (v) failure by the Company for 60 days after notice to comply with any of
its other agreements in the Indenture or the Notes; (vi) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its 

  
 Ex. 1 to App. - 9 

 
Restricted Subsidiaries), whether such Indebtedness or guarantee exists on the Issue Date or is created after the Issue Date, if such default (a) is caused by a failure to pay principal of,
or premium or interest, if any, on such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of any grace period provided in such Indebtedness (a “Payment Default”) or (b) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its Stated Maturity
and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates in excess
of $20.0 million, provided that if any such Payment Default is cured or waived or any such acceleration rescinded, or such Indebtedness is repaid, within a period of 30 days from the continuation of such Payment Default beyond the applicable
grace period or the occurrence of such acceleration, as the case may be, such Event of Default and any consequential acceleration of the Notes shall be automatically rescinded, so long as such rescission does not conflict with any judgment or
decree; (vii) failure by Finance Corp. the Company or any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary of
the Company to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $20.0 million (to the extent not covered by insurance by a reputable and creditworthy insurer as to which the insurer has not disclaimed coverage), which judgments are not paid,
discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days; (viii) except as permitted by the Indenture, any Subsidiary Guarantee is held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect or any
Guarantor, or any Person validly acting on behalf of any Guarantor, denies or disaffirms in writing its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee; (ix) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization with respect to the Company,
Finance Corp., any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary of the Company or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary of the Company as
specified in Section 6.01(i) or 6.01(j) of the Indenture and (x) occurrence of the following (a) except as permitted by the Senior Secured Lien Documents, any Senior Secured Lien Document establishing the Senior Secured Liens in favor
of the Collateral Trustee ceases for any reason to be enforceable; provided that it will not be an Event of Default under this clause (x)(a) if the sole result of the failure of one or more Senior Secured Lien Documents to be fully
enforceable is that any Senior Secured Lien purported to be granted under such Senior Secured Lien Collateral Documents on Collateral, individually or in the aggregate, having a fair market value of not more than $20.0 million, ceases to be an
enforceable and perfected Senior Secured Lien; (b) except as permitted by the Senior Secured Lien Documents or as a direct result of the failure of the Collateral Trustee to act in accordance with the Senior Secured Lien Documents, any Senior
Secured Lien purported to be granted under any Senior Secured Lien Collateral Document on Collateral, individually or in the aggregate, having a fair market value in excess of $20.0 million ceases to be an enforceable and perfected
second-priority Lien (subject to the Intercreditor Agreement and Permitted Liens); and (c) the Company or Finance Corp. or any Guarantor, or any Person acting on behalf of any of them, denies or disaffirms, in writing, any obligation of the
Company or any Guarantor set forth in or arising under any Senior Secured Lien Collateral Document establishing Senior Secured Liens. If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee, by notice to the Issuers, or the Holders of at least
25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, by notice to the Issuers and the Trustee, may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the preceding, in the case of an Event of Default arising from such events
of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization described in Section 6.01(i) or 6.01(j) of the Indenture, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable without further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except
as provided in the Indenture or the Senior Secured Lien Documents. Subject to certain 

  
 Ex. 1 to App. - 10 

 
limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power conferred on it. The Trustee may withhold from
Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal, interest or premium) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of
a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing
Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of or premium or interest on the Notes. The Issuers are required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture and the Senior Secured Lien
Documents, and, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Issuers are required to deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days of any Officer of the General Partner or Finance Corp. becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, unless such Default or
Event of Default has been cured before the end of the 30-day period, a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default. 

14. Defeasance and Discharge. The Notes are subject to defeasance and discharge upon the terms and conditions specified in the
Indenture. 
 15. No Recourse Against Others. None of the General Partner or any past, present or future director, officer, partner,
employee, incorporator, manager or unitholder or other owner of Capital Stock of the General Partner, the Issuers or any Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or any Guarantor under the Notes, the Subsidiary
Guarantees or the Indenture, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration
for the issuance of the Notes. 
 16. Authentication. This Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of an
authorized signatory of the Trustee or an authenticating agent. 
 17. Abbreviations. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name
of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors
Act). 
 18. CUSIP Numbers. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures,
the Issuers have caused CUSIP numbers and corresponding ISIN numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers and corresponding ISIN numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as
to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 

19. Governing Law. THE INDENTURE AND THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW
YORK. 
 20. Successors. In the event a successor assumes all the obligations of an Issuer under the Notes and the Indenture, pursuant
to the terms thereof, such Issuer will be released from all such obligations. 

  
 Ex. 1 to App. - 11 

 21. Security and Collateral. The Notes will be entitled to the benefits of certain
Collateral pledged for the benefit of the Holders pursuant to the terms of the Senior Secured Lien Collateral Documents subject to the rights of holders of certain Indebtedness under the Intercreditor Agreement and the Collateral Agency Agreement.
Reference is hereby made to the Senior Secured Lien Collateral Documents, Intercreditor Agreement and Collateral Agency Agreement for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and obligations thereunder of the Company, the
Guarantors, the Collateral Trustee, the Trustee and the Holders. The Company agrees, and each Holder by accepting a Note agrees, to the provisions contained in the Indenture, Senior Secured Lien Collateral Documents, Collateral Agency Agreement and
Intercreditor Agreement and authorizes the Collateral Trustee and the Trustee to give them effect and appoints the Trustee as attorney-in-fact for such purpose. 

The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to: 

Martin Midstream Partners L.P. 

4200 Stone Road 
 Kilgore, Texas
75662 
 Attention: Chief Financial Officer 

  
 Ex. 1 to App. - 12 

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 

I or we assign and transfer this Note to 
  

 

	
	Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)
	  

	(Insert assignee’s Soc. Sec. or tax I.D. No.)

 and irrevocably appoint __________________ agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuers. The agent may substitute
another to act for him. 
  

									
	Date:	 	  
	 		  	Your Signature:                                
                                         
        
		 		 	Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.

 Signature Guarantee: 
  

	
	  

	(Signature must be guaranteed)

 Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar,
which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in
substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 
  

 
 In connection with any transfer of any of the Notes
evidenced by this certificate occurring prior to one year after the later of the date of original issuance of such Notes (or the date of any subsequent reopening of the Notes) and the last date, if any, on which such Notes were owned by an Issuer or
any Affiliate of an Issuer (or, in the case of Regulation S Notes, prior to the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period), the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being transferred in accordance with its terms: 

CHECK ONE BOX BELOW 
  

					
	         (1)
	  	☐	  	to an Issuer; or
			
	         (2)
	  	☐	  	pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933; or
			
	         (3)
	  	☐	  	to a person who the undersigned reasonably believes is a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933) that is purchasing for its own account or for the account of a
qualified institutional buyer to whom notice is given that such transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, in each case pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933;
or

  
 Ex. 1 to App. - 13 

					
			
	         (4)
	  	☐	  	outside the United States in an offshore transaction within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act in compliance with Rule 904 under the Securities Act of 1933; or
			
	         (5)
	  	☐	  	pursuant to another available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933.

 Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate in the
name of any person other than the registered holder thereof; provided, however, that if box (4) or (5) is checked, the Trustee shall be entitled to require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes, such legal opinions,
certifications and other information as the Company has reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933,
such as the exemption provided by Rule 144 under such Act. 
  

	
	  
 Signature

  
 Ex. 1 to App. - 14 

 TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (3) ABOVE IS CHECKED. 

The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment
discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges
that it has received such information regarding the Issuers and any Guarantors as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the
undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A. 
  

			
	Dated:
                                        
	  	  

	 	  	Notice: To be executed by an executive officer

  
 Ex. 1 to App. - 15 

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.15 of the Indenture, check the box below:

  

			
	 ☐ Section 4.10
	  	☐ Section 4.15

 If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or
Section 4.15 of the Indenture, state the amount (in minimum denomination of $1) you elect to have purchased: $____________ 
  

					
	Date:                         	  	Your Signature:	  	  

		  		  	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)

 Soc. Sec. or Tax Identification No.:
                 
 Signature
Guarantee:                                       
                            

                        
    (Signature must be guaranteed) 
 Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution”
meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the
Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

  
 Ex. 1 to App. - 16 

 [TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTE] 

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE 

The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made: 
  

									
	 Date
	  	Amount of
decrease in
Principal
Amount of this
Global Note	  	Amount of
increase in
Principal
Amount of this
Global Note	  	Principal
Amount of this
Global Note
following such
decrease or
increase	  	Signature of
authorized
officer
of Trustee or
Notes Custodian

 

  
 Ex. 1 to App. - 17 

 SCHEDULE I 

AGREEMENT WITH AFFILIATES 
 Each
of the following is an agreement referred to clause (4) of the second paragraph of Section 4.11: 
  

	1.	 Omnibus Agreement dated November 1, 2002, as amended by Amendment No. 1 to Omnibus Agreement on
November 25, 2009, as amended by Amendment No. 2 to Omnibus Agreement on October 1, 2012, as amended by Amendment No. 3 to Omnibus Agreement on January 2, 2019, between Martin Resource Management Corporation
(“MRMC”), Martin Midstream GP LLC (“General Partner”), Martin Midstream Partners L.P. (“MMLP”) and MOP. 

  

	2.	 Marine Fuel Agreement dated November 1, 2002 between Martin Energy Services LLC and Martin Operating
Partnership L.P. 

  

	3.	 Lubricants & Drilling Fluids Terminal Services Agreement dated December 23, 2003 between Martin
Energy Services LLC and Martin Operating Partnership L.P. 

  

	4.	 Marine Transportation Agreement dated January 1, 2006 between Martin Operating Partnership L.P. and Martin
Resource Management Corporation. 

  

	5.	 Terminalling Services Agreement (Prime) dated October 4, 2006 between Martin Operating Partnership L.P.
and Martin Product Sales LLC. 

  

	6.	 Terminalling Services Agreement (Monarch) dated October 2, 2007 between Martin Operating Partnership L.P.
and Martin Product Sales LLC. 

  

	7.	 Terminalling Services Agreement for hot oil tanks at Stanolind and Neches dated April 1, 2008 between
Martin Operating Partnership L.P. and Martin Product Sales LLC. 

  

	8.	 2014 Amended and Restated Tolling Agreement dated August 1, 2012 between Martin Operating Partnership L.P.
and Cross Oil Refining & Marketing, Inc. 

  

	9.	 Amended and Restated Terminalling Services Agreement dated October 28, 2014 between Martin Operating
Partnership L.P. and Martin Product Sales LLC. 

  

	10.	 Fully Found Charter (MV Laforce & M-6000) dated
December 22, 2010 between Martin Energy Services LLC and Martin Operating Partnership L.P. 

  

	11.	 Crude Oil Handling and Transportation Agreement dated October 1, 2011 between Cross Oil
Refining & Marketing, Inc. and Martin Operating Partnership L.P. 

  

	12.	 Indemnification Agreement dated May 24, 2019 between Martin Transport, Inc. and Martin Energy Services LLC

  

	13.	 Letter Agreement for Sales of Lubricants dated February 18, 2013 between Martin Operating Partnership L.P.
and Martin Energy Services LLC 

  
 SCHEDULE I

	14.	 Letter Agreement re: ULSD Spot Purchases dated July 24, 2018 between Martin Transport, Inc. and Cross Oil
Refining & Marketing, Inc. 

  

	15.	 Master Transportation Services Agreement dated January 1, 2019 between Martin Resource Management
Corporation, Cross Oil Refining & Marketing, Inc., Martin Product Sales LLC, Martin Energy Services LLC and Martin Transport, Inc. 

  

	16.	 Option Agreement dated February 22, 2017 between Martin Product Sales LLC and Martin Operating Partnership
L.P. (as successor by merger to MEH South Texas Terminals LLC) 

  

	17.	 Railcar Sublease Agreement dated June 26, 2018 between Martin Operating Partnership L.P. and Cross Oil
Refining & Marketing, Inc. 

  

	18.	 Second Amended and Restated Terminalling Services Agreement (Fuel) dated October 1, 2017 between Martin
Operating Partnership L.P. and Martin Energy Services LLC 

  

	19.	 Services Agreement dated January 1, 2016 between Cross Oil Refining & Marketing, Inc. and Martin
Operating Partnership L.P. 

  

	20.	 Terminalling Services Agreement (Hondo) dated February 27, 2017 between Martin Resource Management
Corporation, Martin Product Sales LLC and Martin Operating Partnership L.P. (as successor by merger to MEH South Texas Terminals LLC) 

  

	21.	 Terminaling Agreement (Tank 1 – Neches) dated October 1, 2004 between Martin Operating Partnership
L.P. and Cross Oil Refining & Marketing, Inc. 

  

	22.	 Terminalling Services Agreement (Lubricants) dated January 1, 2015 between Martin Operating Partnership
L.P. and Martin Energy Services LLC 

  

	23.	 Terminalling Services Agreement (South Houston) dated August 19, 2006 between Martin Operating Partnership
L.P. and Martin Product Sales LLC 

  

	24.	 Title Indemnity Agreement dated August 26, 2010 between Martin Energy Services LLC and Martin Operating
Partnership L.P. 

  

	25.	 Trademark License Agreement dated April 27, 2015 between Cross Oil Refining & Marketing, Inc. and
Martin Operating Partnership L.P. 

  
 SCHEDULE I - 2 

 SCHEDULE II 

POST-CLOSING COLLATERAL 
 All right, title and
interest of each Issuer and each Guarantor in and to any and all real property of whatever nature, in which such Issuer or Guarantor, as applicable, has an interest, together with and including such Issuer’s or Guarantor’s right, title and
interest in and to all buildings, structures, fixtures and improvements of every nature whatsoever now or hereafter situated on such real property; all rights, benefits, privileges, tenements, hereditaments and other appurtenances on any such real
property or otherwise appertaining to or benefitting any such real property and/or the improvements situated thereon, including, without limitation, all mineral rights, development rights, air and water rights, subsurface rights, vested rights
entitling, or prospective rights which may entitle, the owner, lessee or easement holder of any such real property to related easements, land use rights and viewshed rights; density credits, water, sewer, electrical and other utility service,
credits and/or rebates; all easements, rights of way and other appurtenances used or connected with the beneficial use or enjoyment of any such real property; all rents, income and other benefits to which such Issuer or Guarantor, as applicable, may
now or hereafter be entitled from the property herein described; and any and all other property relating to, or held by such Issuer or Guarantor, as applicable, in connection with any of the foregoing, which property is customarily secured by a
mortgage of real property; but in each case only to the extent that, as of the Issue Date, the Priority Lien Secured Parties hold a mortgage, deed of trust, deed to secure debt or other security instrument (granted by the applicable Issuer or
Guarantor, as applicable, in favor of such Priority Lien Secured Parties) in such property heretofore described. 

  
 SCHEDULE II 

 ANNEX A 
  

 
 MARTIN MIDSTREAM PARTNERS L.P. 

MARTIN MIDSTREAM FINANCE CORP. 

and 
 the Guarantors named herein

  
  

10.00% SENIOR SECURED 1.5 LIEN NOTES DUE 2024 
  

 
  

 
 FORM OF
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE 
 DATED AS OF ____________ __, ____ 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, 

Trustee and Collateral Trustee 
  

 
  

 

  
 A-1 

 This SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, dated as of ___________ __, ____, is among Martin Midstream
Partners L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “Company”), Martin Midstream Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation (“Finance Corp.” and, together with the Company, the “Issuers”), each of the parties identified under
the caption “Guarantors” on the signature page hereto (the “Guarantors”), U.S. Bank National Association, a national banking association, as Trustee, and U.S. Bank National Association, a national banking association, as
Collateral Trustee. 
 RECITALS 

WHEREAS, the Issuers, the initial Guarantors, the Trustee and the Collateral Trustee entered into an Indenture, dated as of August 12,
2020 (the “Indenture”), pursuant to which the Company has issued $_________________ in the aggregate principal amount of 10.00% Senior Secured 1.5 Lien Notes due 2024 (the “Notes”); 

WHEREAS, Section 9.01(g) of the Indenture provides that the Issuers, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Collateral Trustee may amend or
supplement the Indenture in order to comply with Section 4.13 or 10.03 thereof, without the consent of the Holders of the Notes; and 

WHEREAS, all acts and things prescribed by the Indenture, by law and by the Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws (or comparable
constituent documents) of the Issuers, of the Guarantors and of the Trustee and Collateral Trustee necessary to make this Supplemental Indenture a valid instrument legally binding on the Issuers, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Collateral
Trustee, in accordance with its terms, have been duly done and performed; 
 NOW, THEREFORE, to comply with the provisions of the Indenture
and in consideration of the above premises, the Issuers, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Collateral Trustee covenant and agree for the equal and proportionate benefit of the respective Holders of the Notes as follows: 

 
 ARTICLE 1 

Section 1.01. This Supplemental Indenture is supplemental to the Indenture and does and shall be deemed to form a part of, and shall be
construed in connection with and as part of, the Indenture for any and all purposes. 
 Section 1.02. This Supplemental Indenture shall
become effective immediately upon its execution and delivery by each of the Issuers, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Collateral Trustee. 

ARTICLE 2 
 From this date, in
accordance with Section 4.13 or 10.03 and by executing this Supplemental Indenture, the Guarantors whose signatures appear below are subject to the provisions of the Indenture to the extent provided for in Article 10 thereunder. 

ARTICLE 3 
 Section 3.01.
Except as specifically modified herein, the Indenture and the Notes are in all respects ratified and confirmed (mutatis mutandis) and shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with their terms with all capitalized terms used herein
without definition having the same respective meanings ascribed to them as in the Indenture. 
  

  
 A-2 

 Section 3.02. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, no duties,
responsibilities or liabilities are assumed, or shall be construed to be assumed, by the Trustee or Collateral Trustee by reason of this Supplemental Indenture. This Supplemental Indenture is executed and accepted by the Trustee and the Collateral
Trustee subject to all the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture with the same force and effect as if those terms and conditions were repeated at length herein and made applicable to the Trustee and the Collateral Trustee with respect
hereto. Neither the Trustee nor the Collateral Trustee make any representation or warranty as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or the Guarantors’ Guarantees. Additionally, neither the Trustee nor the Collateral
Trustee shall be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or with respect to any of the recitals or statements contained herein, all of which recitals or statements are made solely by the Issuers and the Guarantors, and neither the Trustee nor the
Collateral Trustee make any representation with respect to any such matters. 
 Section 3.03. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE
GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 
 Section 3.04. The parties may sign any number of
copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of such executed copies together shall represent the same agreement. 

[NEXT PAGE IS SIGNATURE PAGE] 

  
 A-3 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly
executed, all as of the date first written above. 
  

			
	MARTIN MIDSTREAM PARTNERS L.P.
		
	By:	 	Martin Midstream GP LLC,
		 	as general partner
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	  

	Title:	 	  

	
	MARTIN MIDSTREAM FINANCE CORP.
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	  

	Title:	 	  

	
	GUARANTORS
	[                                    
        ]
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	  

	Title:	 	

  
 A-4 

 
					
	U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
	Trustee and Collateral Trustee
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:	 	  

		 	Title:	 	  

  
 A-5

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00312-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00312-of-00352.parquet"}]]